January 12-17, 2015, Hilton Head, SC

National Fire Protection Association 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471

Phone: 617-770-3000 • Fax: 617-770-0700 • www.nfpa.org

AGENDA

NEC Code-Making Panel 13

First Draft Meeting

January 12-17, 2015

Hilton Head, SC

Item No. Subject

15-1 -1 Call to Order

15-1-2 Introduction of Members and Guests

15-1-3 Approval of A2013 ROC Meeting Minutes

15-1-4 Review of Meeting Procedures and Revision Schedule

15-1-5 Comments/Questions from Committee Members

15-1-6 Task Group Reports

15-1-7 Processing of Public Inputs

15-1-8 Fire Protection Research Foundation Requests

15-1-9 Old Business

15-1-10 New Business

15-1-11 Adjournment

Panel 13 FD Agenda page 1

National Fire Protection Association 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471 Phone: 617-770-3000 • Fax: 617-770-0700 • www.nfpa.org

NEC CODE-MAKING PANEL 13

ROC Meeting Minutes

1. List date(s) and location of meeting:

November 28-29-30, 2012; Crowne Plaza Hotel, Redondo Beach, CA. 2. List names of TC members and guests in attendance (or attach sign-in sheets): See attached 3. List names of guests addressing the Panel (if any), the subject of their address, and the length of time they spoke: Elaine Thompson: protection of conductors in concrete (1 minute) Stephen McLuer: responded to questions from CMP 13 concerning various comments that he submitted (5 minutes) Michael Anthony/Robert Schuerger: presentation on critical operating power systems (COPS) (10 minutes) John Loud: presentation on use of GFCIs on portable generators (10 minutes) James Jongkind: presentation on use of GFCIs on portable generators (10 minutes) 4. Number of public proposals acted upon: 110 5. Number of Panel generated proposals: 5 6. If applicable, list the appointment of any Task Groups that will be working on any Panel subject subsequent to the Panel Meeting, along with the names of the members of the Task Group(s). The following individuals are recommended for appointment to the task group that is being formed in accordance with the direction of the TCC in Comment 13-63: Mark Ode Mario Spina Dan Neeser Chad Kennedy John Kovacik 7. If applicable, list any request(s) contained in a Panel Statement that requires Technical Correlating Committee attention:

NONE (see panel actions for “Hold” items) 8. If applicable, list any Panel Actions that, in your opinion, should to be referred to another Panel(s) for correlation:

NONE

9. List any Proposals that should be referred to the Toxicity Advisory Committee:


NONE 10. Identify any issues that should be brought to the attention of the NFPA Research Foundation for their input and assistance: CMP 13 recommends the following two research projects:

1) CMP 13 continues to struggle with the requirements for the use of concrete as a method to protect wiring [695.6(A)(2)(d); 695.14(F); 700.10(D)(1)(5); 708.10(C)]. The panel recommends that a research project be commissioned to determine the fire resistance ratings and heat transfer properties of concrete enclosures of various dimensions, as well as the performance of various wiring methods inside those enclosures during fire conditions.

2) CMP 13 recommends the establishment of a research project to collect data and lessons learned from the impact of Hurricane/Superstorm Sandy that could be the basis for future code changes. Examples of information that could be gathered include, but are not limited to: The performance of standby power supplies, including generators, transfer switches,

batteries, etc. and the reasons for any failures The performance of critical operating power systems (COPS) Vulnerabilities and failure points that have not previously been addressed or

considered in code requirements, risk assessments or emergency planning

This research project could be coordinating with other technical committees, such as NFPA 110 and NFPA 1600.

11. List all Proposals related to combustibles in plenums or other air handling spaces:

NONE 12. List any general Panel requests for information or assistance from the Technical Correlating Committee:

NONE 13. List any additional information that you feel would be helpful to the Technical Correlating Committee, Staff, or to the process in general:

NONE 14. Were any units of measure "Accepted" by the panel that are not listed in Annex C of the NEC Style Manual? If so, please list the section number(s) and proposal number(s) below:

NONE Donald P. Bliss __________________________ Name (Please Print) November 30, 2012 Date


Panel 13 ‐ 205 PI's

Inlcu

de file

Title Section

Panel

none Public Input No. 1377 Physical Damage allnone Public Input No. 1975 Actual volts allnone Public Input No. 3478 various global editorial allnone Public Input No. 3681 60 V DC allnone Public Input No.4329 All Definitions allA Public Input No. 1902 Nominal all

A Public Input No.307 Previous Hold 13 Public Input No.313 Previous Hold 13A Public Input No.316 Previous Hold 13A Public Input No.336 Previous Hold 4 AND 13A Public Input No.335 Previous Hold 4 AND 13A Public Input No.306 Previous Hold 4 AND 13

none Public Input No. 1539 100‐Alternate Source (of Power)‐New 13none Public Input No. 3413 100, generator, generator set ‐ new 13none Public Input No.4463 100, Primary Power Source 13

none Public Input No.3236 Article 445 13A Public Input No. 4752‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section after 445.1 13

none Public Input No.3419 Section No. 445.1 13none Public Input No.1527 Section No. 445.10 13none Public Input No. 4587‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 445.10 13none Public Input No.500 Section No. 445.11 13none Public Input No.3015 Section No. 445.11 13none Public Input No.194 Section No. 445.11 13CI Public Input No. 4460‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 445.11 13

none Public Input No.2060 Section No. 445.12(C) 13none Public Input No.4192 Section No. 445.13 13



none Public Input No.3411 Section No. 445.13 13none Public Input No.2061 Section No. 445.14 13none Public Input No.2924 Section No. 445.18 13A Public Input No.2893 Section No. 445.18 13

none Public Input No.1681 Section No. 445.18 13none Public Input No.1515 Section No. 445.18 13none Public Input No.1382 Section No. 445.18 13

PI No. 2997 445.19 13none Public Input No.4194 Section No. 445.20 13none Public Input No.4122 Section No. 445.20 13none Public Input No.2572 Section No. 445.20 13

Public Input No.22‐NFPA 70‐2013 Section No. 445.20 13none Public Input No. 4536‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 445.20 13none Public Input No. 1530 445.21 13none Public Input No.4533 445.22 13

none Public Input No.1672 Section No. 455.4 13none Public Input No.2678 Section No. 455.5 13none Public Input No.1678 Section No. 455.6(A) [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 13none Public Input No.1679 Section No. 455.6(A) 13none Public Input No.1675 Section No. 455.6(A)(1) 13none Public Input No.1676 Section No. 455.6(A)(2) 13none Public Input No.1680 Section No. 455.7 13none Public Input No.1673 Section No. 455.7(A) 13

none Public Input No.3744 Section No. 480.1 13none Public Input No.3502 Section No. 480.1 13none Public Input No.3550 Section after 480.2 13none Public Input No.2586 Section No. 480.3(A) 13none Public Input No.2625 Section No. 480.3(C) 13none Public Input No.3267 Section after 480.4 13none Public Input No.302 Section after 480.4 13none Public Input No.3349 Sections 480.5, 480.6 13none Public Input No.685 Section No. 480.6(A) 13



none Public Input No.2630 Section No. 480.6(A) 13none Public Input No. 4233‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 480.6(B) 13none Public Input No.2634 Section No. 480.6(D) 13none Public Input No.2637 Section No. 480.7 13none Public Input No.2064 Section No. 480.7 13none Public Input No.1570 Section No. 480.7 13none Public Input No.2642 Section No. 480.8(A) 13none Public Input No.2647 Section No. 480.8(B) 13none Public Input No.2648 Section No. 480.9(A) 13none Public Input No.3270 Section No. 480.9(B) 13none Public Input No.2649 Section No. 480.9(D) 13none Public Input No.912 Section No. 480.9(E) 13none Public Input No.2674 Section No. 480.10(A) 13none Public Input No.2694 Section No. 480.10(B) 13

none Public Input No.2772 Section No. 695.1(B) 13none Public Input No. 4429‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 695.3 [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 13none Public Input No.2933 Section No. 695.3 13none Public Input No.1359 Section after 695.3(2) 13none Public Input No. 4637‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 695.3(C) 13none Public Input No.266 Section No. 695.3(C) [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 13none Public Input No.267 Section No. 695.3(C)(1) 13none Public Input No.268 Section No. 695.3(C)(2) 13none Public Input No.2825 Section after 695.3(D) 13none Public Input No.950 Section No. 695.4(A) 13none Public Input No. 4436‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 695.4(B)(3) 13none Public Input No.3326 Section No. 695.5(C)(2) 13none Public Input No.265 Section No. 695.6(A)(2) 13A Public Input No. 4808‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 695.6(A)(2) 13

none Public Input No.667 Section No. 695.6(D) 13none Public Input No.3435 Section No. 695.6(J) 13none Public Input No.3068 Section No. 695.7 13none Public Input No.668 Section No. 695.14(E) 13none Public Input No.1360 Section No. 695.14(E) 13



none Public Input No.2789 Section No. 695.14(F) 13none Public Input No.2579 Section after 695.14(F) 13

none Public Input No.3572 Section No. 700.1 13none Public Input No.3496 Section No. 700.1 13none Public Input No.3359 Section No. 700.1 13none Public Input No.4736 700.2, Emergency Systems. 13none Public Input No.4736 700.2, Emergency Systems. 13none Public Input No.754 Section No. 700.2 13none Public Input No.753 Section No. 700.2 13none Public Input No. 4504‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 700.2 13none Public Input No.669 Section after 700.2 13none Public Input No.1001 Section after 700.2 13none Public Input No.2750 Section No. 700.3(C) 13none Public Input No.3005 Section after 700.3(E) 13none Public Input No. 4331‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 700.4 13none Public Input No.420 Section No. 700.4(A) 13none Public Input No. 4754‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 700.4(A) 13none Public Input No.3376 Section No. 700.4(B) 13none Public Input No.3006 Section No. 700.4(B) 13none Public Input No. 4332‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section after 700.4(B) 13none Public Input No.95 Section No. 700.5(A) 13none Public Input No.951 Section No. 700.5(C) 13none Public Input No.1549 Section No. 700.5(C) 13none Public Input No.3018 Section No. 700.6(A) 13none Public Input No.3888 Section No. 700.7(A) 13none Public Input No.1484 Section No. 700.7(A) 13none Public Input No.3334 Section No. 700.8 13none Public Input No.2659 Section No. 700.10(A) 13none Public Input No.2656 Section No. 700.10(A) 13none Public Input No.2415 Section No. 700.10(A) 13none Public Input No.2411 Section No. 700.10(A) 13none Public Input No.3296 Section No. 700.10(B) 13none Public Input No.104 Section No. 700.10(B) 13



none Public Input No. 4466‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 700.10(B) 13none Public Input No. 4465‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 700.10(B) 13none Public Input No.2985 Section No. 700.10(C) 13none Public Input No.3895 Section No. 700.10(D) [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 13none Public Input No.2564 Section No. 700.10(D) [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 13none Public Input No.144 Section No. 700.10(D) [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 13none Public Input No.1246 Section No. 700.10(D) [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 13A Public Input No. 4812‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 700.10(D)(1) 13

none Public Input No.1632 Section No. 700.10(D)(2) 13none Public Input No.2797 Section No. 700.10(D)(3) 13none Public Input No.880 Section No. 700.12 [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 13none Public Input No.3909 Section No. 700.12 [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 13none Public Input No.2936 Section No. 700.12 [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 13none Public Input No.2824 Section No. 700.12 [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 13none Public Input No.2238 Section No. 700.12 [Excluding any Sub‐Sections] 13none Public Input No.2752 Section No. 700.12(A) 13none Public Input No.274 Section No. 700.12(B)(6) 13A Public Input No.2816 Section after 700.12(B) 13

none Public Input No.624 Section No. 700.12(F)(2) 13none Public Input No.2753 Section No. 700.12(F)(2) 13NR Public Input No.2373 Section No. 700.12(F)(2) 13none Public Input No.1008 Section No. 700.12(F)(2) 13none Public Input No.697 Section No. 700.16 13none Public Input No.1000 Section No. 700.16 13none Public Input No.1259 Section No. 700.22 13none Public Input No.971 Section No. 700.24 13none Public Input No.752 Section after 700.25 13none Public Input No.1507 Section No. 700.27 13A Public Input No.3912 Section No. 700.28 13

none Public Input No.3766 Section No. 700.28 13none Public Input No. 4690‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 700.28 13

none Public Input No.3575 Section No. 701.1 13none Public Input No.670 Section after 701.2 13



none Public Input No.3273 Section No. 701.3(C) 13none Public Input No.590 Section No. 701.4 13none Public Input No.1550 Section No. 701.5(C) 13none Public Input No.3020 Section No. 701.6(A) 13none Public Input No.2281 Section No. 701.6(D) 13none Public Input No. 4297‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 701.7(A) 13A Public Input No.2815 Section after 701.10 13

none Public Input No.2754 Section No. 701.12(A) 13none Public Input No.2755 Section No. 701.12(G) 13none Public Input No.1509 Section No. 701.26 13none Public Input No.3769 Section No. 701.27 13none Public Input No. 4705‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 701.27 13

none Public Input No. 4442‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 702.4(B)(1) 13none Public Input No.1586 Section No. 702.4(B)(2) 13none Public Input No.3250 Section after 702.4(B)(2) 13none Public Input No.1668 Section No. 702.5 13none Public Input No. 4450‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 702.5 13none Public Input No.3037 Section No. 702.6 13none Public Input No.2751 Section after 702.7 13none Public Input No.3971 Section No. 702.7 13none Public Input No. 4305‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 702.7(A) 13none Public Input No.2810 Section No. 702.7(C) 13A Public Input No.2813 Section after 702.10 13

none Public Input No. 4375‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 702.11(B) 13none Public Input No.2807 Section No. 702.12 13none Public Input No. 4494‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section after 702.12(A) 13none Public Input No.3501 Section No. 702.12(A) 13none Public Input No. 4489‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 702.12(A) 13none Public Input No.3589 Section after 702.12(A) 13

NR Public Input No.4276 Article 706‐Energy Storage Systems ‐ New 13NR Public Input No.4219 Article 706‐ Version 2+C205 13



none Public Input No. 4451‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 708.1 13none Public Input No.2434 Section No. 708.10(A)(1) 13none Public Input No.2433 Section No. 708.10(A)(2) 13none Public Input No.146 Section No. 708.10(C)(1) 13none Public Input No. 4819‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 708.10(C)(1) 13A Public Input No. 4821‐NFPA 70‐2014 Section No. 708.10(C)(2) 13

none Public Input No.3259 Section No. 708.10(C)(3) 13none Public Input No.2282 Section No. 708.14 13none Public Input No.1802 Section No. 708.14 13none Public Input No.2756 Section No. 708.20(E) 13none Public Input No.3046 Sections 708.20(F)(5), 708.20(F)(6) 13none Public Input No.3213 Section No. 708.52(B) 13none Public Input No.2283 Section No. 708.52(B) 13none Public Input No.3773 Section No. 708.54 13

A Public Input No. 4026 Article 710‐Microgrids ‐ New 13

A Public Input No. 4027 Article 712‐DC Microgrids ‐ New 13

none Public Input No. 2934 Annex F 13none Public Input No. 3798 Annex F 13


Public Input No. 1377-NFPA 70-2014 [ Global Input ]

Change "physical damage" to "mechanical damage"

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input

The term "physical damage" is often a source of confusion. One of the points of confusion is what is included in "physical damage"; for example, is exposure to corrosive gas included? I believe other language in the code covers that type of situation, and "mechanical damage" more clearly reflects the intent of the requirements in the NEC that currently refer to "physical damage".

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Christel HunterOrganization: General CableStreet Address:City:State:Zip: Submittal Date: Mon Sep 22 20:02:13 EDT 2014

Copyright Assignment

I, Christel Hunter, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am Christel Hunter, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature

Page 1 of 1National Fire Protection Association Report

11/20/2014http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/TerraView/Content/70-2014....



Search for Replace with50 volts 50 actual volts50 Volts 50 Actual Volts50-volts 50-actual-volts50-Volts 50-Actual-Volts

Search for Replace with150 volts 150 actual volts150 Volts 150 Actual Volts150-volts 150-actual-volts150-Volts 150-Actual-Volts

Search for Replace with300 volts 300 actual volts300 Volts 300 Actual Volts300-volts 300-actual-volts300-Volts 300-Actual Volts

Search for Replace with2000 volts 2000 actual volts2000 Volts 2000 Actual Volts



Search for Replace with35,000 volts 35,000 actual volts35,000 Volts 35,000 Actual Volts35,000 V 35,000 Actual VThese search and replace operations will pick up all references to the listed voltages, alll of which are actual rather than nominal values.


This section uses voltages that are "actual" hard limits.Refer to the substantiation for 1902 for more information.

Related Public Inputs for This Document




Related Input RelationshipPublic Input No. 1902-NFPA 70-2014 [Global Input]

This submission depends on 1902


Submitter Full Name: JAMES WILLIAMSOrganization: noneAffilliation: Retired Master ElectricianStreet Address: City: State:Zip: Submittal Date: Wed Oct 15 19:51:34 EDT 2014


I, JAMES WILLIAMS, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am JAMES WILLIAMS, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking thisbox, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature





for "provided that the" read "if the"for "provided that it" read "if it"for "provided that all" read "if all"for "provided that such" read "if the"


NEC_StyleManual_2011.pdf: 3.3.4 Word Clarity. Words and terms used in the NEC shall be specific and clear in meaning, and shall avoid jargon, trade terminology, industry-specific terms, or colloquial language that is difficult to understand. NEC language shall be brief, clear, and emphatic. The following are examples of old-fashioned expressions and word uses that shall not be permitted: "provided that"


Submitter Full Name: JAMES WILLIAMSOrganization: noneAffilliation: Retired Master ElectricianStreet Address: City: State:Zip: Submittal Date: Tue Nov 04 10:33:19 EST 2014








Change the use of the phrase "60 V DC" to "Nominal 50V DC" throughout the NFPA 70 Standard.


The NEC is conflicted in its use of the terminology which defines the DC voltage level on when certain code rules apply. It would appear that half of the NEC code sections refer to 60V dc as the voltage limit which mandates certain code requirements. And it would appear the other half refers to "50V DC". The code should be consistent in its approach. This public input seeks to resolve this conflict and come up with consistent terminology throughout the code.

In 110.26(A)(1)(b) working space requirements are for 60V DC.250.162 refers to 60V DC for grounding requirements for DC systems.393.6 refers to listing requirements for certain DC equipment at 60V.620.5(D) refers to elevator requirements for uninsulated parts at no more than 60V DC.Article 640 and 647 have similar DC voltage limits.

For the 50 volt level guarding of live parts in 110.27 refers to both AC and DC systems.220.7 refers to marking of conductors at 50 volts or less regardless of voltage type.Article 720 refers to systems at 50 volts or less whether DC or AC.210.5(C)(2) refers to marking of conductors for DC systems 50V or less215.12(C)(2) refers to identification of DC feeder conductors at 50V or less.Section 480.5 states that overcurrent protection shall not be required for conductors from a battery with a nominal voltage of 50 volts or less.690.71 refers to DC storage batteries that operate at a voltage of 50 volts, nominal or less.

There are many other codes sections not mentioned which vary back and forth between 50 and 60V. The code is not consistent. I am recommending that globally the term 60V DC be replaced with 50V nominal DC.


Submitter Full Name: Lawrence AyerOrganization: Biz Com Electric, Inc.Affilliation: Independent Electrical Contractors, Inc.Street Address: City: State:Zip: Submittal Date: Tue Nov 04 21:18:12 EST 2014


I, Lawrence Ayer, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and fullrights in copyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.





Move all definitions to Article 100.It seems that every cycle definitions are moved from a .2 section within an Article to Article 100 because someone points out that the particular term is used in more than oneArticle. For NEC users, especially new ones it makes understanding the rules that much more difficult.We also have examples like Dustight that is defined differently in Article 100 as compared to 500.2. That creates confusion.A greater problem is when a term is defined within an Article yet the term is used elsewhere in the NEC. Is the term in the Article without it being defined supposed to be something different or can it be used the same way? That also creates confusion.Some examples include Metal wireway which is defined in 376.2 yet the term is used elsewhere such as in Articles 210, 225, etc. A Tap conductor is defined in 240.2, is a motor tap conductor supposed to be something different in Article 430?As stated in the NEC Style Manual definitions cannot contain requirements yet it is oftenargued that stating that something is or is not does not necessarily constitute a requirement. If it is not, then it doesn't meet the definition. If the term is used in multiple articles then creating a definition that is usable in all those Articles is the best approach. Specific requirements which can be different can still be placed in each ArticleMany other standards have all definitions in one location. Constancy will be improved by having the panels develop language that will use the same terms without creating unnecessary conflicts. I understand the Correlating Committee recently agreed to leave terms in the .2 Section of Articles. I respectfully ask them to reconsider that position.


It seems that every cycle definitions are moved from a .2 section within an Article to Article 100 because someone points out that the particular term is used in more than one Article. For NEC users, especially new ones it makes understanding the rules that much more difficult.

We also have examples like Dustight that is defined differently in Article 100 as compared to 500.2. That creates confusion.

A greater problem is when a term is defined within an Article yet the term is used elsewhere in the NEC. Is the term in the Article without it being defined supposed to be something different or can it be used the same way? That also creates confusion.

Some examples include Metal wireway which is defined in 376.2 yet the term is used elsewhere such as in Articles 210, 225, etc. A Tap conductor is defined in 240.2, is a motor tap conductor supposed to be something different in Article 430?

As stated in the NEC Style Manual definitions cannot contain requirements yet it is often argued that stating that something is or is not does not necessarily constitute a requirement. If it is not, then it doesn't meet the definition. If the term is used in multiple articles then creating a definition that is usable in all those Articles is the best approach. Specific requirements which can be different can still be placed in each Article

Many other standards have all definitions in one location. Constancy will be improved by having the panels develop language that will use the same terms without creating unnecessary conflicts. I understand the Correlating Committee recently agreed to leave terms in the .2 Section of Articles. I respectfully ask them to reconsider that position.





Submitter Full Name: Paul DobrowskyOrganization: SelfStreet Address:City:State:Zip: Submittal Date: Thu Nov 06 19:36:47 EST 2014


I, Paul Dobrowsky, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am Paul Dobrowsky, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature




Voltages references in NEC

Globally edit the text by removing the following text stringsnominalNominal, nominal, Nominalnominal ,Nominal ,, nominal ,, Nominal ,That is, remove the word nominal and any optional commas preceding or following it. This is a little too broad, I will provide additional submissions that repair "collateral damage" to nominals not related to voltage.Substantiation:The NEC contains 2744 sentences that contain volt, voltage, and V. Some of the Vare false positives (part V, Volume ...). 317 sentences contain nominal. The use of the word nominal does not appear to have a particular pattern when it is found in connection to voltage. Having some voltages marked as nominal and others not marked when both are intended to be nominal, leads to confusion

Making it clear what a particular voltage reference meains is important. Some of the voltage references are for exact voltages. This is true for most "limit" specifications such as "the voltage shall not exceed 42.4 volts". Other voltages are nominal and refer to a range of voltages.

The specification of 600 volts, which is a utilization voltage, and 1000 volts, which is the "new" 600 volts, is problematical. I have chosen to treat these references asnominal.

I propose that the NEC indicate that all voltages listed in it are nominal, unless specifically marked actual This would rid the document of uncertainty as to whether or not a given voltage specification was actual or nominal.

Also add a table that indicates that the three groups of nominal voltages refer to the same thing: for instance 125/250 device rating, 120/240 load rating, and 115/230motor rating.Coordination:These changes need to be co-ordinated with other submissions These submission will be keyed back to this submission number (1902). They include defining ActualVoltage and adding actual where appropriate.(1)nominal for battery circuits (2)nominal for 120/60 cneter grounded AC circuits (3)

Nearly always nominal (4)Occasionally nominal (5)nominal in 600




kshea

Text Box

PI 1902

480Y/277

Actual (exact) <--

nominal(utilization)

8 1080 9010 1280 11012.4 1530 115

15 2000(4) 120

21.2 2001 120/240

24 (1) 5000 180

24.8 15000(5) 200

30 35000 208

42 208Y/120

42.4 22050 230

60 (2) 24065 27780 440100 460132 480

150

200 500300 550301 600350 600Y/347

600 (3)

750900

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description ApprovedNFPA-9102_libreOffice.pdf table for substantiation ✓





The NEC contains 2744 sentences that contain volt, voltage, and V. Some of the V are false positives (part V, Volume ...). 317 sentences contain nominal. The use of the word nominal does not appear to have a particular pattern when it is found in connection to voltage. Having some voltages marked as nominal and others not marked when both are intended to be nominal, leads to confusion

ALL RELATED submissions link back to this (1902). Although other related submissions may be interrelated, such links would grow exponentially (the mathematical exponentially, not the TV news exponentially)

Making it clear what a particular voltage reference meains is important. Some of the voltage references are for exact voltages. This is true for most "limit" specifications such as "the voltage shall not exceed 42.4 volts". Other voltages are nominal and refer to a range of voltages.

The specification of 600 volts, which is a utilization voltage, and 1000 volts, which is the "new" 600 volts, is problematical. I have chosen to treat these references as nominal.

I propose that the NEC indicate that all voltages listed in it are nominal, unless specifically marked actual This would rid the document of uncertainty as to whether or not a given voltage specification was actual or nominal.

Also add a table that indicates that the three groups of nominal voltages refer to the same thing: for instance 125/250 device rating, 120/240 load rating, and 115/230 motor rating.

Coordination:

These changes need to be co-ordinated with other submissions These submission will be keyed back to this submission number (1902). They include defining Actual Voltage and adding actual where appropriate.

(1)nominal for battery circuits (2)nominal for 120/60 center grounded AC circuits (3)Nearly always nominal (4)Occasionally nominal (5)nominal in 600{{table formatting was lost when copying it in}}}Actual (exact) <--

nominal

(utilization)<--

Voltages references in NEC8 1080 90 100010 1280 110 230012.4 1530 115 240015 2000(4) 120 416021.2 2001 120/240 720024(1) 5000 180 750024.8 15000(5) 200 1380030 35000 208 1440042 208Y/120 15000(5)42.4 220 2300050 230 3450060(2) 240 4600065 277 6900080 440 115000100 460 138000132 480 230000150480Y/277




Voltages found in NECActual (Exact) Nominal (Utilization)

8 1080 90 1000

10 1280 110 2300

12.4 1530 115 2400

15 2000(4) 120 4160

21.2 2001 120/240 7200

24(1) 5000 180 7500

24.8 15000(5) 200 13800

30 35000 208 14400

42 208Y/120 15000(5)

42.4 220 23000

50 230 34500

60(2) 240 46000

65 277 69000

80 440 115000

100 460 138000

132 480 230000

150 480Y/277

200 500

300 550

301 600

350 600Y/347

600(3)

750

900(1)Nominal for battery circuits (2)Nominal for 120/60 center grounded AC circuits (3)Nearly always nominal (4)Occasionally nominal (5)Nominal in 600


Public Input No. 2349-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. Table] This submission depends on 1902












Submitter Full Name: JAMES WILLIAMSOrganization: noneAffilliation: Retired Master ElectricianStreet Address: City: State:Zip: Submittal Date: Wed Oct 15 11:34:29 EDT 2014








NOTE: The following Public Input appeared as Hold (Rejected but held) in PublicComment No. 13-22 (Log #856) of the A2013 ROC (Second Draft Report) for NFPA 70and per the Regs. at 4.4.8.3.1.

The Correlating Committee directs that the items identified in the panel action be reported as "Hold" per thepanel action.


File Name Description Approved

13-22.pdf 13-22

P13-36.pdf P13-36


See the Uploaded File for the Recommendation text.

Substantiation: The panel rejected the original proposal because it lacked “technical substantiation to require a calculation for dc fault current. The text is revised and additional bullets are provided to match the manual of style. The revised text correlates with other sections of the Code. 480.5: The word “nominal” is added to be consistent with 480.2 and to clarify that battery voltages are charged within a range that can exceed 50 volts. 480.5(A): We support the explanations of negative ballots by Little and Spina. For safety purposes, the disconnecting means must be as close as reasonably possible to the terminals of the battery (where the voltage and short circuit current is at its highest). “Within sight” could allow a disconnect to be as far as 50 feet away from the battery terminals, thereby creating an unnecessary hazard. Conversely, while it may be theoretically possible to put the disconnect only inches away from the terminal, such practice is seldom reasonable and prudent. The term “as close as practicable” satisfies both issues. The term “as close as practicable” is used elsewhere in the NEC and is added to the requirement for the disconnecting means to be within sight of the battery. This proposed revision correlates with the present requirement in 240.21(H), which requires overcurrent protection to be installed as “close as practicable” to the battery terminals. The intent of 480.5(A) is to identify the hazard potential precisely at the point of maximum arc flash potential at the battery terminals and the adjacent battery disconnect. Because the value will change depending upon where the measurement is taken, the Code needs to specify where the calculation is to be determined. Regarding the deletion of the word “system” we note that, by Article 480’s own definition, a “battery system” encompasses “Interconnected battery subsystems consisting of one or more storage batteries and battery chargers, and can include inverters, converters, and associated electrical equipment.” The word “system” is too vague, so it is replaced with the word “terminals” to harmonize with 240.21(H) and to precisely identify where the disconnecting means should be located. 480.5(B): Article 645 requires remote activation for battery disconnects serving ITE rooms. The disconnect serving an ITE room must be capable of being locked open to prevent the remote actuation from occurring when it will jeopardize safety of personnel. The text is similar to that used elsewhere in the Code, such as in 450.14. 480.5(C): The text is modified to correlate with section 110.24. An editorial change puts the requirements in bullet form per the manual of style. The purpose of posting the battery short circuit current in bullet (1) is to allow maintenance personnel to determine the required PPE by using the guidance provided in NFPA 70E. Annex D.8 in NFPA 70E provides guidance for the user to calculate the arcing current from the system bolted fault current. NFPA 70E Table 130.7(c)(15)(b) provides the recommend PPE provided that the user can determine the arcing current. If the system bolted fault current is not provided, it is unlikely that a worker will have the ability to determine the arcing current, thereby making Table 130.7(c)(15)(b) useless to the people who really need it. The present requirement for labeling of ac equipment already allows field technicians to determine PPE from the ac tables (see Table 130.7(c)(15)(a)). This text for dc-output batteries is consistent with the requirements for ac equipment. We note that proposals have been submitted to NPFA 70E that will likely change Table 130.7(c)(15)(b) to be based on system bolted fault current only, thereby making the text in 480.4(C) even more useful.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

56 of 121 11/24/2014 12:59 PM


Report on Comments – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________13-22 Log #856 NEC-P13 Final Action: Accept in Principle in Part(480.5(A) and (B))_______________________________________________________________________________________________TCC Action: The Correlating Committee directs that the items identified in the panel action be reported as "Hold" per thepanel action.Submitter: Stephen McCluer, Schneider Electric / Rep. IEEE Stationary Battery CommitteeComment on Proposal No: 13-36Recommendation: Accept the proposed text in principle with the following revisions:480.5 Disconnecting Means. A disconnecting means shall be provided for all ungrounded conductors derived from astationary battery system over nominal 50 volts. (A) Accessibility A The disconnecting means shall be readily accessible to qualified personnel for inspection andmaintenance and shall be located as close as practicable and within sight of the battery system terminals. (B) Remote Operation Where controls to activate the disconnecting means of a battery are located in a remotelocation, the disconnecting means shall be lockable in the open position and the location of the controls shall be fieldmarked on the disconnecting means. (B)(C) Field Marking.The disconnecting means shall be legibly marked in the field in accordance with 110.24. the nominal battery systemvoltage and maximum available fault current derived from the stationary battery system., The field marking(s) shall: (1) include the nominal battery voltage and the maximum available short circuit current derived from the stationarybattery;INFORMATIONAL NOTE: NFPA 70E-2012 states in Annex D-8 that the value to be used for calculating maximumdirect current incident energy is the bolted fault current in amperes, which is the same as the battery short circuit current.“Short circuit current” is the term generally used within the battery industry. The short circuit current values for individualcells or units can be obtained from the battery manufacturer. (2) be calculated at the terminals of the battery where the arc flash potential is highest; (3) be determined by the owner or owner’s agent responsible for the battery installation; (4) include the date the fault current calculation was performed; and (5) be of sufficient durability to withstand the environment involved. (D) Modifications. When modifications to the electrical installation occur that affect the maximum available fault current,the maximum available fault current shall be verified or recalculated as necessary to ensure the necessary updates aremade to reflect new available fault current at the terminals of the battery.Substantiation: The panel rejected the original proposal because it lacked “technical substantiation to require acalculation for dc fault current. The text is revised and additional bullets are provided to match the manual of style. Therevised text correlates with other sections of the Code. 480.5: The word “nominal” is added to be consistent with 480.2 and to clarify that battery voltages are charged withina range that can exceed 50 volts. 480.5(A): We support the explanations of negative ballots by Little and Spina. For safety purposes, the disconnectingmeans must be as close as reasonably possible to the terminals of the battery (where the voltage and short circuitcurrent is at its highest). “Within sight” could allow a disconnect to be as far as 50 feet away from the battery terminals,thereby creating an unnecessary hazard. Conversely, while it may be theoretically possible to put the disconnect onlyinches away from the terminal, such practice is seldom reasonable and prudent. The term “as close as practicable”satisfies both issues. The term “as close as practicable” is used elsewhere in the NEC and is added to the requirementfor the disconnecting means to be within sight of the battery. This proposed revision correlates with the presentrequirement in 240.21(H), which requires overcurrent protection to be installed as “close as practicable” to the batteryterminals. The intent of 480.5(A) is to identify the hazard potential precisely at the point of maximum arc flash potential at thebattery terminals and the adjacent battery disconnect. Because the value will change depending upon where themeasurement is taken, the Code needs to specify where the calculation is to be determined. Regarding the deletion of the word “system” we note that, by Article 480’s own definition, a “battery system”encompasses “Interconnected battery subsystems consisting of one or more storage batteries and battery chargers, andcan include inverters, converters, and associated electrical equipment.” The word “system” is too vague, so it isreplaced with the word “terminals” to harmonize with 240.21(H) and to precisely identify where the disconnecting meansshould be located. 480.5(B): Article 645 requires remote activation for battery disconnects serving ITE rooms. The disconnect serving anITE room must be capable of being locked open to prevent the remote actuation from occurring when it will jeopardize

063869Y091318L122012L

1 Printed on 2/26/2014

Report on Comments – June 2013 NFPA 70safety of personnel. The text is similar to that used elsewhere in the Code, such as in 450.14. 480.5(C): The text is modified to correlate with section 110.24. An editorial change puts the requirements in bulletform per the manual of style. The purpose of posting the battery short circuit current in bullet (1) is to allow maintenance personnel to determine the required PPE by using the guidance provided in NFPA 70E. Annex D.8 in NFPA 70E provides guidance for the user to calculate the arcing current from the system bolted fault current. NFPA70E Table 130.7(c)(15)(b) provides the recommend PPE provided that the user can determine the arcing current. If thesystem bolted fault current is not provided, it is unlikely that a worker will have the ability to determine the arcing current,thereby making Table 130.7(c)(15)(b) useless to the people who really need it. The present requirement for labeling ofac equipment already allows field technicians to determine PPE from the ac tables (see Table 130.7(c)(15)(a)). This textfor dc-output batteries is consistent with the requirements for ac equipment. We note that proposals have been submitted to NPFA 70E that will likely change Table 130.7(c)(15)(b) to be based on system bolted fault current only,thereby making the text in 480.4(C) even more useful. Short circuit on individual cells or units can be obtained from the battery manufacturer. However, the short-circuitcurrent of an entire battery must factor in such things as the number of cells, line impedance within intercell and intertierconnectors and other conductors, cable length, parallel battery strings, etc. Bullet (3) stipulates that such calculationsare to be performed by the owner or owner’s agent who is ultimately responsible for the system/installation design. Thisis consistent with equipment marking requirements in NFPA 70E. An informational note is added to 480.5(C)(1) to clarify possible confusion over terms. In this context, the battery’sbolted fault current and battery short circuit current are synonymous. “Short circuit current” is the term used and thevalue that will be provided by battery manufacturers. 480.5(D): Text is necessary to explain what needs to be done when equipment is modified. The text correlates with110.24, but it clarifies that the value is to be calculated for the potential at the battery terminals and no place else.

This is not original material; its reference/source is as follows:This comment was developed by the following members of the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee: StephenMcCluer/Schneider Electric (user/integrator); Phyllis Archer/C&D Technologies (manufacturer); Curtis Ashton/CenturyLink (telecommunications user); Allen Byrne/Interstate Powercare (vendor & service) Bill Cantor/TPI (engineering firm);Terry Chapman/SCE (utility user) ; Ron Marts/Telcordia (standards development organization); Dan McMenamin/DMI(engineering firm), and Daleep Mohla (engineering firm).Panel Meeting Action: Accept in Principle in Part CMP-13 accepts in principle: The concept of "nominal" voltage in the first sentence of 480.5;The concepts of "readily accessible" and "within sight" in 480.5(A);And 480.5(B) CMP-13 Holds the following new material:The phrase “to qualified personnel for inspection and maintenance” in 480.5(A);480.5(C)(1), Informational Note480.5(C)(2);480.5(C)(3);And 480.5(D) CMP-13 Rejects the reference to 110.24 in 480.5(C) CMP-13 Accepts in Principle language providing requirements for field marking of the disconnecting means including:Voltage, Fault current, date of the calculation, and durability to withstand the environment.For clarity and to correlate with action on Comment 13-21 revise 480.5(D) as follows:(D) Notification. The disconnecting means shall be legibly marked in the field. A label with the marking shall be placedin a conspicuous location near the battery if a disconnecting means is not provided. The marking shall be of sufficientdurability to withstand the environment involved and shall include: (1) the nominal battery voltage(2) the maximum available short circuit current derived from the stationary battery system, and(3) the date the calculation was performed. Informational Note: Battery equipment suppliers can provide information about short circuit current on any particularbattery model.

Panel Statement: The concepts of remote operation, "nominal" volts, "readily accessible" and "within sight" are2 Printed on 2/26/2014

Report on Comments – June 2013 NFPA 70accepted in principle in the panel action on comment 13-21. CMP-13 accepts in principle the requirements for fieldmarking but modifies the language to incorporate the changes into text accepted by Comment 13-21. CMP-13 holds new material that has not had the opportunity for public review. CMP-13 rejects the reference to 110.24in 480.5(C) since 110.24 gives field marking requirements for service equipment.

Number Eligible to Vote: 21Ballot Results: Affirmative: 21Comment on Affirmative: LITTLE, L.: We are voting affirmative on the panel action to “Accept in Principle in Part” comment 13-22. It isimportant to note for the Correlating Committee and the public that this action clarifies the final text for 480.5(D). See ouraffirmative statement on comment 13-21.


Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________13-36 Log #1076 NEC-P13 Final Action: Reject (480.5(A) and (B) (New) )_______________________________________________________________________________________________Submitter: Daleep C. Mohla, DCM Electrical Consulting Services, Inc.Recommendation: Revise text to read as follows: 480.5 Disconnecting Means. A disconnecting means shall be provided for all ungrounded conductors derived from astationary battery system over 50 volts. (A) The disconnecting means shall be readily accessible and located within sight as close as practicable of the batterysystem terminals. (B) Field Marking. The disconnecting means shall be legibly marked in the field with the nominal battery systemvoltage and maximum available fault current derived from the stationary battery system. The field marking(s) shallinclude the date the fault current calculation was performed and be of sufficient durability to withstand the environmentinvolved.Substantiation: Within sight is defined in Article 100 as the specified equipment is to be visible and not more than 15 m(50 ft) distant from the other. Battery system disconnect should be as close a s practicable in 240.21( H) for quickisolation of battery from other sources such as battery chargers etc. NFPA 70E- 2012 has requirements for needed personal protective equipment (PPE) while working on Direct Currentsystems. Information on maximum available fault current available from the battery system is required to select therequired PPE.Panel Meeting Action: RejectPanel Statement: For the recommendation in (A), requiring the disconnecting means for ungrounded batteryconductors to be as close as practicable is too arbitrary and almost unenforceable. The disconnecting means and thecabling or raceway must be installed before the electrical inspector visits the site for an inspection. The inspector mustthen make a decision on whether the disconnecting means is as close as practicable, and, if not, then the entire installation would have to be redone. The existing text is much more reasonable and workable. For the recommendation in (B), the submitter has provided no technical substantiation to require a calculation for dcfault current.Number Eligible to Vote: 18Ballot Results: Affirmative: 16 Negative: 2Explanation of Negative: LITTLE, L.: The proposed revision to require that the disconnecting means be installed "as close as practicable" isenforceable. The term "practicable" with reference to distance is used throughout the NEC and has been enforced byAHJs for decades. This proposed revision mirrors the present requirement in 240.21(H), which requires overcurrentprotection to be installed as "close as practicable" to the battery terminals. SPINA, M.: A) 240.21(H) permits overcurrent protection for battery conductors to be installed as close as practicable.Inclusion of a similar statement here would harmonize the requirements.B) NFPA 70E-2012 “Table 130.7(C)(15)(b) Hazard/Risk Category Classifications and Use of Rubber Insulating Glovesand Insulated and Insulating Hand Tools — Direct Current Equipment” requires determining the available arcing currentto select PPE necessary for protection of employees. he arcing current depends on the maximum short circuit from battery system. Without knowing what the available shortcurrent is, employees have no way of selecting required PPE for protection from the arc flash hazard. The only way to determine the maximum short circuit available from the battery is from the manufacturer. The optimumtime to obtain this value is during the initial installation. Without this information, proper sizing of disconnect switch maynot be feasible. This requirement for posting of short circuit current for batteries is similar to the requirements in 110.24 for serviceequipment to comply with 110.9 and 110.10.

053081J071110K1320110


Short circuit on individual cells or units can be obtained from the battery manufacturer. However, the short-circuit current of an entire battery must factor in such things as the number of cells, line impedance within intercell and intertier connectors and other conductors, cable length, parallel battery strings, etc. Bullet (3) stipulates that such calculations are to be performed by the owner or owner’s agent who is ultimately responsible for the system/installation design. This is consistent with equipment marking requirements in NFPA 70E. An informational note is added to 480.5(C)(1) to clarify possible confusion over terms. In this context, the battery’s bolted fault current and battery short circuit current are synonymous. “Short circuit current” is the term used and the value that will be provided by battery manufacturers. 480.5(D): Text is necessary to explain what needs to be done when equipment is modified. The text correlates with 110.24, but it clarifies that the value is to be calculated for the potential at the battery terminals and no place else.


Submitter Full Name: CC on NEC-AAC

Organization: CC on National Electrical Code

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Feb 26 09:55:09 EST 2014


57 of 121 11/24/2014 12:59 PM




The Correlating Committee directs that the the items referenced in panel action be reported as"Hold."



13-33.pdf 13-33

P13-55a.pdf P13-55a


See the Uploaded File for the Recommendation text.

Substantiation: NEMA Proposal 13-55a was to commensurate changes in NEC 695 as extracted from revised NFPA 20 (2013), 10.8.2.2 (aka Fig. A.10.8 ARRANGEMENT II). One of the changes was that the CB contained in the upstream ATS Assembly (being an upstream disconnect) was NOT to count against the quota (of 1 max) established in NFPA 20, 9.2.3. That statement did not get included in 13-55a as proposed, but should have. The intent is to have the Upstream ATS Assembly comply with Article 230, using a THERMAL-MAGNETIC CB, since it needs most often to be SUSE rated. Proposal 13-55a purports to permit the use of an INSTANTANEOUS CB which has RESTRICTED APPLICATION per NEC 430.52(C)(3) thus making the upstream ATS assembly noncompliant with the requirements of Article 230. Additionally, there is a safety concern since the load wiring to the fire pump controller is FIELD WIRING which would remain unprotected up to >20 times the FLC of the motor (NEC 700.27). The correct Proposal should not permit the use of an Instantaneous CB and leave it as a Thermal Mag thus making this upstream transfer switch assembly compliant with the remainder of the NEC. (UL 1008 will be updated accordingly at a future time.)




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



67 of 121 11/24/2014 12:59 PM


Report on Comments – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________13-33 Log #290 NEC-P13 Final Action: Hold(695.3 and 695.4(A))_______________________________________________________________________________________________TCC Action: The Correlating Committee directs that the the items referenced in panel action be reported as "Hold."Submitter: Richard Schneider, Lancaster, SCComment on Proposal No: 13-55aRecommendation: Retain text as per ROP which is: Change existing 695.3(F) to 695.3(G). NEW 695.3(F) to read: 695.3(F) Transfer of Power. Transfer of power to the fire pump controller between the individual source and onealternate supply shall take place within the pump room. (20:9.6.4) 695.3(G) Phase Converters. Phase converters shall not be permitted to be used for fire pump service. (20:9.1.7) Reject Comment on Affirmative for 695.3(F): Overcurrent Device Selection Delete/reject the entire proposed 695.3(F) text pertaining to Overcurrent Device Protection proposed by Mr. NeilCzarnecki. There was no Panel action on this proposed text - it was merely a comment on the affirmative. Add new New 695.3(H) Individually, Listed Fire Pump Controller and Power Transfer Switch Assembly (20:10.8.2.2 & 10.8.2.3). a) Each fire pump shall have its own dedicated transfer switch, listed for fire service, where a transfer switch is required(20:10.8.2.3) b) A transfer switch separate from the fire pump controller is to be enclosed and contain its own overcurrent device inthe same enclosure. The overcurrent device shall be selectively coordinated as required in 695.3(C)(3) c) This transfer switch assembly shall be SUSE (Suitable for Use as Service Equipment) rated when so used d) The disconnect contained therein shall not count against the quota established in 695.4(B)(1) Revising 695.4(A) as follows: 695.4(A) Direct Connection. The supply conductors shall directly connect the power source to either a listed fire pumpcontroller or listed combination fire pump controller and power transfer switch or the listed transfer switch assemblydescribed in 695.3(H).

Substantiation: NEMA Proposal 13-55a was to commensurate changes in NEC 695 as extracted from revised NFPA20 (2013), 10.8.2.2 (aka Fig. A.10.8 ARRANGEMENT II). One of the changes was that the CB contained in theupstream ATS Assembly (being an upstream disconnect) was NOT to count against the quota (of 1 max) established inNFPA 20, 9.2.3. That statement did not get included in 13-55a as proposed, but should have. The intent is to have the Upstream ATS Assembly comply with Article 230, using a THERMAL-MAGNETIC CB, since itneeds most often to be SUSE rated. Proposal 13-55a purports to permit the use of an INSTANTANEOUS CB which hasRESTRICTED APPLICATION per NEC 430.52(C)(3) thus making the upstream ATS assembly noncompliant with therequirements of Article 230. Additionally, there is a safety concern since the load wiring to the fire pump controller isFIELD WIRING which would remain unprotected up to >20 times the FLC of the motor (NEC 700.27). The correct Proposal should not permit the use of an Instantaneous CB and leave it as a Thermal Mag thus makingthis upstream transfer switch assembly compliant with the remainder of the NEC. (UL 1008 will be updated accordingly at a future time.)

Panel Meeting Action: Accept in Principle in Part CMP-13 holds the proposed new 695.3(H) and the reference in 695.4(A).Reject the recommendation in reference to the affirmative comment. The remainder is accepted in principle.

Panel Statement: The proposed new 695.3(H) has not had public review and is new material. A technical committee cannot reject an affirmative comment. See the action and statement on Comment 13-37.Number Eligible to Vote: 21Ballot Results: Affirmative: 21

062515J13542088720128


Report on Error mode Not set – NFPA_______________________________________________________________________________________________ Log # Final Action: ()_______________________________________________________________________________________________TCC Action: The Correlating Committee directs that the the items referenced in panel action be reported as "Hold."Submitter: ,Comment on Proposal No:Recommendation:Substantiation:

062515J13542088720128


Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________13-55a Log #3532 NEC-P13 Final Action: Accept in Principle (695.3(F) and 695.3(G))_______________________________________________________________________________________________Submitter: Vince Baclawski, National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)Recommendation: Change existing 695.3(F) to new 695.3(G) and insert new 695.3(F) as follows; 695.3(F) Transfer of Power. Transfer of power to the fire pump controller between the normal supply and one alternatesupply shall take place within the pump room. [20:9.6.4] 695.3(F) (G) Phase Converters. Phase converters shall not be permitted to be used for fire pump service. [20:9.1.7]Substantiation: The proposed text extracts from NFPA 20, a critical installation requirement that the fire pump powertransfer switch be installed in the fire pump room.Panel Meeting Action: Accept in Principle Revise the submitter's text to read as follows: 695.3(F) Transfer of Power. Transfer of power to the fire pump controller between the individual source and onealternate source shall take place within the pump room. The transfer switch shall be listed for fire pump service.[20:9.6.4] [20:10.8.1.1] 695.3(G) Phase Converters. Phase converters shall not be permitted to be used for fire pump service. [20:9.1.7]Panel Statement: CMP-13 accepts the submitter's concept.CMP-13 adds a requirement for listing for correlation with NFPA 20. The term "normal" is replace with the term"individual source" for consistency with Section 695.3.Number Eligible to Vote: 18Ballot Results: Affirmative: 18Comment on Affirmative: CARON, D.: See my comment on Proposal 13-55. CZARNECKI, N.: Add the following to 695.3(F): Overcurrent Device Selection. An instantaneous trip circuit breaker shall be permitted in lieu of the overcurrent devices

specified in 695.4(B)(2) provided it is part of a transfer switch assembly listed for fire pump service. Currently, the NEC only permits the use of an instantaneous trip circuit breaker if provided as part of a listedcombination motor controller as specified in 430.52(C)(3). The operating characteristics of an instantaneous trip circuitbreaker lend themselves very well to the overcurrent protection permitted between the fire pump power source and thefire pump controller or the fire pump transfer switch. Such overcurrent protection is sized to provide only ground faultand short circuit protection for the fire pump motor circuit. It does not provide motor overload protection. Overloadprotection for the fire pump motor is provided by the circuit breaker in the fire pump controller. This arrangementprevents opening of the overcurrent protective device permitted between the fire pump power source and the fire pumpcontroller or the fire pump transfer switch in the event of a motor overload. If this overcurrent protective device were toopen, it may not accessible for immediate resetting and thus, render the fire pump motor inoperable. If the fire pumpmotor experiences an overload condition causing breaker tripping, it is desirable to have the fire pump breaker tripbecause it is easily located and reclosed to allow attempts to restart the fire pump motor during a fire event. Fire pumpscan be temporarily distressed and one or more attempts at restarting can result in continuous running of the pump motorif the overload condition no longer exists. Instantaneous trip circuit breakers do not provide overload protection which isthe required performance for the overcurrent protection permitted between the fire pump power source and the firepump controller or the fire pump transfer switch. The magnetic trip setting of an instantaneous trip circuit breaker caneasily be adjusted to provide the operating characteristics for overcurrent devices as specified in 695.4(B)(2). Moreimportantly, an instantaneous trip circuit breaker does not need to be sized as large in amperes as other protectivedevices already permitted. Such oversizing is necessary to prevent their overload tripping characteristics fromoverlapping those of the fire pump circuit breaker. It is recognized that an instantaneous trip circuit breaker is intended tobe a factory installed product. This is ensured by including the requirement that it shall be provided as part of a transferswitch assembly listed for fire pump service.

056896T103550M222011M




The Correlating Committee directs that the panel action be reported as "Hold"

because this comment contains new material that has not received public review.



13-20.pdf 13-20

P13-33.pdf P13-33


Recommendation: Add the following definition to 480.2: “Prime Mover. A machine that transforms potential energy, such as electrical or thermal, to mechanical energy, typically an engine, turbine or electric motor.”

Substantiation: The term “prime mover” is used in 480.5 as well as numerous other Articles in the NEC without definition. The term should be defined per the NEC Style Manual, Section 2.2.2.1.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



63 of 121 11/24/2014 12:59 PM


Report on Comments – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________13-20 Log #536 NEC-P13 Final Action: Hold (480.2)_______________________________________________________________________________________________TCC Action: The Correlating Committee directs that the panel action be reported as “Hold” because this commentcontains new material that has not received public review.Submitter: James E. Brunssen, Telecordia Technologies Inc. / Rep. Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions(ATIS)Comment on Proposal No: 13-33Recommendation: Add the following definition to 480.2: “Prime Mover. A machine that transforms potential energy,such as electrical or thermal, to mechanical energy, typically an engine, turbine or electric motor.”Substantiation: The term “prime mover” is used in 480.5 as well as numerous other Articles in the NEC withoutdefinition. The term should be defined per the NEC Style Manual, Section 2.2.2.1.Panel Meeting Action: RejectPanel Statement: The definition of prime mover is technically incorrect. This comment contains new material that hasnot received public review.Number Eligible to Vote: 21Ballot Results: Affirmative: 21

063534H0139422032012C


Report on Error mode Not set – NFPA_______________________________________________________________________________________________ Log # Final Action: ()_______________________________________________________________________________________________TCC Action: The Correlating Committee directs that the panel action be reported as “Hold” because this commentcontains new material that has not received public review. Submitter: ,Comment on Proposal No:Recommendation:Substantiation:

063534H0139422032012C


Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________13-33 Log #2997 NEC-P13 Final Action: Accept in Part (480.4 and 480.5)_______________________________________________________________________________________________Submitter: Stephen McCluer, APC by Schneider Electric / Rep. IEEE Stationary Battery CommitteeRecommendation: Revise text to read as follows: 480.4 Overcurrent Protection for Prime Movers Over current protection shall not be required for conductors from a battery rated with a nominal voltage of less than 5060 volts if the battery provides power…<etc> 480.5 Disconnecting Means A disconnecting means shall be provided for all ungrounded conductors derived from a stationary battery system with anominal voltage over 50 60 volts. A disconnecting means shall be readily accessible and located within sight of thebattery system.Substantiation: The change from 50 volts to 60 volts harmonizes Article 480 with Table 11(B) in Chapter 9 and110.26(A)(1)(b). The voltage levels from 60 volts and less provide safety levels for shock and fire hazards. This proposal was developed as a joint effort of the NEC DC Task Force of the Technical Correlating Committee andthe IEEE Stationary Battery Codes Working Group. The DC Task Force is chaired by John R. Kovacik / UnderwritersLaboratories, and the IEEE Codes Working Group is chaired by Steve McCluer / Schneider-Electric. This proposal is thecollaborative effort of battery manufacturers, users, integrators, installers, engineers and other battery stakeholders.The battery sub-task group members are Phyllis Archer / C&D ; Curtis Ashton / Century Link; Matt Balmer / Mitsubishi;Allen Byrne / Interstate Batteries; Bill Cantor / TPI Engineering; Terry Chapman / SCE; Troy Chatwin / GE; Allen Fowler/ Eaton; Dan Lambert/ APC; Linda Little / IBEW; Robert Lord / Analex; Ron Marts / Telcordia; Stephen McCluer /Schneider Electric; Dan McMenamin / DNM Assoc.; Mark Ode / UL; John Polenz / Emerson; Rob Wills / Intergrid. Panel Meeting Action: Accept in Part Revise the submitter's text to read as follows: 480.4 Overcurrent Protection for Prime Movers. Overcurrent protection shall not be required for conductors from abattery with a nominal voltage of 50 volts or less if the battery provides power…". 480.5 Disconnecting Means. A disconnecting means shall be provided for all ungrounded conductors derived from a stationary battery system with a nominal voltage over 50 volts. A disconnecting means shall be readily accessible andlocated within sight of the battery system. Informational Note is unchanged.Panel Statement: CMP-13 accepts the clarification that the requirements apply based on the "nominal voltage." CMP-13 does not accept the increase in the voltage level as it was not adequately substantiated by the proposal. Thereferences in the supplied substantiation do not justify when battery system overcurrent protection can be omitted. CMP-13 understands the informational note following Section 480.5 is to remain.Number Eligible to Vote: 18Ballot Results: Affirmative: 18Comment on Affirmative: LITTLE, L.: Further modifications to this section should be considered. The following proposed revisions were in aproposal not received by NFPA staff that was developed by a joint effort of the NEC Task Force of the TechnicalCorrelating Committee and the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee. The section is retitled and subdivided as follows:480.5 DC Disconnect Methods (A) Disconnecting Means. A disconnecting means shall be provided for all ungrounded conductors derived from astationary battery system with a nominal voltage over 50 volts. A disconnecting means shall be readily accessible andlocated within sight of the battery system. (B) Remote Actuation. Where controls to activate the disconnecting means of a battery are not located within sight of astationary battery system, the disconnecting means shall be capable of being locked in the open position in accordancewith Section 110.25. (C) Busway. Where a DC Busway system is installed, the disconnecting means shall be permitted to be incorporatedinto the busway.(D) Notification. A label shall be installed on or adjacent to the disconnect containing the maximum available short circuitcurrent. The label shall be placed in a conspicuous location near the battery if a disconnect is not provided.Informational Note: Battery equipment suppliers can provide information about short circuit current on any particularbattery model. 645.10(A) requires remote activation for disconnects serving ITE rooms. The disconnect serving the ITE room must

055259E092151S162011Q


Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70be capable of being locked open to prevent the remote actuation from occurring when it will jeopardize safety ofpersonnel. DC busway is common in large UPS installations in which there are multiple strings of batteries. Each string isconnected in series to create the necessary dc voltage and each string has a disconnecting means &/or overcurrentprotective device. The strings are connected in parallel to a common dc bus which may also have a disconnectingmeans. The individual string disconnects allow manual disconnecting so that maintenance can be performed on aredundant battery string while the remaining battery strings support the load. It also functions as an OCPD to preventthe energy from other strings from feeding into a faulted cell in one string. The disconnect on a DC busway systemallows for a single point of shutdown for the entire dc supply. The stored energy in a battery system is a potential hazard to personnel maintaining the system. The labelingrequirement attests this hazard and aids in determining the arc-flash protection boundary and required PPE.



NOTE: The following Public Input appeared as Rejected but held (Hold) in PublicComment No. 13-64 (Log #1079a) of the A2013 Second Draft Report (ROC) for NFPA 70and per the Regs. at 4.4.8.3.1.



13-64.pdf 13-64

4-375.pdf P4-375


Recommendation: Restore all of Part VII of Article 690, Storage Batteries to the text in the 2011 NEC Edition.

[Staff Note: This comment has also been submitted to Panel 4 for action.]

Substantiation: While this section was stricken in the Draft 2014 NEC, none of the requirements appear elesewhere in the Draft Code and the proposed new Article 696 addressing energy storage systems was NOT ADDED. Many of these requirements are critical to the safe installation and use of storage batteries and must remain in the NEC.We suggest that these requirements remain in Article 690 Part VII for at least one edition of the Code after they have been firmly, correctly and completely established elsewhere in an appropriate section of the NEC.


Submitter Full Name: NEC on CMP13

Organization: NEC on CMP13

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



87 of 121 11/24/2014 12:59 PM


Report on Comments – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________13-64 Log #1079a NEC-P13 Final Action: Hold (696 (New) )_______________________________________________________________________________________________Submitter: John C. Wiles, Southwest Technology Development Institute, New Mexico State UniversityComment on Proposal No: 4-375Recommendation: Restore all of Part VII of Article 690, Storage Batteries to the text in the 2011 NEC Edition.

[Staff Note: This comment has also been submitted to Panel 4 for action.] Substantiation: While this section was stricken in the Draft 2014 NEC, none of the requirements appear elesewhere inthe Draft Code and the proposed new Article 696 addressing energy storage systems was NOT ADDED. Many of theserequirements are critical to the safe installation and use of storage batteries and must remain in the NEC.We suggest that these requirements remain in Article 690 Part VII for at least one edition of the Code after they havebeen firmly, correctly and completely established elsewhere in an appropriate section of the NEC. Panel Meeting Action: HoldPanel Statement: See the panel action and statement on Comment 13-63.Number Eligible to Vote: 21 Ballot Results: Affirmative: 21

064625T081145K222012T


Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________4-375 Log #2917 NEC-P04 Final Action: Reject (696 (New) )_______________________________________________________________________________________________TCC Action: The Correlating Committee advises that the location and assignment of new Articles is the responsibility ofthe Correlating Committee and the Correlating Committee Rejects the panel action. The Correlating Committee directs that the Chairs of Code-Making Panels 4, 13, the Chair of the CorrelatingCommittee DC Task Group, and the Chair of the NEC Smart Grid Task Group form a Task Group to reconsider thisproposal, as the proposed text may be more suitable in this and other Articles. The Correlating Committee further directs that this proposal be forwarded to Code-Making Panels 4 and 13 for action. This action will be considered as a public comment by Code-Making Panels 4 and 13.Submitter: Robert H. Wills, Intergrid, LLCRecommendation: Move common language on Storage Batteries (Section VIII) in Articles 690, 692 & 694 to a newcommon Article 69X.Rename this article “Energy Storage Systems”:Article 69X – Energy Storage Systems69X.1 Scope. The provisions of this article apply to energy storage systems such as batteries, ultra-capacitors,flywheels, etc. Energy storage systems can be ac or dc devices, and can include inverters and converters to transformfrom one form to the other.69X.3 Other Articles. Whenever the requirements of other articles of this Code and Article 69X differ, the requirementsof Article 69X shall apply. 69X.11 Installation. (A) General. Storage batteries in an energy storage system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Article480. For photovoltaic power sources, the storage system shall be considered to be grounded when the connected powersource is installed in accordance with 690.41.(B) Dwellings.(1) Operating Voltage. Energy storage systems for dwellings shall be configured so as to operate at less than 50 60volts nominal. Lead-acid storage batteries for dwellings shall have no more than twenty-four 2-volt cells connected inseries (48-volts nominal).Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine battery maintenance, an energy storage system voltage inaccordance with the maximum permitted for the connected energy source shall be permitted.(2) Guarding of Live Parts. Live parts of energy storage systems for dwellings shall be guarded to prevent accidentalcontact by persons or objects, regardless of voltage or type.Informational Note: Batteries in energy storage systems are subject to extensive charge–discharge cycles and typicallyrequire frequent maintenance, such as checking electrolyte and cleaning connections.(C) Current Limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each circuit adjacent to the energystorage system where the available short-circuit current from a source exceeds the interrupting or withstand ratings ofother equipment in that circuit. The installation of current-limiting fuses shall comply with 69x.20.(D) Battery Nonconductive Cases and Conductive Racks. Flooded, vented, lead-acid batteries with more thantwenty-four 2-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal) shall not use conductive cases or shall not be installed inconductive cases. Conductive racks used to support the nonconductive cases shall be permitted where no rack materialis located within 150 mm (6 in.) of the tops of the nonconductive cases. This requirement shall not apply to any type ofvalve regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery or any other types of sealed batteries that may require steel cases for properoperation.(E) Disconnection of Series Battery Circuits. Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where more than twenty four 2-volt cells are connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have provisions to disconnect the series-connected strings intosegments of 24 cells or less for maintenance by qualified persons. Non–load-break bolted or plug-in disconnects shallbe permitted.(F) Battery Maintenance Disconnecting Means. Battery installations, where there are more than twenty-four 2-volt cellsconnected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, thatdisconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s) in the battery electrical system for maintenance. This disconnectingmeans shall not disconnect the grounded circuit conductor(s) for the remainder of the photovoltaic electrical system. Anon–load-break-rated switch shall be permitted to be used as the disconnecting means.(G) Battery Systems of More Than 48 Volts. On energy storage systems where the battery system consists of more thantwenty-four 2-volt cells connected in series (more than 48 volts, nominal), the battery system shall be permitted tooperate with ungrounded conductors, provided the following conditions are met:

055179K011405P152011L


Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70(1) The photovoltaic array source and output circuits shall comply with 690.41.(1) The dc and ac load circuits shall be solidly grounded.(2) All main ungrounded energy storage system input/output circuit conductors shall be provided with switcheddisconnects and overcurrent protection.(3) A ground-fault detector and indicator shall be installed to monitor for ground faults in the system. 69X.20 Fuses. Means shall be provided to disconnect a fuse from all sources of supply if the fuse is energized from bothdirections and is accessible to other than qualified persons. Switches, pullouts, or similar devices that are rated for theapplication shall be permitted to serve as a means to disconnect fuses from all sources of supply.69X.30 Charge Control.(A) General. Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the energy storage system. Charge controlshall not be required where the design of the energy source is matched to the voltage rating and charge currentrequirements of the energy storage system. For battery systems, this requirement can be met if the maximum chargingcurrent multiplied by 1 hour is less than 3 percent of the rated battery capacity expressed in ampere-hours or asrecommended by the battery manufacturer. All adjusting means for control of the charging process shall be accessibleonly to qualified persons.Informational Note: Certain battery types such as valve regulated lead acid or nickel cadmium can experience thermalfailure when overcharged.(B) Diversion Charge Controller.(1) Sole Means of Regulating Charging. An energy storage system employing a diversion charge controller as the solemeans of regulating charging shall be equipped with a second independent means to prevent overcharging.(2) Circuits with Direct-Current Diversion Charge Controller and Diversion Load. Circuits containing a dc diversioncharge controller and a dc diversion load shall comply with the following:(1) The current rating of the diversion load shall be less than or equal to the current rating of the diversion load chargecontroller. The voltage rating of the diversion load shall be greater than the maximum energy storage system voltage.The power rating of the diversion load shall be at least 150 percent of the power rating of the energy source.(2) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the overcurrent device for this circuit shall be at least 150 percent of themaximum current rating of the diversion charge controller.(3) Energy Storage Systems Using Utility-Interactive Inverters. Systems using utility-interactive inverters to controlenergy storage state-of-charge by diverting excess power into the utility system shall comply with (1) and (2):(1) These systems shall not be required to comply with 69X.30(B)(2). The charge regulation circuits used shall complywith the requirements of 690.8. Energy system currents shall be considered to be continuous.(2) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the energy storage system charging process for use when the utility is not present or when the primary charge controller fails or is disabled.(C) Buck/Boost dc Converters. When buck/boost charge controllers and other dc power converters that increase ordecrease the output current or output voltage with respect to the input current or input voltage are installed, the followingrequirements must be met:(1) The ampacity of the conductors in output circuits shall be based on the maximum rated continuous, output current of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range.(2) The voltage rating of the output circuits shall be based on the maximum voltage output of the charge controller orconverter for the selected output voltage range.69X.74 Battery Interconnections. Flexible cables, as identified in Article 400, in sizes 2/0 AWG and larger shall bepermitted within the battery enclosure from battery terminals to a nearby junction box where they shall be connected to an approved wiring method. Flexible battery cables shall also be permitted between batteries and cells within the batteryenclosure. Such cables shall be listed for hard-service use and identified as moisture resistant. Flexible, fine-strandedcables shall only be used with terminals, lugs, devices, and connectors that are listed and marked for such use.Substantiation: This proposal was developed by a subgroup of the NEC DC Task Force of the Technical CorrelatingCommittee. The Task Force is chaired by John R. Kovacik, Underwriters Laboratories. The subgroup members areRobert Wills, Intergrid, LLC - subgroup lead), Audie Spina (Armstrong Industries) and David Geary (Starline DCSolutions).The same language for stand-alone systems is included in the three renewable energy Articles (690, 692 and 694).It makes sense to eliminate redundancy and to move it to a general Article so that common language can serve allthree.We are already seeing significant divergence in the requirements for energy storage systems for PV, fuel cells and windas it is difficult to coordinate the proposals for all of the technologies.It is possible to write a generic Article that addresses the issues raised in the existing Articles.Further, energy storage in renewable energy systems has gone beyond storage batteries. For example, ultra capacitorsare now commonly used, and facility-scale hydraulic and compressed air energy storage systems are being developed.


Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70By creating a new Article in Chapter 6 titled “Energy Storage Systems”, we have a place to address emergingtechnologies such as facility energy storage, ultra-capacitors, compressed air storage, bi-directional electric vehiclecharging (V2G) etc.The language above is based on that of Article 690.71-74, but with the specific references changed to the generic term“energy storage system”. The language was also changed to make it compliant with the NEC Style Manual.Panel Meeting Action: AcceptPanel Statement: The panel recognizes that this recommendation is under the purview of the Technical CorrelatingCommittee. The panel requests the that Technical Correlating Committee consider the inclusion of this new article intothe NEC.Number Eligible to Vote: 11Ballot Results: Affirmative: 11 Comment on Affirmative: STAFFORD, T.: In this new proposed article in 696.11(F), in the second sentence, is it appropriate for the word photovoltaic to be in front of electrical system?Section 696.74 has a sentence regarding flexible, fine stranded cables. Should we change the wording at the end ofthat sentence to reference 110.14 instead of a listing?



NOTE: The following Public Input appeared as Rejected but held (Hold) in PublicComment No. 13-65 (Log #1383a) of the A2013 Second Draft Report (ROC) for NFPA 70and per the Regs. at 4.4.8.3.1.



13-65.pdf 13-65

4-375.pdf P4-375


Recommendation: Delete all proposed text.

Substantiation: Schneider Electric recognizes that energy storage solutions can have unique requirements and warrant specific requirements for a safe installation. However, there are concerns that the proposed requirements need more industry review and input prior to being included in the code. For example the requirements in the proposed 69X.11(C) seem to conflict with the committee action on 690.71(H) in ROP 4-325. The proposed text also contains a number of requirements for battery systems which may be better located in Article 480. In addition, some of the requirements seem to be directed at a particular installation type or size. The proposed 69X.11(F) would require a battery system disconnect to be accessible only to qualified personnel even in a dwelling installation. A better solution would be obtained through a task group working on this subject with new requirements proposed next cycle.


Submitter Full Name: NEC on CMP13

Organization: NEC on CMP13

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



88 of 121 11/24/2014 12:59 PM


Report on Comments – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________13-65 Log #1383a NEC-P13 Final Action: Hold(696 (New) )_______________________________________________________________________________________________Submitter: Chad Kennedy, Schneider ElectricComment on Proposal No: 4-375Recommendation: Delete all proposed text.Substantiation: Schneider Electric recognizes that energy storage solutions can have unique requirements and warrantspecific requirements for a safe installation. However, there are concerns that the proposed requirements need moreindustry review and input prior to being included in the code. For example the requirements in the proposed 69X.11(C)seem to conflict with the committee action on 690.71(H) in ROP 4-325. The proposed text also contains a number ofrequirements for battery systems which may be better located in Article 480. In addition, some of the requirementsseem to be directed at a particular installation type or size. The proposed 69X.11(F) would require a battery systemdisconnect to be accessible only to qualified personnel even in a dwelling installation. A better solution would beobtained through a task group working on this subject with new requirements proposed next cycle.

Panel Meeting Action: HoldPanel Statement: See the panel action and statement on Comment 13-63.Number Eligible to Vote: 21Ballot Results: Affirmative: 21

064668E0956491252012R


Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________4-375 Log #2917 NEC-P04 Final Action: Reject (696 (New) )_______________________________________________________________________________________________TCC Action: The Correlating Committee advises that the location and assignment of new Articles is the responsibility ofthe Correlating Committee and the Correlating Committee Rejects the panel action. The Correlating Committee directs that the Chairs of Code-Making Panels 4, 13, the Chair of the CorrelatingCommittee DC Task Group, and the Chair of the NEC Smart Grid Task Group form a Task Group to reconsider thisproposal, as the proposed text may be more suitable in this and other Articles. The Correlating Committee further directs that this proposal be forwarded to Code-Making Panels 4 and 13 for action. This action will be considered as a public comment by Code-Making Panels 4 and 13.Submitter: Robert H. Wills, Intergrid, LLCRecommendation: Move common language on Storage Batteries (Section VIII) in Articles 690, 692 & 694 to a newcommon Article 69X.Rename this article “Energy Storage Systems”:Article 69X – Energy Storage Systems69X.1 Scope. The provisions of this article apply to energy storage systems such as batteries, ultra-capacitors,flywheels, etc. Energy storage systems can be ac or dc devices, and can include inverters and converters to transformfrom one form to the other.69X.3 Other Articles. Whenever the requirements of other articles of this Code and Article 69X differ, the requirementsof Article 69X shall apply. 69X.11 Installation. (A) General. Storage batteries in an energy storage system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Article480. For photovoltaic power sources, the storage system shall be considered to be grounded when the connected powersource is installed in accordance with 690.41.(B) Dwellings.(1) Operating Voltage. Energy storage systems for dwellings shall be configured so as to operate at less than 50 60volts nominal. Lead-acid storage batteries for dwellings shall have no more than twenty-four 2-volt cells connected inseries (48-volts nominal).Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine battery maintenance, an energy storage system voltage inaccordance with the maximum permitted for the connected energy source shall be permitted.(2) Guarding of Live Parts. Live parts of energy storage systems for dwellings shall be guarded to prevent accidentalcontact by persons or objects, regardless of voltage or type.Informational Note: Batteries in energy storage systems are subject to extensive charge–discharge cycles and typicallyrequire frequent maintenance, such as checking electrolyte and cleaning connections.(C) Current Limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each circuit adjacent to the energystorage system where the available short-circuit current from a source exceeds the interrupting or withstand ratings ofother equipment in that circuit. The installation of current-limiting fuses shall comply with 69x.20.(D) Battery Nonconductive Cases and Conductive Racks. Flooded, vented, lead-acid batteries with more thantwenty-four 2-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal) shall not use conductive cases or shall not be installed inconductive cases. Conductive racks used to support the nonconductive cases shall be permitted where no rack materialis located within 150 mm (6 in.) of the tops of the nonconductive cases. This requirement shall not apply to any type ofvalve regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery or any other types of sealed batteries that may require steel cases for properoperation.(E) Disconnection of Series Battery Circuits. Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where more than twenty four 2-volt cells are connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have provisions to disconnect the series-connected strings intosegments of 24 cells or less for maintenance by qualified persons. Non–load-break bolted or plug-in disconnects shallbe permitted.(F) Battery Maintenance Disconnecting Means. Battery installations, where there are more than twenty-four 2-volt cellsconnected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, thatdisconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s) in the battery electrical system for maintenance. This disconnectingmeans shall not disconnect the grounded circuit conductor(s) for the remainder of the photovoltaic electrical system. Anon–load-break-rated switch shall be permitted to be used as the disconnecting means.(G) Battery Systems of More Than 48 Volts. On energy storage systems where the battery system consists of more thantwenty-four 2-volt cells connected in series (more than 48 volts, nominal), the battery system shall be permitted tooperate with ungrounded conductors, provided the following conditions are met:

055179K011405P152011L


Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70(1) The photovoltaic array source and output circuits shall comply with 690.41.(1) The dc and ac load circuits shall be solidly grounded.(2) All main ungrounded energy storage system input/output circuit conductors shall be provided with switcheddisconnects and overcurrent protection.(3) A ground-fault detector and indicator shall be installed to monitor for ground faults in the system. 69X.20 Fuses. Means shall be provided to disconnect a fuse from all sources of supply if the fuse is energized from bothdirections and is accessible to other than qualified persons. Switches, pullouts, or similar devices that are rated for theapplication shall be permitted to serve as a means to disconnect fuses from all sources of supply.69X.30 Charge Control.(A) General. Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the energy storage system. Charge controlshall not be required where the design of the energy source is matched to the voltage rating and charge currentrequirements of the energy storage system. For battery systems, this requirement can be met if the maximum chargingcurrent multiplied by 1 hour is less than 3 percent of the rated battery capacity expressed in ampere-hours or asrecommended by the battery manufacturer. All adjusting means for control of the charging process shall be accessibleonly to qualified persons.Informational Note: Certain battery types such as valve regulated lead acid or nickel cadmium can experience thermalfailure when overcharged.(B) Diversion Charge Controller.(1) Sole Means of Regulating Charging. An energy storage system employing a diversion charge controller as the solemeans of regulating charging shall be equipped with a second independent means to prevent overcharging.(2) Circuits with Direct-Current Diversion Charge Controller and Diversion Load. Circuits containing a dc diversioncharge controller and a dc diversion load shall comply with the following:(1) The current rating of the diversion load shall be less than or equal to the current rating of the diversion load chargecontroller. The voltage rating of the diversion load shall be greater than the maximum energy storage system voltage.The power rating of the diversion load shall be at least 150 percent of the power rating of the energy source.(2) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the overcurrent device for this circuit shall be at least 150 percent of themaximum current rating of the diversion charge controller.(3) Energy Storage Systems Using Utility-Interactive Inverters. Systems using utility-interactive inverters to controlenergy storage state-of-charge by diverting excess power into the utility system shall comply with (1) and (2):(1) These systems shall not be required to comply with 69X.30(B)(2). The charge regulation circuits used shall complywith the requirements of 690.8. Energy system currents shall be considered to be continuous.(2) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the energy storage system charging process for use when the utility is not present or when the primary charge controller fails or is disabled.(C) Buck/Boost dc Converters. When buck/boost charge controllers and other dc power converters that increase ordecrease the output current or output voltage with respect to the input current or input voltage are installed, the followingrequirements must be met:(1) The ampacity of the conductors in output circuits shall be based on the maximum rated continuous, output current of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range.(2) The voltage rating of the output circuits shall be based on the maximum voltage output of the charge controller orconverter for the selected output voltage range.69X.74 Battery Interconnections. Flexible cables, as identified in Article 400, in sizes 2/0 AWG and larger shall bepermitted within the battery enclosure from battery terminals to a nearby junction box where they shall be connected to an approved wiring method. Flexible battery cables shall also be permitted between batteries and cells within the batteryenclosure. Such cables shall be listed for hard-service use and identified as moisture resistant. Flexible, fine-strandedcables shall only be used with terminals, lugs, devices, and connectors that are listed and marked for such use.Substantiation: This proposal was developed by a subgroup of the NEC DC Task Force of the Technical CorrelatingCommittee. The Task Force is chaired by John R. Kovacik, Underwriters Laboratories. The subgroup members areRobert Wills, Intergrid, LLC - subgroup lead), Audie Spina (Armstrong Industries) and David Geary (Starline DCSolutions).The same language for stand-alone systems is included in the three renewable energy Articles (690, 692 and 694).It makes sense to eliminate redundancy and to move it to a general Article so that common language can serve allthree.We are already seeing significant divergence in the requirements for energy storage systems for PV, fuel cells and windas it is difficult to coordinate the proposals for all of the technologies.It is possible to write a generic Article that addresses the issues raised in the existing Articles.Further, energy storage in renewable energy systems has gone beyond storage batteries. For example, ultra capacitorsare now commonly used, and facility-scale hydraulic and compressed air energy storage systems are being developed.


Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70By creating a new Article in Chapter 6 titled “Energy Storage Systems”, we have a place to address emergingtechnologies such as facility energy storage, ultra-capacitors, compressed air storage, bi-directional electric vehiclecharging (V2G) etc.The language above is based on that of Article 690.71-74, but with the specific references changed to the generic term“energy storage system”. The language was also changed to make it compliant with the NEC Style Manual.Panel Meeting Action: AcceptPanel Statement: The panel recognizes that this recommendation is under the purview of the Technical CorrelatingCommittee. The panel requests the that Technical Correlating Committee consider the inclusion of this new article intothe NEC.Number Eligible to Vote: 11Ballot Results: Affirmative: 11 Comment on Affirmative: STAFFORD, T.: In this new proposed article in 696.11(F), in the second sentence, is it appropriate for the word photovoltaic to be in front of electrical system?Section 696.74 has a sentence regarding flexible, fine stranded cables. Should we change the wording at the end ofthat sentence to reference 110.14 instead of a listing?



NOTE: The following Public Input appeared as Hold (Rejected but held) in PublicComment No. 13-63 (Log #86a) of the A2013 ROC (Second Draft Report) for NFPA 70and per the Regs. at 4.4.8.3.1.

This was a TCC Comment directing P13 to hold. They "Accepted" TCC directive to hold.



13-63.pdf 13-63

P4-375.pdf P4-375


Recommendation: The Correlating Committee advises that the location and assignment of new Articles is the responsibility of the Correlating Committee and the Correlating Committee Rejects the panel action. The Correlating Committee directs that the Chairs of Code-Making Panels 4, 13, the Chair of the Correlating Committee DC Task Group, and the Chair of the NEC Smart Grid Task Group form a Task Group to reconsider this proposal, as the proposed text may be more suitable in this and other Articles. The Correlating Committee further directs that this proposal be forwarded to Code-Making Panels 4 and 13 for action.

Substantiation: This is a direction from the National Electrical Code Technical Correlating Committee in accordance with 3.4.2 and 3.4.3 of the Regulations Governing Committee Projects.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



55 of 121 11/24/2014 12:59 PM


Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________4-375 Log #2917 NEC-P04 Final Action: Reject(696 (New) )_______________________________________________________________________________________________TCC Action: The Correlating Committee advises that the location and assignment of new Articles is the responsibility ofthe Correlating Committee and the Correlating Committee Rejects the panel action. The Correlating Committee directs that the Chairs of Code-Making Panels 4, 13, the Chair of the CorrelatingCommittee DC Task Group, and the Chair of the NEC Smart Grid Task Group form a Task Group to reconsider thisproposal, as the proposed text may be more suitable in this and other Articles. The Correlating Committee further directs that this proposal be forwarded to Code-Making Panels 4 and 13 for action. This action will be considered as a public comment by Code-Making Panels 4 and 13.Submitter: Robert H. Wills, Intergrid, LLCRecommendation: Move common language on Storage Batteries (Section VIII) in Articles 690, 692 & 694 to a newcommon Article 69X.Rename this article “Energy Storage Systems”:Article 69X – Energy Storage Systems69X.1 Scope. The provisions of this article apply to energy storage systems such as batteries, ultra-capacitors,flywheels, etc. Energy storage systems can be ac or dc devices, and can include inverters and converters to transformfrom one form to the other.69X.3 Other Articles. Whenever the requirements of other articles of this Code and Article 69X differ, the requirementsof Article 69X shall apply. 69X.11 Installation. (A) General. Storage batteries in an energy storage system shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Article480. For photovoltaic power sources, the storage system shall be considered to be grounded when the connected powersource is installed in accordance with 690.41.(B) Dwellings. (1) Operating Voltage. Energy storage systems for dwellings shall be configured so as to operate at less than 50 60volts nominal. Lead-acid storage batteries for dwellings shall have no more than twenty-four 2-volt cells connected inseries (48-volts nominal).Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine battery maintenance, an energy storage system voltage inaccordance with the maximum permitted for the connected energy source shall be permitted.(2) Guarding of Live Parts. Live parts of energy storage systems for dwellings shall be guarded to prevent accidentalcontact by persons or objects, regardless of voltage or type.Informational Note: Batteries in energy storage systems are subject to extensive charge–discharge cycles and typicallyrequire frequent maintenance, such as checking electrolyte and cleaning connections.(C) Current Limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each circuit adjacent to the energystorage system where the available short-circuit current from a source exceeds the interrupting or withstand ratings ofother equipment in that circuit. The installation of current-limiting fuses shall comply with 69x.20.(D) Battery Nonconductive Cases and Conductive Racks. Flooded, vented, lead-acid batteries with more thantwenty-four 2-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal) shall not use conductive cases or shall not be installed inconductive cases. Conductive racks used to support the nonconductive cases shall be permitted where no rack materialis located within 150 mm (6 in.) of the tops of the nonconductive cases. This requirement shall not apply to any type ofvalve regulated lead-acid (VRLA) battery or any other types of sealed batteries that may require steel cases for properoperation.(E) Disconnection of Series Battery Circuits. Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where more than twenty four 2-volt cells are connected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have provisions to disconnect the series-connected strings intosegments of 24 cells or less for maintenance by qualified persons. Non–load-break bolted or plug-in disconnects shallbe permitted.(F) Battery Maintenance Disconnecting Means. Battery installations, where there are more than twenty-four 2-volt cellsconnected in series (48 volts, nominal), shall have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, thatdisconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s) in the battery electrical system for maintenance. This disconnectingmeans shall not disconnect the grounded circuit conductor(s) for the remainder of the photovoltaic electrical system. Anon–load-break-rated switch shall be permitted to be used as the disconnecting means.(G) Battery Systems of More Than 48 Volts. On energy storage systems where the battery system consists of more thantwenty-four 2-volt cells connected in series (more than 48 volts, nominal), the battery system shall be permitted tooperate with ungrounded conductors, provided the following conditions are met:

055179K011405P152011L


Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70(1) The photovoltaic array source and output circuits shall comply with 690.41. (1) The dc and ac load circuits shall be solidly grounded.(2) All main ungrounded energy storage system input/output circuit conductors shall be provided with switcheddisconnects and overcurrent protection.(3) A ground-fault detector and indicator shall be installed to monitor for ground faults in the system.69X.20 Fuses. Means shall be provided to disconnect a fuse from all sources of supply if the fuse is energized from bothdirections and is accessible to other than qualified persons. Switches, pullouts, or similar devices that are rated for theapplication shall be permitted to serve as a means to disconnect fuses from all sources of supply.69X.30 Charge Control.(A) General. Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the energy storage system. Charge controlshall not be required where the design of the energy source is matched to the voltage rating and charge currentrequirements of the energy storage system. For battery systems, this requirement can be met if the maximum chargingcurrent multiplied by 1 hour is less than 3 percent of the rated battery capacity expressed in ampere-hours or asrecommended by the battery manufacturer. All adjusting means for control of the charging process shall be accessibleonly to qualified persons.Informational Note: Certain battery types such as valve regulated lead acid or nickel cadmium can experience thermalfailure when overcharged.(B) Diversion Charge Controller.(1) Sole Means of Regulating Charging. An energy storage system employing a diversion charge controller as the solemeans of regulating charging shall be equipped with a second independent means to prevent overcharging.(2) Circuits with Direct-Current Diversion Charge Controller and Diversion Load. Circuits containing a dc diversioncharge controller and a dc diversion load shall comply with the following: (1) The current rating of the diversion load shall be less than or equal to the current rating of the diversion load chargecontroller. The voltage rating of the diversion load shall be greater than the maximum energy storage system voltage.The power rating of the diversion load shall be at least 150 percent of the power rating of the energy source.(2) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the overcurrent device for this circuit shall be at least 150 percent of themaximum current rating of the diversion charge controller.(3) Energy Storage Systems Using Utility-Interactive Inverters. Systems using utility-interactive inverters to controlenergy storage state-of-charge by diverting excess power into the utility system shall comply with (1) and (2):(1) These systems shall not be required to comply with 69X.30(B)(2). The charge regulation circuits used shall complywith the requirements of 690.8. Energy system currents shall be considered to be continuous.(2) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the energy storage system charging processfor use when the utility is not present or when the primary charge controller fails or is disabled.(C) Buck/Boost dc Converters. When buck/boost charge controllers and other dc power converters that increase ordecrease the output current or output voltage with respect to the input current or input voltage are installed, the followingrequirements must be met:(1) The ampacity of the conductors in output circuits shall be based on the maximum rated continuous, output current ofthe charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range.(2) The voltage rating of the output circuits shall be based on the maximum voltage output of the charge controller orconverter for the selected output voltage range.69X.74 Battery Interconnections. Flexible cables, as identified in Article 400, in sizes 2/0 AWG and larger shall be permitted within the battery enclosure from battery terminals to a nearby junction box where they shall be connected toan approved wiring method. Flexible battery cables shall also be permitted between batteries and cells within the batteryenclosure. Such cables shall be listed for hard-service use and identified as moisture resistant. Flexible, fine-strandedcables shall only be used with terminals, lugs, devices, and connectors that are listed and marked for such use.Substantiation: This proposal was developed by a subgroup of the NEC DC Task Force of the Technical CorrelatingCommittee. The Task Force is chaired by John R. Kovacik, Underwriters Laboratories. The subgroup members areRobert Wills, Intergrid, LLC - subgroup lead), Audie Spina (Armstrong Industries) and David Geary (Starline DCSolutions).The same language for stand-alone systems is included in the three renewable energy Articles (690, 692 and 694).It makes sense to eliminate redundancy and to move it to a general Article so that common language can serve allthree.We are already seeing significant divergence in the requirements for energy storage systems for PV, fuel cells and windas it is difficult to coordinate the proposals for all of the technologies. It is possible to write a generic Article that addresses the issues raised in the existing Articles.Further, energy storage in renewable energy systems has gone beyond storage batteries. For example, ultra capacitorsare now commonly used, and facility-scale hydraulic and compressed air energy storage systems are being developed.


Report on Proposals – June 2013 NFPA 70By creating a new Article in Chapter 6 titled “Energy Storage Systems”, we have a place to address emergingtechnologies such as facility energy storage, ultra-capacitors, compressed air storage, bi-directional electric vehiclecharging (V2G) etc.The language above is based on that of Article 690.71-74, but with the specific references changed to the generic term“energy storage system”. The language was also changed to make it compliant with the NEC Style Manual.Panel Meeting Action: AcceptPanel Statement: The panel recognizes that this recommendation is under the purview of the Technical CorrelatingCommittee. The panel requests the that Technical Correlating Committee consider the inclusion of this new article intothe NEC.Number Eligible to Vote: 11 Ballot Results: Affirmative: 11 Comment on Affirmative: STAFFORD, T.: In this new proposed article in 696.11(F), in the second sentence, is it appropriate for the wordphotovoltaic to be in front of electrical system? Section 696.74 has a sentence regarding flexible, fine stranded cables. Should we change the wording at the end ofthat sentence to reference 110.14 instead of a listing?


Report on Comments – June 2013 NFPA 70_______________________________________________________________________________________________13-63 Log #86a NEC-P13 FFinal Action: Accept(696 (New) )_______________________________________________________________________________________________Submitter: Technical Correlating Committee on National Electrical Code®,Comment on Proposal No: 4-375Recommendation: The Correlating Committee advises that the location and assignment of new Articles is theresponsibility of the Correlating Committee and the Correlating Committee Rejects the panel action. The Correlating Committee directs that the Chairs of Code-Making Panels 4, 13, the Chair of the CorrelatingCommittee DC Task Group, and the Chair of the NEC Smart Grid Task Group form a Task Group to reconsider thisproposal, as the proposed text may be more suitable in this and other Articles. The Correlating Committee further directs that this proposal be forwarded to Code-Making Panels 4 and 13 for action.Substantiation: This is a direction from the National Electrical Code Technical Correlating Committee in accordancewith 3.4.2 and 3.4.3 of the Regulations Governing Committee Projects.Panel Meeting Action: AcceptPanel Statement: CMP 13 holds Proposal 4-375 in accordance with 4.4.6.2.2(c) of the Regulations GoverningCommittee Projects because it could not be properly handled within the timeframe for the report. CMP 13 willparticipate in the task group as directed by the correlating committee.Number Eligible to Vote: 21Ballot Results: Affirmative: 21


Public Input No. 1539-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Part after I. ]

add to Article 100 Section I. General

Alternate Source (of Power)

A. One or more generator sets; or battery systems or service(s) where permitted, intended toprovide power during the interruption of the normal electrical service; or the public utility serviceintended to provide power during the interruption of service normally provided by the generatingfacilities on the premises.

(1) When multiple generators are connected together on a common bus to serve load(s), thecommon bus between the generators shall be considered to be the source.


The text of this definition closely matches the text in the NFPA standard definition of terms. There are several definitions and uses for "alternate source" in the NEC, including references in article 517, so rather than listing the definition only in 517 it would be better located in Article 100.

It is important to add the note regarding multiple generators in parallel, in order to avoid confusion about what the source is relative to the system loads. This removes ambiguity about questions of grounding/bonding, what constitutes a feeder in the system vs. branch circuits, and how ground fault protection should be established.


Submitter Full Name: Gary Olson

Organization: kW Rx, LLC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Oct 03 12:39:25 EDT 2014


I, Gary Olson, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights incopyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). Iunderstand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which thisPublic Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that Ihave full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am Gary Olson, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment andthe terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronicsignature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/FormLaunch?id=/TerraView/C...

1 of 1 11/24/2014 2:27 PM


Public Input No. 3413-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Definition after Definition: Garage. ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT Definition

Generator - A rotary machine which converts mechanical energy into electrical energy.

Generator Set - A complete packaged piece of equipment which produces electrical energy from fuel bymechanical or other means


As shown in the attached chart, the terms generator and generator set are used over 160 times in numerous articles throughout the Code. While the general public may mistakenly interchange the terms, they are significantly different types of equipment with correspondingly different requirements for their safe selection and installation. At a functional level, present day generators aren't that much different from the inventions of Tesla and Edison and have a great deal in common with motors. Their safe installation needs to involve their internal construction details and external protection and controls. Modern generator sets on the other hand are complete units with built in controls and internal construction and protection details evaluated and tested to UL2200 by Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratories. As an installation standard, the NEC needs to be clear about which of its requirement should be applied to one or the other or, in some cases, both.

NEC Article Summary of Usage

90.2 ref in Scope 100 ref in bonding jumper def.100 Exhibit 100.7 examples of feeder circuits shows set, labels it generator100 Hybrid System def. correctly ref's hydro & engine driven generators (2 ref's)100 Info note to Premise Wiring (System) references "generation systems, or generators" HdBk notes to Premise Wiring (System) incorrectly uses "portable generators" when referring to portable generator sets and also to Separately Derived Systems incorrectly uses "generators" for both gensets and generators comments on disconnects correctly says "supplied by an outdoor generator set." and "a generator feeder" 230.71(A) comment refers to "wind generators"240.3 Table about other articles lists 445 as "Generators" should be changed to "Generator Sets and Generators" 240.21(G) ref's to Generator in title & text, but applies to both, should change title & text (2 ref's)250.30 Info note ref on bonding separately derived system generator neutrals 250.30 HdBk explanation of Exhibit 250.12 refers only to generators with 14 ref's250.30 Exhibit 250.12 & 13 examples of bonding and floating generators with 5 ref's250.30 Exhibit 250.14 examples of bonding and floating generators with 3 ref's250.31 (B)2 grounding electrode exception for "portable or vehicle-mounted generators"

250.34 Titled "Portable and Vehicle-Mounted Generators" 250.32 HdBk explanation of Sec 250.32 grounding and bonding of sep derived sys with 3 ref's250.34(A) Titled "Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators" and internally "generator" is used 7 times in body nfo text plus 5 additional times in HdBk notes250.34(B)2 Vehicle mounted generators250.35 Titled "Permanently Installed Generators"250.35(A) Separately Derived systems250.35(B) Non-Separately Derived systems 250.36(D) System grounds for Impedance grounded systems "neutral point of the transformer or generator" 250.112(B) ref to grounding pipe organ MG frames (which are probably no longer being installed)250.164 HdBk explanation of w/ Exh 25.54 about details of properly grounding DC services with 4 ref's 250.169 Details of ungrounded, separately derived DC systems250.187(A) Location of Imp Gnd "neutral point of the supply, transformer or generator." 280.3 HdBk explanation of MV & HC Surge Arrestor application at generating station with 2 ref's300.1(B) HdBk explanation that NEC req's do not apply to internal wiring of equipment


1 of 3 11/24/2014 2:28 PM


314.16 Pull box req's don't apply to gen or motor term boxes with 2 ref's404.6(6) HdBk explanation that generators can be sources of hazardous voltage back feeds406.4(B) Portable generator set receptacles must be grounded per 250.34406.7 HdBk caution about generators back feeding buildings with double ended "suicide cords"430.7(A) HdBk reference to MG 1 430.8 Labelling req's for MG sets430.52 HdBk reference to MG 1 430.89 Speed limitations for MG's 430.89 HdBk explanation about hazards of generator over speed protection req's430.109(D) Control requirements for MG's480.4 HdBk mention of "starting solenoid at a generator location" 490.52 OCP for motors in MV & HV MG sets 500.5(7) Text reference to "Gas generator rooms", (not electrical generators)501.17 Notes on Generator installations in Class I locations with 2 ref's501.120 Req's for Control transformers in Class I locations501.125 Req's for Motors and Generators for Class I, Div 1 locations with 2 ref's501.125(B) Req's for Motors and Generators for Class I, Div 2 locations with 4 ref's502.125(A) Motors and Generators for Class II, Div 1 haz locations with 2 ref's 502.125(B) Motors and Generators for Class II, Div 2 haz locations with 2 ref's502.128 Vent pipe req's for Motors and Generators for Class II locations502.15(A)3 Req's for Signals, alarms, etc. for rotating machinery in Class II, Div 1502.15(B)4 Req's for Signals, alarms, etc. for rotating machinery in Class II, Div 2503.120 Req's for Control transformers in Class III, Div 1 & 2 locations501.125 Req's for Motors and Generators for Class III, Div 1 & 2 locations with 2 ref's 503.128 Vent pipe req's for Motors and Generators for Class III, Div 1 & 2 locations505.5(B) Classification of Hazardous locations text includes "gas generator rooms" 505.8 HdBk mention that "Increased Safety "e" technique is used with generators505.17(E) Motors & Generators need drainage provisions where required with 2 ref's505.20 (C) Details about equipment approved for Zone 2 to be installed with 2 ref's505.22 Req's for using "Increased Safety "e" Motor and Generators" with 5 ref's511.7(B)(1) Req's for "arcing equipment" installed above Aircraft Hanger Class 1 locations513.7(B)(1) More Req's for "arcing equipment" not installed above Aircraft Hanger Class 1 locations517.2 Def's that generator sets can be Alternate Power Sources 517.17 HdBk explanation that don't want Ground Fault Protection (tripping) on essential feeders517.31(D) Refers to generators sets when stating Capacity of System requirements with 6 ref's517.32(E) Refers to "generator set" lighting and work outlet requirement with 3 ref's517.32(F) Refers to generator set accessories with 8 ref's517.34 (A) Exception A refers to "overloading the generator"517.34 (B) HdBk caution that putting individual room HVAC units on "the generator" may not work 517.34 (C) Refers to "Generator accessories" when could be Generator set accessories with 3 ref's517.35 (B) Refers to "Generator driven.." and "generator units" with 3 ref's517.35 (C) Refers to "Generator sets.." and "generating sources" with 2 ref's517.42 (F) Refers to "generator set" lighting and work outlet requirement 2 ref's517.44 (B) Def's "generators driven by. .." as OK Alternate Sources of Power with 3 ref's517.45 (A) Def's "generators system. .." as OK Essential Elect. System power system 517.45 (D) Req's to install "generator system… per 517.30517.61(B)(2) Req's to fully enclose arcing equipment such as generators above Hazardous locations517.160(A)(1) Lists "generator sets" as a means to power isolated circuits517.160(A)(2) Requires output of MG's powering isolated circuits to be ungrounded517.160(A)(3) MG's powering isolated circuits can't be in hazardous locations525.10 HdBk note lists "generators and transformers" as power sources525.31 Refers to "separately derived system such as a generator (2 ref's)530.63 Art on DC gen's for Film studio substations with 2 ref's 540.10 HdBk note that they don't use MG's for movie theater projector any more540.11(A) details about MG's & misc. equipment when nitrate film is used551.4(B) RV "generator installations" 551.30 RV Generator Installations Req's 551.32 Other RV sources "engine generators"551.45(B) OK to have locks on genset compartment access doors551.47(R) Req's for "Pre-wiring for Generator Installation" with 6 ref's590.6(A)(3) GFCI req's for portable set ≤ 15kW with 4 ref's


2 of 3 11/24/2014 2:28 PM


fig 620.2 diagram shows a "pattern generator"620.3(A) elevator related "generator sets" shall be less than 1,000 volts.620.13 ampacity req's for MG field leads (4 ref's)620.21(A)(1) elevator MG lead details 620.51( C )(1&2) elevator disconnect means details with 7 ref's 620.61(B)(1&2) details of overcurrent protection for elevators, etc. with 6 ref'sTable 630.11(A) Duty Cycle table for "Nonmotor Generator" & "Motor Generator" welders630.12(B) Welder calculation example640.2 Definition references "tone generators" 640.3 (L) "Generators shall be installed…." 646.17 Mod Data Ctr Emerg Lights powered from … generator sets" with 2 ref's665.2 Induction heating converting devices include MG''s665.2 HdBk mention of high freq. dielectric heating generator with 4 ref's665.10(B) MG supply conductor ampacity with 2 ref's665.12 MG supply disconnecting means with 2 ref's668.3 (B) Electrolytic cell MG req's680.2 Five mentions of tub "sanitizer generators" in different definitions680.44 More mentions of tub "sanitizer generators" in articles680.62 More mentions of tub "sanitizer generators" in articles690.13(E) HdBk note mentions 'backup generator"694.1 Scope refers to one or more "wind electric generators" with 2 ref's694.2 Def. mentions "a wind generator" with 2 ref's


Related Input Relationship

Public Input No. 3029-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 250.34(B)] clarifies use of generator vs. generator set

Public Input No. 3032-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 250.35] clarifies use of generator vs. generator set

Public Input No. 3036-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 406.4(B)] clarifies use of generator vs. generator set

Public Input No. 3236-NFPA 70-2014 [Article 445] clarifies use of generator vs. generator set


Submitter Full Name: Brian Brady

Organization: Cummins Power Generation

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Nov 04 05:38:41 EST 2014


I, Brian Brady, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in this PublicInput (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights,including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. Ihereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am Brian Brady, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms andconditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon mysubmission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature


3 of 3 11/24/2014 2:28 PM



Add this new definition to Article 100:

Primary Power Source. A source of electricity such as an electric power production anddistribution network, another area power system, or a primary on-site power source. Alsoreferred to as "primary source".


The term "primary source" is used 23 times in the 2014 Code, but not defined in Article 100.It is loosely defined in the informational note to Article 705's scope.As it is a term used in multiple articles, it qualifies for inclusion in Article 100.The term "primary power source" is not currently used the the Code, but is a more concise encapsulation of the concept.The task group developing Article 710 used "primary power source" for this reason.Noting in the definition that "primary source" is synonymous allows brevity where appropriate.A clear definition of "primary (power) source" is very important for the understanding of Articles 705 and 710.

This proposal involves three actions:1/ create the new definition2/ Change Article 705 scope (see PI-)3/ Delete the definition of "primary power source" in Article 710[new]



Public Input No. 4462-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 705.1] Revised scope using this definition


Submitter Full Name: Robert Wills

Organization: Intergrid, LLC

Affilliation: American Wind Energy Association

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Nov 07 01:35:59 EST 2014


I, Robert Wills, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in this PublicInput (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights,including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. Ihereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am Robert Wills, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms andconditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon mysubmission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature


1 of 1 11/24/2014 2:29 PM


Public Input No. 3236-NFPA 70-2014 [ Article 445 ]

Article 445 Generator Sets and Generators

445.1 Scope.

This article contains installation and other requirements for generator sets and individual generators.

445.10 Location.

Generators Generator sets and generators shall be of a type suitable for the locations in which they areinstalled. They Generators shall also meet the requirements for motors in 430.14.

445.11 Marking.

Each generator shall be provided with a nameplate giving the manufacturer’s name, the rated frequency, thenumber of phases if of ac, the rating in kilowatts or kilovolt-amperes, the normal volts and amperescorresponding to the rating, the rated revolutions per minute, and the rated ambient temperature or ratedtemperature rise.

Nameplates for all stationary generators and portable generators rated more than 15 kW shall also give thepower factor, the subtransient and transient impedances, the insulation system class, and the time rating.

Marking shall be provided by the manufacturer to indicate whether or not the generator neutral is bonded tothe generator frame. Where the bonding of a generator is modified in the field, additional marking shall berequired to indicate whether the generator neutral is bonded to the generator frame.

445.12 Overcurrent Protection.

(A) Constant-Voltage Generators.

Constant-voltage generators, except ac generator exciters, shall be protected from overload by inherentdesign, circuit breakers, fuses, protective relays, or other identified overcurrent protective means suitable forthe conditions of use.

(B) Two-Wire Generators.

Two-wire, dc generators shall be permitted to have overcurrent protection in one conductor only if theovercurrent device is actuated by the entire current generated other than the current in the shunt field. Theovercurrent device shall not open the shunt field.

(C) 65 Volts or Less.

Generators operating at 65 volts or less and driven by individual motors shall be considered as protected bythe overcurrent device protecting the motor if these devices will operate when the generators are deliveringnot more than 150 percent of their full-load rated current.

(D) Balancer Sets.

Two-wire, dc generators used in conjunction with balancer sets to obtain neutral points for 3-wire systemsshall be equipped with overcurrent devices that disconnect the 3-wire system in case of excessiveunbalancing of voltages or currents.

(E) Three-Wire, Direct-Current Generators.

Three-wire, dc generators, whether compound or shunt wound, shall be equipped with overcurrent devices,one in each armature lead, and connected so as to be actuated by the entire current from the armature.Such overcurrent devices shall consist either of a double-pole, double-coil circuit breaker or of a 4-polecircuit breaker connected in the main and equalizer leads and tripped by two overcurrent devices, one ineach armature lead. Such protective devices shall be interlocked so that no one pole can be opened withoutsimultaneously disconnecting both leads of the armature from the system.

Exception to (A) through (E): Where deemed by the authority having jurisdiction that a generator is vital tothe operation of an electrical system and the generator should operate to failure to prevent a greaterhazard to persons, the overload sensing device(s) shall be permitted to be connected to an annunciatoror alarm supervised by authorized personnel instead of interrupting the generator circuit.

445.13 Ampacity of Conductors.

The ampacity of the conductors from the generator terminals to the first distribution device(s) containingovercurrent protection shall not be less than 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the generator. Itshall be permitted to size the neutral conductors in accordance with 220.61. Conductors that must carryground-fault currents shall not be smaller than required by 250.30(A) . Neutral conductors of dc generatorsthat must carry ground-fault currents shall not be smaller than the minimum required size of the largestconductor.

Exception: Where the design and operation of the generator prevent overloading, the ampacity of theconductors shall not be less than 100 percent of the nameplate current rating of the generator.

445.14 Protection of Live Parts.

Live parts of generators operated at more than 50 volts to ground shall not be exposed to accidental contactwhere accessible to unqualified persons.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentParam...

2372 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


445.15 Guards for Attendants.

Where necessary for the safety of attendants, the requirements of 430.233 shall apply.

445.16 Bushings.

Where field-installed wiring passes through an opening in an enclosure, a conduit box, or a barrier, a bushingshall be used to protect the conductors from the edges of an opening having sharp edges. The bushing shallhave smooth, well-rounded surfaces where it may be in contact with the conductors. If used where oils,grease, or other contaminants may be present, the bushing shall be made of a material not deleteriouslyaffected.

445.17 Generator Terminal Housings.

Generator terminal housings shall comply with 430.12. Where a horsepower rating is required to determinethe required minimum size of the generator terminal housing, the full-load current of the generator shall becompared with comparable motors in Table 430.247 through Table 430.250. The higher horsepower ratingof Table 430.247 and Table 430.250 shall be used whenever the generator selection is between tworatings.

Exception: This section shall not apply to generators rated over 600 volts.

445.18 Disconnecting Means Required for Generators.

Generators shall be equipped with a disconnect(s), lockable in the open position by means of which thegenerator and all protective devices and control apparatus are able to be disconnected entirely from thecircuits supplied by the generator except where the following conditions apply:

(1) Portable generators are cord- and plug-connected, or

(2) Both of the following conditions apply:

(3) The driving means for the generator can be readily shut down, is rendered incapable ofrestarting, and is lockable in the OFF position in accordance with 110.25 .

(4) The generator is not arranged to operate in parallel with another generator or other source ofvoltage.

Informational Note: See UL 2200-2012, Standard for Safety of Stationary Engine GeneratorAssemblies.

445.20 Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter Protection for Receptacles on 15-kW or Smaller PortableGenerators.

All 125-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere receptacle outlets that are a part of a 15-kW or smallerportable generator either shall have ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel integral to thegenerator or receptacle or shall not be available for use when the 125/250-volt locking-type receptacle is inuse. If the generator does not have a 125/250-volt locking-type receptacle, this requirement shall not apply.


The overwhelming percentage of current installations are of complete generator sets, not individual generators. The requirements and issues related to the safe and reliable selection and installation of a complete generator set are significantly different from those of an individual generator and should be accurately reflected in this section's requirements.



Public Input No. 3413-NFPA 70-2014 [New Definition after Definition: Garage.]

Public Input No. 4005-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 240.3]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Nov 03 17:24:28 EST 2014


2373 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 4752-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 445.1 ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT

445.5 Equipment. The generator equipment shall be listed and rated for the application.



445.5.docx Equipment


UL2200 is the UL ANSI standard for Engine Generator assemblies and it addresses safety concerns for both the electrical and fuel control safety that are related to electrical generating equipment. These generators may be driven by gasoline, LP-gas, natural gas or diesel-fueled internal combustion engines. Additionally the standard addresses stationary engine generator assemblies intended for installation and use in ordinary locations in accordance with the National Electrical Code NFPA 70; the Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines, NFPA 37, the Standard for Health Care Facilities, NFPA 99, and the Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, NFPA 110. UL2200 includes numerous NEC references and requirements to facilitate a Code compliant engine generator electrical installation. Additionally UL2201 has been published to address the safety concerns associated with portable generators.


Submitter Full Name: Timothy Zgonena

Organization: UL LLC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2376 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


NFPA Public Input Form

NOTE: All Public Input must be received by 5:00 pm EST/EDST on the published Public Input Closing Date.

For further information on the standards-making process, please contact the Codes and Standards Administration at 617-984-7249 or visit www.nfpa.org/codes.

For technical assistance, please call NFPA at 1-800-344-3555

FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

Log #:

Date Rec’d:

Date 10/31/2014 Name Timothy Zgonena Tel. No. 18476643051

Company UL LLC Email [email protected]

Street Address 333 Pfingsten Rd City Northbrook State IL Zip 60062

Please indicate organization represented (if any) UL LLC

1. (a) Title of NFPA Standard

2014 Edition NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NFPA No. & Year NFPA 70, 2014

(b) Section/Paragraph 445.5

2. Public Input Recommends (check one): new text revised text deleted text

3. Proposed Text of Public Input (include proposed new or revised wording, or identification of wording to be deleted): [Note: Proposed text should be in legislative format; i.e., use underscore to denote wording to be inserted (inserted wording) and strike-through to denote wording to be deleted (deleted wording).]

445.5 Equipment. The generator equipment shall be listed and rated for the application.

4. Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Input: (Note: State the problem that would be resolved by your recommendation; give the specific reason for your Public Input, including copies of tests, research papers, fire experience, etc. If more than 200 words, it may be abstracted for publication.)

UL2200 is the UL ANSI standard for Engine Generator assemblies and it addresses safety concerns for both the electrical and fuel control safety that are related to electrical generating equipment. These generators may be driven by gasoline, LP-gas, natural gas or diesel-fueled internal combustion engines. Additionally the standard addresses stationary engine generator assemblies intended for installation and use in ordinary locations in accordance with the National Electrical Code NFPA 70; the Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines, NFPA 37, the Standard for Health Care Facilities, NFPA 99, and the Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, NFPA 110. UL2200 includes numerous NEC references and requirements to facilitate a Code compliant engine generator electrical installation. Additionally UL2201 has been published to address the safety concerns associated with portable generators.

5. Copyright Assignment

(a) I am the author of the text or other material (such as illustrations, graphs) proposed in the Public Input.

(b) Some or all of the text or other material proposed in this Public Input was not authored by me. Its source is as follows: (please identify which material and provide complete information on its source)

I hereby grant and assign to the NFPA all and full rights in copyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Text and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand that I acquire no rights in any publication of NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or analogous form is used. Except to the extent that I do not have authority to make an assignment in materials that I have identified in (b) above, I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this assignment.

Signature (Required)

PLEASE USE SEPARATE FORM FOR EACH PUBLIC INPUT

To: Secretary, Standards Council National Fire Protection Association 1 Batterymarch Park ∙ Quincy, MA 02169-7471 OR

Fax to: (617) 770-3500 OR Email to: [email protected] 11/13/2014

http://www.nfpa.org/codes

mailto:[email protected]

Public Input No. 3419-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 445.1 ]

445.1 Scope.

This article contains installation and other requirements for generators.

Informational Note: For additional information about generator installation and protection see IEEEP3004.10 Recommended Practice for Generator Protection in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems


Generator installation and protection should be informed by faster-moving engineering considerations available in the new IEEE 3000 series of recommended practices. The IEEE Industrial Applications Society 3000 series of standards are part of a larger project to revise and reorganize the technical content of the 13 existing IEEE Color Books which provided significant engineering information from experienced engineers. While many of the 3000 series standards are still “works in progress”, and the topical coverage seeking its proper place, it is not too soon for the various NEC committees to evaluate the importance of strengthening the NEC’s linkage to electrical engineering thought leadership.

More information is available at this link http://standards.ieee.org/findstds/3000stds/index.html


Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony

Organization: University of Michigan

Affilliation:IEEE I&CPS Education and Healthcare Facility ElectrotechnologySub-Committee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2377 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



445.10 Location.

Generators shall be of a type suitable for the locations in which they are installed. They shall also meet therequirements for motors in 430.14 .


The sentence is extraneous because detailed installation requirements and tests to validate the requirements are covered in NFPA 110.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2378 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



445.10 Location.

Generators shall be of a type suitable for the locations in which they are installed. They shall also meet therequirements for motors in 430.14.

Stationary generators that are driven by combustion engines shall be installed in accordance with 445.10(A) and (B).

(1) The exhaust shall be directed away from any adjacent dwelling.

(2) The exhaust opening shall be 20 feet from any opening in a dwelling (such as a window, door, crawlspace access at or below grade level, or ventilation opening) as measured horizontally from thegenerator exhaust to the closest point on the dwelling opening.


Presently, the NEC does not address carbon monoxide poisoning hazards for stationary generators. By adding this requirement to the NEC as an installation requirement, consumer carbon monoxide poisoning incidents and deaths from stationary generators will be reduced.

The U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission’s (CPSC’s) databases include at least two incidents involving stationary generators installed outdoors that caused CO poisonings indoors. In one incident (CPSC IDI 110912HNE1118) in 2011, a 7 kilowatt (kW) stationary generator powered by a propane engine was installed near ventilation openings causing 2 fatalities. In the other incident (CPSC IDI 050830HNE2737) in 2005, a 12 kW stationary generator powered by a propane engine caused 4 severe non-fatal CO poisonings. The stationary generator was installed on the side of the house right under a large window and next to the air conditioner ventilation system.

The Environmental Protection Agency’s Nonroad Small Spark-Ignition Engine Certification Data1 includes data that shows the CO emission rates from propane and natural gas-fueled engines, such as those used in stationary generators, are often just as high as those from gasoline-fueled engines, such as those used in portable generators. For the 10-year period of 2004 through 20132, CPSC has reports of 15 non-work related consumer CO deaths resulting from the exhaust of gasoline-fueled portable generators operating outdoors infiltrating the homes; and there are other published sources that also show CO deaths and injuries from outdoor operation of gasoline-fueled portable generators. A number of these sources document that the injured consumers generally used their portable generators an average of only a few feet away from the nearest door or window.3,4 In 2013, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) began recommending that portable generators should never be placed less than 20 feet from an open window, door, or vent where exhaust can vent into an enclosed area5 and CPSC is now making this recommendation as well6. This recommendation is based on results of modeling studies performed by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) on the effects on indoor CO concentration profiles of operating an existing, gasoline-fueled carbureted generator outdoors.7,8 NFPA 37, Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines and UL 2200, Standard for Stationary Engine Generator Assemblies deal only with fire and shock hazards; they do not address the CO poisoning hazard related to exhaust emissions. The natural gas and propane engines used in stationary generators have comparable CO emission rates to gasoline-fueled portable generators1, which have a long history of causing CO poisoning fatalities and injuries when placed outside the home but close enough to allow the exhaust to infiltrate indoors. NFPA 37 currently allows stationary generators to be located 5 ft from openings in walls (e.g., windows, doors) and even closer placement, with NO minimum distance, if the adjacent structure wall is fire resistant or the generator enclosure will not ignite combustible materials outside the enclosure.

The applicable section of NFPA 37 is provided below for reference:Chapter 4 Engines — General Requirements4.1 Engine Locations.4.1.4 Engines Located Outdoors. Engines, and their weatherproof housings if provided, that are installed outdoors shall be located at least 1.5 m (5 ft) from openings in walls and at least 1.5 m (5 ft) from structures having combustible walls. A minimum separation shall not be required where either of the following conditions exist: (1) The adjacent wall of the structure has a fire resistance rating of at least 1 hour.(2) The weatherproof enclosure is constructed of noncombustible materials and it has been demonstrated that a fire within the enclosure will not ignite combustible materials outside the enclosure.

References:


2379 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


1. CO emission rates of natural gas and propane engines in the EPA’s exhaust emission database for small nonroad spark ignited engines have CO emission rates comparable to the gasoline-fueled engines. (available online at http://www.epa.gov/otaq/certdata.htm#smallsi).

2. Matthew V. Hnatov, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, Incidents, Deaths, and In-Depth Investigations Associated with Non-Fire Carbon Monoxide from Engine-Driven Generators and Other Engine-Driven Tools, 2004-2013, http://www.cpsc.gov//Global/Research-and-Statistics/Technical-Reports/Home/Portable-Generators/GeneratorsandOEDTFatalities-2014-FINAL.pdf<, June 2014.

3. CDC, 2006. Carbon Monoxide Poisonings After Two Major Hurricanes - Alabama And Texas, August - October 2005, Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report (MMWR), United States Centers for Disease Control and Prevention: 4. 4. CDC, Carbon Monoxide Poisoning from Hurricane-Associated Use of Portable Generators- Florida, 2004, MMWR 2005; 54:697-700. 5. Carbon Monoxide Poison Prevention, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) webpage, http://www.cdc.gov/features/copoisoning/

6. U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission Winter Weather Alert: Generators, CPSC website, http://www.cpsc.gov/onsafety/2014/01/winter-weather-alert-generators/ 7. Liangzhu (Leon) Wang, S. J. Emmerich, NIST Technical Note 1637, Modeling the Effects of Outdoor Gasoline Powered Generator Use on Indoor Carbon Monoxide Exposures, August 2009 (available online at http://fire.nist.gov/bfrlpubs/build09/art009.html.) 8. Liangzhu (Leon) Wang, S. J. Emmerich, and R. Powell, NIST Technical Note 1666, Modeling the Effects of Outdoor Gasoline Powered Generator Use on Indoor Carbon Monoxide Exposures – Phase II, July 2010. (available online at http://www.cdc.gov/nceh/airpollution/pdfs/cdc_phaseii_tn1666.pdf.)


Submitter Full Name: Douglas Lee

Organization: US Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC)

Affilliation: CPSC staff

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2380 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



445.11 Marking.


Nameplates for all stationary generators and portable generators rated more than 15 kW shall also give thepower factor, the subtransient and transient impedances, the insulation system class, and the time rating.

Marking shall be provided by the manufacturer to the installer or other qualified individual to indicate whetheror not the generator neutral is bonded to the generator frame. Where the bonding of a generator is modifiedin the field, additional marking marking shall be required to indicate be revised to indicate whether thegenerator neutral is bonded to the generator frame.


Rationale: Due to product liability concerns, I have advised my product teams to NOT provide such marking.

If a manufacturer provides said marking and field personnel re-configure the machine and neglect to change the marking, then the manufacturer could be held liable for losses experienced by a misrepresented product.

Determining whether the neutral is required to be bonded to the generator frame (or the manufacturer’s intended grounding location) must be determined when the unit is installed by a qualified individual and it is only that individual who shall declare the neutral conductor’s condition after making any required changes.

The generator neutral post and/or conductor are typically clearly visible and any method for bonding the neutral to the generator frame should also be clearly visible to affect a proper, thorough electrical inspection. Furthermore, a qualified individual must know, understand, and have demonstrated how to test to determine whether the neutral is bonded to the generator frame.

A receptacle to be installed downstream of a ground fault protective device is not marked one way or another. This proposed change will make Article 445.11 consistent to the Article requiring a qualified individual to mark a duplex receptacle when installed downstream of a ground fault protective device.


Submitter Full Name: Steven Sappington

Organization: Caterpillar Inc

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Apr 11 16:04:49 EDT 2014


4647 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



445.11 Marking.

Each generator set shall be provided with a nameplate giving the manufacturer’s name, if ac, the ratedoutput frequency , the and number of phases if of ac , the rating in kilowatts or kilowatts and kilovolt-amperes or power factor ratings , the normal volts and amperes corresponding to the rating , the and themaximum available peak transient fault current.

Generator nameplates shall also give the rated revolutions per minute, and the rated ambient temperatureor rated temperature rise . Nameplates for all stationary generators and portable generators rated morethan 15 kW shall also give the power factor, the subtransient and transient impedances, the insulationsystem class, and the time rating and the subtransient and transient impedances .

Marking shall be provided by the manufacturer to indicate whether or not the generator unit's neutral isbonded to the generator its frame. Where the bonding of a generator is modified in the field, additionalmarking shall be required to indicate whether the generator neutral the neutral is bonded to the generatorframe.


Generator and generator sets are significantly different and although their names are often used interchangeably they have significantly different installation requirements. The requirements for the selection and installation of individual generators have much in common with motors and may involve their internal construction details which manufacturers make available to engineers and contractors in their documentation. However, generator sets are complete complex machines, particularly the newer variable speed inverter based models. In those cases, some parameters of their internal components, such as alternator transient reactances may not be relevant to their protective requirements which are established by their inverter programming. Because of that, while their internal construction details are evaluated and approved by UL or other NRTL's to detailed equipment standards, as an installation standard, the NEC needs to focus on their external interfaces. The proposed language changes attempt to clarify those distinctions and more clearly organize the requirements in a more user friendly and technically precise manner.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Nov 01 09:39:21 EDT 2014


2381 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



445.11 Marking.


Nameplates for all stationary generators and portable generators rated more than 15 kW shall also give thepower factor, the subtransient and transient impedances reactances , the insulation system class, and thetime rating.

Marking shall be provided by the manufacturer to indicate whether or not the generator neutral is bonded tothe generator frame. Where the bonding of a generator is modified in the field, additional marking shall berequired to indicate whether the generator neutral is bonded to the generator frame.



WEG_alternator_data_page.pdf WEG alternator specification sheet.


The current wording (impedance vs. reactance) may cause confusion between alternator manufacturers, engine generator manufacturers and AHJ for the following reasons; 1. Current terminology is in conflict with the nationally recognized standard that is used to obtain these values for the alternator. This standard is IEEE 115 – IEEE Guide for Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines. Reference section 11.7 (Tests for transient and subtransient direct-axis parameters (reactance values). Reactance is the proper term. 2. This will allow a direct correlation between the nameplates on the alternators and the alternator manufacturer’s specification catalogs. See attached WEG alternator data sheet.3. Furthermore “Impedance” is defined as the total opposition to the flow of current. It is the combined effect of the resistance and the reactance of a circuit.


Submitter Full Name: JEFF JONAS

Organization: GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS

Affilliation: Generac Power Systems, Inc.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Nov 06 23:36:11 EST 2014


2382 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 2060-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 445.12(C) ]

(C) 65 Actual Volts or Less.

Generators operating at 65 actual volts or less and driven by individual motors shall be considered asprotected by the overcurrent device protecting the motor if these devices will operate when the generatorsare delivering not more than 150 percent of their full-load rated current.


This section uses a voltage that is an "actual" hard limit.Refer to the substantiation for 1902 for more information.



Public Input No. 1902-NFPA 70-2014 [Global Input] This submission depends on 1902


Submitter Full Name: JAMES WILLIAMS

Organization: none

Affilliation: Retired Master Electrician

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2383 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




The ampacity of the conductors from the generator terminals to the first distribution device(s) containingovercurrent protection shall not be less than 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the generator. Itshall be permitted to size the neutral conductors in accordance with 220.61. Conductors that must carryground-fault currents shall not be smaller than required by 250. 24(C) or 250. 30(A) as applicable . Neutralconductors of dc generators that must carry ground-fault currents shall not be smaller than the minimumrequired size of the largest conductor.



The existing text is correct for separately derived systems, but does not apply to generators that are not separately derived. The additional reference in this input corrects the oversight.


Submitter Full Name: Frederic Hartwell

Organization: Hartwell Electrical Services, Inc.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2385 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




The ampacity of the unprotected feeder conductors from the generator output terminals to the firstdistribution device(s) containing overcurrent protection shall not be less than 115 percent of the nameplatecurrent rating of the generator set or generator . Conductors with overcurrent protection shall besized according to the requirements of Article 240 .

It shall be permitted to size the neutral conductors in accordance with 220.61. Conductors that must carryground-fault currents shall not be smaller than required by 250.30(A) . Neutral conductors of dc generatorsthat must carry ground-fault currents shall not be smaller than the minimum required size of the largestconductor.



Generator sets and generators powering multiple feeders including smaller ampacity ones for special loads such as fire pumps through individual OCPD's has been a common and fully accepted practice for many years. (For example, see recommendations in the IAEI NEC Handbook.) However, the removal of Article 445.19 in the 2014 revision cycle, has caused some confusion about the conditions under which that practice is acceptable. The intent of this proposal is clarify those conditions.

Since 445.12 requires that the generator be provided with identified (listed) overcurrent protection, the exception is not needed, because either there is a single set of conductors to serve one or more downstream devices; or, there are multiple downstream protective devices, and the conductors will be sized based on the downstream device rating. The exception sometimes leads authorities to require 100% rated conductors (based on the generator rating) to very small downstream loads, which is generally impractical and totally unnecessary.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2384 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



445.14 Protection of Live Parts.

Live parts of generators operated at more than 50 actual volts to ground shall not be exposed to accidentalcontact where accessible to unqualified persons.








Organization: none


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2386 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




(A) Generators shall be equipped with a disconnect(s), lockable in the open position by means of which thegenerator and all protective devices and control apparatus are able to be disconnected entirely from thecircuits supplied by the generator except where the following conditions apply:



a. The driving means for the generator can be readily shut down, is rendered incapable of restarting,and is lockable in the OFF position in accordance with 110.25 .

The b. The generator is not arranged to operate in parallel with another generator or other source ofvoltage.

(B) All installations shall have a remote manual stop station of a type to prevent inadvertent or unintentionaloperation located outside the room housing the prime mover, where so installed, or elsewhere on thepremises where the prime mover is located outside the building. The remote manual stop station shall belabelled. For systems located outdoors, the manual shutdown shall be located external to the weatherproofenclosure. [110] 5.6.5.6

1. The remote manual stop required by 445.18(B) shall meet the requirements of 445.18(A)2.a.

Informational Note: See UL 2200-2012, Standard for Safety of Stationary Engine GeneratorAssemblies .


The additional disconnect installation requirements extracted from NFPA 110 should be part of 445.18 to alert installers of the additional requirements that are often overlooked. Often building or fire officials designated as the AHJ for NFPA 110 will sight the NFPA 110 violation at the end of the job when the owner is trying to get a final sign off and occupy the building. It's appropriate to correlate and include this installation rule in 445.18.





Submitter Full Name: Lawrence Forshner

Organization: Bard, Rao + Athanas Consulting

Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2392 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM






(2) Both of the following conditions apply:a. The driving means for the generator can be readily shut down, is rendered incapable of

restarting, and is lockable in the OFF position in accordance with 110.25 .

The b. The generator is not arranged to operate in parallel with another generator or other source of

voltage.

Exception to b. : Where generators are arranged to operate in parallel and the systemdesign is under engineering supervision, the disconnecting means shall be allowed to be located remotefrom the generator location if all of the following conditions are met:

a. The individual generator disconnects are integral with the paralleling equipment.

b. The individual generator disconnects isolate the feeder conductors from the generator and thecommon paralleling bus.

c. The individual generator disconnects are electrically operated and are electrically interlocked to openwhen the generator shuts down.

d. Reverse power relay protection is provided integral with the paralleling breaker or the generatorcontrol.

e. The generator is equipped with a disconnecting means as described in 445.18 (2).a.

Informational Note: See UL 2200-2012, Standard for Safety of Stationary Engine GeneratorAssemblies .


Arranging generators to operate in parallel is becoming common practice for hospitals, data centers, and large buildings requiring on site back-up power. Electrically operated circuit breakers connect multiple generators to a common switchboard bus. They open and close via PLC commands. They close to the common bus when the generators are electrically synchronized, and open when the generator shuts down or when commanded by the PLC for any pre programmed sequence or adverse condition in the system. Requiring the generators to be equipped with additional disconnects is not consistant with a typical design and does not meet the intent of the rule which is, to not allow generators connected to a common bus to backfeed a generator that is not running. Some juristictions require an additional disconnect at the generator location which is not electrically operated, redundant, and adds excessive cost for the owner. If the generator engine overheats, throws a rod, or stops for any reason the paralleling breaker in the paralleling switchboard, which is electically interlocked with the equipment, will open.



Public Input No. 2924-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 445.18] Added text to the same section




Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


2389 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM





(1) Portable generators are cord- and plug-connected with a maximum number of six disconnects , or


(3) The driving means for the generator can be readily shut down, is rendered incapable ofrestarting, and is lockable in the OFF position in accordance with 110.25 .

(4) The generator is not arranged to operate in parallel with another generator or other source ofvoltage.




DSC01060.JPG cam locks

DSC01017.JPG cam lock 2

tapbox-4000-NEW_60693_zoom.jpg tap box pin and sleeve connection


the use of cam locks to provide this cord and plug connection should not exceed the industries standard, six motions of the hand rule. which provides a reasonable time in which too disconnect the building from its power supply.


Submitter Full Name: Alfio Torrisi

Organization: master electrician

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Oct 30 18:56:13 EDT 2014


2391 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


kshea

Highlight



A. Generators shall be

equippedprovided with a

disconnect(s), lockable in the open position by means of which the generator and all protective devices andcontrol apparatus are able to be disconnected entirely from the circuits supplied by the generator exceptwhere the following conditions apply:

Portable generators are cord- and plug-connected, or

Both of the following conditions apply:

The driving means for the generator can be readily shut down, is rendered incapable of restarting, and islockable in the OFF position in accordance with 110.25 .

The generator is not arranged to operate in parallel with another generator or other source of voltagemeans to simultaneously stop and prevent the engine from running by disabling the fuel fuel supply andstarter, and disabling the excitation system. Operation shall render the machine incapable of restarting, andshall include the capability of being locked in the OFF position. A disconnecting means that opensgenerator conductors to the load shall not be required.

Exception: Where the generator is portable and only supplies cord and plug connected loads, the disconnectmeans described in 445.18 (A) is not requried.

B. Generators that are arranged to operate in parallel with other generators shall include a device in thesystem to physically disconnect conductors from the generator to the generator paralleling system bus. Thisdisconnecting device shall be allowed to be the paralleling device.

1. The paralleling device used to connect a generator to a bus for operation in parallel with othergenerators shall be interlocked with the disconnect means in Paragraph A to cause the paralleling device toopen when the disconnect is operated.

2. The Paralleling device shall be capable of being locked in the “OFF” position .



1. Generators are different from utility services in that in addition to providing for safe service of downstream devices, a means is required to prevent the generator set from unexpectedly starting and running while it is undergoing service. If an effective means of stopping the generator set and preventing its operation is provided, this also prevents the generator set from energizing downstream circuits; so these portions of the system are safe to work on. Note that this disconnect provision does not remove the potential requirements for other disconnects that may be required, particularly for outdoor generator set assemblies. (700.12.B.6)2. Some authorities have ruled that a generator main disconnect (usually in the form of a circuit breaker) is required to be mounted on the generator set because the phrase "generators shall be equipped with disconnects..." is in the code. This has led to potentially unsafe and unreliable installations where very large breakers or medium voltage breakers are physically installed on a generator package. These installations are nearly never prototype tested for vibration resistance and the ambient temperature conditions that are present in any generator installation. 3. For paralleling applications, the current text leads to a situation where a main breaker is often required by authorities at the generator set, and the paralleling device (again, nearly always a downstream power circuit breaker) provides for the isolation of the generator set from the bus when the generator is being serviced. The generator mounted breaker is generally a molded case device, but these devices are difficult to coordinate with downstream devices, which are commonly insulated case or power circuit breakers. So, using the revised paragraph A allows for disconnect means that is not a breaker or other device that requires overload protection, thus making the system inherently more reliable and actually safer than if more traditional designs are used.4. The requirement for the paralleling device to include a lock-out/tag-out prevents the generator set from being energized from the bus when being serviced while the balance of the system is operating. For the generator to be safely worked on, paralleling applications require both the generator from being prevented from operation, and the bus from energizing the generator.5. This requirement does not remove the requirement for identified overload protection at the generator, per the requirements of 445.12.


2387 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




A. Individual. Generators shall be equipped with a

disconnect(s),disconnecting means that is lockable in the

open position by means of which the generator and all protective devices and control apparatus are able tobe disconnected entirely from the circuits supplied by the generator except where the following conditionsapply: Portable generatorsOFF position in accordance with 110.25. The disconnecting means shall readily shut down the drivingmeans, disable the fuel supply and render the generator incapable of restarting.

Exceptions: Portable generators that are cord- and plug-connected

, orBoth of the following conditions apply:

The driving means for the generator can be readily shut down, is rendered incapable of restarting, and islockable in the OFF position in accordance with 110.25 .

The generator is not arranged to operate in parallel with another generator or other source of voltage

B. Parallel Generators. In addition to the requirements in 445.18(A), when operated, the disconnectingmeans shall be interlocked to open the paralleling overcurrent device .



The text in 445.18 is confusing. The disconnecting means that is referred to in 445.18 is the generator start/stop (mushroom) button and is not the circuit breaker that is located on the generator. Some AHJ's argue that the wording infers a fuse or breaker type device needs to be installed on the generator when actually this is not the intent of the section. Fuse or breaker type overcurrent devices are governed by 445.13 and by the users choice in conductor size from the generator to the first overcurrent device.

By revising the words, the user of the code will understand that1. Each generator is to only have one disconnecting means.2. Generators in parallel are not exempt from requiring a disconnecting means.3. The disconnecting means is meant to disconnect the control circuit, the fuel supply and render the generator incapable of restarting.Circuit breaker type disconnects will not perform those functions and these changes will provide needed clarity for the industry.


Submitter Full Name: Lawrence Ayer

Organization: Biz Com Electric, Inc.

Affilliation: Independent Electrical Contractors, Inc.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Sep 22 21:25:39 EDT 2014


4648 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 2997-NFPA 70-2014 [ Chapter 4 [Title Only] ]

Equipment for General Use


445.19 Generators with full or trickle Battery Charging systems and Battery Heating pads/ panels shall be Ground-Fault Protection of Equipment. The Ground-Fault Protection of Equipment (GFPE) shall be located in the Generator controller,Transfer Switch or at the Generator.


Submitter Full Name: LARRY CROSS

Organization: Medford NJ DCA Local 98 IBEW

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1927 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




All 125-volt, single-phase, 15-and 20-ampere receptacle outlets that are a part of a 15-kW or smallerportable generator

eithershall have ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel integral to the generator or receptacle

or shall not be available for use when the(s) unless conditions (1) and (2) both apply.

(1) The generator is equipped with a 125/250-volt single-phase locking-type receptacle

is in use. If the generator does not have a.

(2) The 125-volt, single-phase, 15-and 20-ampere receptacle outlets are not energized when the125/250-volt locking-type receptacle

, this requirement shall not applyis in use.

Exception: A generator manufactured or remanufactured prior to January 1, 2015 shall be permitted to beused with listed cord sets or devices incorporating ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnelidentified for portable use in lieu of protection integral to the generator or receptacle(s) .


This input is an editorial improvement that does not substantively differ from the TIA that was released on this section. It contains the required locking receptacle requirement as positive text in a simple, two-item list. In so doing, it avoids the phrasing "this requirement shall not apply" because what actually does not apply is not a requirement but a permission to use the locking receptacle without the necessity of a bonded neutral during such use that would otherwise be required to make GFCI protection functional. It also frames the delayed compliance alternative as an exception for clarity.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2395 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




All 125-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere receptacle outlets that are a part of a 15-kW or smallerportable generator either shall have ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel integral to thegenerator or receptacle or shall not be available for use when the 125/250-volt locking-type receptaclevolt receptacle is in use. If the generator does not have a 125/250-volt locking-type receptacle, thisrequirement shall not apply.


Some of the portable generator 125/250V receptacles, especially those rated at 50A , are of the straight-blade variety and do not have a locking feature. When I submitted my original proposal in the last code cycle, I did not take this into consideration.


Submitter Full Name: MICHAEL FLEGEL

Organization: RELIANCE CONTROLS CORPORATION

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2394 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




All 125-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere receptacle Receptacle outlets that are a part of a 15-kW orsmaller portable generator either shall have listed ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection (GFCI) forpersonnel integral to the generator or receptacle as indicated in either (A) or (B):

(A) Unbonded (Floating Neutral) Generators. Unbonded generators with 125-volt and 125/250-voltreceptacle outlets shall have listed GFCI protection for personnel, integral to the generator or receptacle,on all 125-volt, 15 and 20-ampere receptacle outlets.

Exception: GFCI protection shall not be required where the 125-volt receptacle outlets(s) are interlockedsuch that they are not available for use when the any 125/250-volt locking-type receptacle is in use. Ifthe generator does not have a 125/250-volt locking-type receptacle, this requirement shall not apply.receptacle outlet(s) are in use.

(B) Bonded Neutral Generators. Bonded generators shall be provided with GFCI protection on all125-volt, 15 and 20-ampere receptacle outlets.

Informational Note: Refer to 590.6(A)(3) for GFCI requirements for 15-kW or smaller portable generatorsused for temporary electric power and lighting.


This public input seeks to provide clarity by providing separate requirements for portable generators based upon whether or not the neutral is bonded. The new informational note is necessary to refer the user to supplemental requirements that impact portable generators used for temporary electric power and lighting.


Submitter Full Name: James Dollard

Organization: IBEW Local Union 98

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Oct 27 07:57:33 EDT 2014


2393 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




All 125-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere receptacle outlets that are a part of a 15-kW or smallerportable generator either shall have ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel integral to thegenerator or receptacle or shall not be available for use when the 125/250-volt locking-type receptacle is inuse. If the generator was manufactured or remanufactured prior to January 1, 2015, listed cord sets ordevices incorporating listed ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel identified for portable useshall be permitted. If the generator does not have a 125/250-volt locking-type receptacle, this requirementshall not apply.



Proposed_TIA_1117_70_.docx Balloted TIA


NOTE: This public input originates from Tentative Interim Amendment 70-14-2 (Log 1117) issued by the Standards Council on October 22, 2013 and per the NFPA Regs. needs to be reconsidered by the Technical Committee for the next edition of the Document.

On behalf of the Portable Genera¬tor Manufacturers’ Association, I am proposing a Tentative Interim Amendment (TIA) for NEC 2014.

This proposed TIA is a successor to TIA Log No. 1097 that was published in the May 2013 edition of NFPA News. It is directed towards a new section for NEC 2014, Section 445.20. This new section originated as Proposal 13-19 dur¬ing the proposal phase, and was modified by Comment 13-16 dur¬ing the comment phase. This revised TIA takes into account the comments of CMP-13 members regarding correlation issues with TIA Log No. 1097.

The new Section 445.20 will require the redesign of a majority of all portable generators sold in the United States. Given the structure and application of the NEC, as Sec¬tion 445.20 is written, it would apply to the use of any 15 kW or smaller portable generator -- regardless of its date of manufacture -- under circumstances covered by the NEC. This (presumably unintended) retroactive application of the NEC effectively would ban the use of millions of portable generators that have been, and continue to be, used safely. To retroactively apply the NEC in this manner is uncharacteristic, and is an unfair, not to mention unnec¬essary, burden on consumers, trades people and society as a whole, particularly given the complete lack of historical electrical shock incident data to support the requirement in the first instance.

The proposed TIA, if accepted, would allow the continued use of existing portable generators by allowing the use of external GFCI devices to provide equivalent protection. It would not be the first time that a new NEC section has (a) expressly indicated that it should not be applied retroactively and (b) provided a lead time for design com¬pliance. Rather, a precedent for the proposed TIA was set during the NEC 2011 code making cycle when Proposal 3-140 for Sec-tion 590.6 was accepted in principle by Code-Making Panel 3. Specifically, Proposal 3-140 (and what eventually became Section 590.6(A)(3)) provided an alternative means of compliance for gen¬erators manufactured prior to the effective date of the 2011 NEC .

It is noteworthy that Code-Making Panel 3 recognized the problem surrounding retroactive applicability and therefore modified the original proposal to add an effectivity date. The last paragraph of the Panel Statement from Code-Making Panel 3 stated:

“The revisions to the wording also clarified the requirements for GFCI protection on 15 kW or less portable generators, with information added, that will ensure that this require¬ment does not apply to manufactured or remanufactured gen¬erators prior to January 1, 2011.”

__________________ 1 Section 590.6(A)(3) states “(3) Receptacles on 15 kW or less Portable Generators. All 125-volt and 125/250-volt, single-phase, 15-, 20-, and 30-ampere receptacle outlets that are a part of a 15 kW or smaller portable generator shall have listed ground-fault circuit interrupter protection for personnel. Listed cord sets or devices incorporating listed ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel identified for portable use shall be permitted for use with 15kW or less portable generators manufactured or remanufactured prior to January 1,


4649 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


NFPA 70®- 2014 National Electrical Code TIA Log No. 1117 Reference: 445.20 Comment Closing Date: September 9, 2013 Submitter: Joseph Harding, PGMA 1. Revise 445.20 to read as follows: 445.20 Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter Protection for Receptacles on 15 kW or Smaller Portable Generators. All 125-volt, single-phase, 15-and 20-ampere receptacle outlets that are a part of a 15-kW or smaller portable generator either shall have ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel integral to the generator or receptacle or shall not be available for use when the 125/250-volt locking-type receptacle is in use. If the generator was manufactured or remanufactured prior to January 1, 2015, listed cord sets or devices incorporating listed ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel identified for portable use shall be permitted. If the generator does not have a 125/250-volt locking-type receptacle, this requirement shall not apply. Submitter’s Substantiation: On behalf of the Portable Generator Manufacturers’ Association, I am proposing a Tentative Interim Amendment (TIA) for NEC 2014. This proposed TIA is a successor to TIA Log No. 1097 that was published in the May 2013 edition of NFPA News. It is directed towards a new section for NEC 2014, Section 445.20. This new section originated as Proposal 13-19 during the proposal phase, and was modified by Comment 13-16 during the comment phase. This revised TIA takes into account the comments of CMP-13 members regarding correlation issues with TIA Log No. 1097. The new Section 445.20 will require the redesign of a majority of all portable generators sold in the United States. Given the structure and application of the NEC, as Section 445.20 is written, it would apply to the use of any 15 kW or smaller portable generator -- regardless of its date of manufacture -- under circumstances covered by the NEC. This (presumably unintended) retroactive application of the NEC effectively would ban the use of millions of portable generators that have been, and continue to be, used safely. To retroactively apply the NEC in this manner is uncharacteristic, and is an unfair, not to mention unnecessary, burden on consumers, trades people and society as a whole, particularly given the complete lack of historical electrical shock incident data to support the requirement in the first instance. The proposed TIA, if accepted, would allow the continued use of existing portable generators by allowing the use of external GFCI devices to provide equivalent protection. It would not be the first time that a new NEC section has (a) expressly indicated that it should not be applied retroactively and (b) provided a lead time for design compliance. Rather, a precedent for the proposed TIA was set during the NEC 2011 code making cycle when Proposal 3-140 for Section 590.6 was accepted in principle by Code-Making Panel 3. Specifically, Proposal 3-140 (and what eventually became Section 590.6(A)(3)) provided an alternative means of compliance for generators manufactured prior to the effective date of the 2011 NEC1. It is noteworthy that Code-Making Panel 3 recognized the problem surrounding retroactive applicability and therefore modified the original proposal to add an effectivity date. The last paragraph of the Panel Statement from Code-Making Panel 3 stated:

“The revisions to the wording also clarified the requirements for GFCI protection on 15 kW or less portable generators, with information added, that will ensure that this requirement does not apply to manufactured or remanufactured generators prior to January 1, 2011.”

1 Section 590.6(A)(3) states “(3) Receptacles on 15 kW or less Portable Generators. All 125-volt and 125/250-volt, single-phase, 15-, 20-, and 30-ampere receptacle outlets that are a part of a 15 kW or smaller portable generator shall have listed ground-fault circuit interrupter protection for personnel. Listed cord sets or devices incorporating listed ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel identified for portable use shall be permitted for use with 15kW or less portable generators manufactured or remanufactured prior to January 1, 2011.”

Like Proposal 3-140, the proposed TIA makes clear that the new section should not be retroactively applied, as long as external GFCI devices that provide equivalent protection are used. The proposed TIA suggests a slightly longer lead time than that which Code-Making Panel 3 allowed when Proposal 3-140 was accepted in principle, but there is good reason for a longer lead time in this instance. The addition of Section 445.20 will require all generators that feature a 125/250 volt locking-type receptacle, regardless of intended use or applicability to have GFCI protection on the 125 volt 15/20 amp outlets. This will require manufacturers to redesign a wide range of existing product. This broad scale design change merits a longer lead time (of an additional year) than that provided in Proposal 3-140. Emergency Nature: PGMA and its members have determined that this proposed TIA is of an emergency nature requiring prompt action in accordance with 5.3 (a) and 5.3 (f) of the NFPA Regulations Governing Committee Projects, which are copied below: 5.3 (a) The document contains an error or an omission that was overlooked during a regular revision process. 5.3 (f) The proposed TIA intends to correct a circumstance in which the revised document has resulted in an adverse impact on a product or method that was inadvertently overlooked in the total revision process, or was without adequate technical (safety) justification for the action. While your organization is reviewing the proposed TIA, we also encourage several grammatical corrections to Section 445.20, specifically that the four (4) commas identified above be removed. Not only are these commas unnecessary, they may lead to incorrect interpretations by those who rely on the code.



All 125-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere receptacle outlets that are a part of a 15-kW or smallerportable generator either shall have ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel integral to thegenerator or receptacle or shall not be available for use when the 125/250-volt locking-type receptacle is inuse. If the generator does not have a 125/250-volt locking-type receptacle, this requirement shall not apply.


This requirement is problematic for the following reasons;1. There already is a section in the NEC that is very similar to the requirements presented in 445.20. The other article is 590.6(A)(3). Article 590.6(A)(3) is in the temporary wiring section of the NEC and that is the application that GFCI outlets on portable generators are most relevant to. Portable generator product is currently commercially available for temporary power generation at construction sites equipped with GFCI protected receptacles. Article 445.20 is intended to apply to all portable generators except construction site temporary generators but it is in a section that applies to all portable generators. This creates a conflict between article 445.20 and 590.6(A)(3). Article 445.20 should be eliminated. 2. Portable generators are typically used in one of 2 applications. Supplying loads plugged into the outlets on the generator and supplying loads of a fixed wiring system that are connected via a twistlock outlet and transfer switch.

When a portable generator is used for supplying loads plugged into outlets on the generator the neutral conductor should be bonded to the generator frame and the frame connected to a grounding electrode.If this is not done the GFCI will not function properly due the lack of a ground return path. In this case two faults are required for the GFCI to trip.Creating a grounding electrode is problematic by having to drive a ground rod. Many times a generator is called into use during a thunderstorm, ice storm or at times when the ground is frozen. Any of the previous conditions will lead to an improper installation. Furthermore, driving a 6 or 8 foot ground rod is not a good idea without identifying what hazards, in the form of a buried utilities or other hazards, are below the ground. These situations all contribute to why a generator is rarely properly grounded in practice.Without the generator frame properly connected to a grounding electrode the GFCI is non-functional and does nothing to increase safety.

When a portable generator is used for backup power of an existing electrical system, via a twistlock outlet, the neutral and frame of the generator should not be connected.If connected a parallel ground path exists which will lead to tripping of the GFCI device. Now that the requirement has been in place for a year or so it can be demonstrated that this nuisance tripping has occurred on a regular basis.Human nature is to bypass safety items that cause nuisance tripping. At the very least the customer will not be happy.Also, to be kept in mind is that these 2 operating conditions are to be achieved with the same portable generator. Changing the neutral bonding method in the field is problematic with unskilled personnel.

In addition, adding this duplicate article does nothing to address unqualified personnel operating the generator, such as the average homeowner, trying to decipher the correct and safe way to apply a portable generator with a hurried approach. In addition the average homeowner is ignorant of the NEC and does not use the services of a qualified person (licensed electrician) to properly install the portable generator.

This requirement is a product design standard and not a requirement of installation that the NEC should be.An improvement to the wording of article 445.20 would be to require a "Listed cord sets or devices incorporating listed GFCI protection for personnel identified for portable use shall be permitted to meet this requirement."





Street Address:

City:


2396 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 1530-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Article after 445 ]

445.21 (?) Generator(s) Operated in Parallel with Other Sources

Where a generator is operated in parallel with other source(s) to provide power to common loads in afacility, the common bus between the sources shall be considered to be the source of power for those loads.


1. When generators are operated in parallel as a separately derived system, there must be only one neutral to ground bond in the system. However, when each generator is considered a source, the obvious (but incorrect) conclusion will be that each generator should have a neutral to ground bond. The consequence of this is often ineffective ground fault protection for the system and a potential for nuisance tripping of the ground fault system due to temporary imbalances in the load sharing control system. 2. If the source of the system is the bus, then required ground fault protection will be located on feeders connected to the bus, rather than the generator sets. So, ground fault protection can easily discriminate between more critical and less critical loads and would not disable the system for a downstream fault and critical loads such as fire pumps and emergency circuits can be alarmed, while less critical circuits can be tripped, resulting overall better protection for less critical systems, and better reliability for critical circuits.3. In parallel applications it is not uncommon for the generator paralleling breakers (the breaker or device that connects the generator to the common bus) to be smaller than some of the feeders on the bus. This technically makes selective coordination of the system impossible to attain.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2374 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 4533-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Article after 445 ]

Power Inlets

Power inlets, rated 100Amps or greater, used for the connection of a portable generator set shall beequipped with an interlocked disconnecting means at the point of connection to prevent disconnection underload.

Exception 1: If the inlet device is rated as a disconnect

Exception 2: Supervised industrial installations where permanent space is identified for the portablegenerator located within line of site of the power inlets shall not be required to have interlocked disconnectingmeans nor inlets rated as disconnects.


Code Making Panel 13 during the NEC 2014 Cycle as part of Comment 13-99 directed this submitter as follows:

“CMP 13 rejects this comment since this may impact equipment not originally considered in the proposal. The submitter is encouraged to develop proposals in the next NEC cycle to incorporate this concept for the connection of portable generators to premises without regard to the type of system. Furthermore, any proposed text should address all levels of ampacity and types of equipment that may be impacted.”

This proposal is designed to address the request of the panel. Instead of multiple proposals, Section 445 was chosen to ensure no regard of the type of system was given. In addition, during the 2014 cycle a Technical Committee member showed a picture of an industrial installation where the inlets were directly adjacent to an area specifically designated for the portable generator. That issue was not intended to be covered by this submitter and so the comment was rejected rightfully so by the committee. The exception for supervised industrial will address this issue.

As stated in previous proposals during the NEC 2014 cycle, a portable generator can be out of line of site from the point at which it electrically connects through a permanently installed inlet. If a person cannot visibly see the generator to which it is connected, disconnecting under load can present a safety hazard if the inlet is not rated for load break. The intent of the proposal is to either require: a. Inlets to be load break rated (There are inlet load-break solutions on the market for applications above 100 Amps. This proposal will help ensure the solution is a safe one for portable generators.) or b. Require the power inlet be interlocked via a disconnect to ensure that the disconnect is opened prior to disconnecting. This would prevent someone from disconnecting a non-load break device under load. The proposal acknowledges the fact that devices up to 60 amps can be rated as a disconnecting means. There are also solutions on the market that advertise load-break capabilities above 100Amps. This proposal aims to ensure the right solution is provided for the application.



Public Input No. 3589-NFPA 70-2014 [New Section after 702.12(A)]


Submitter Full Name: Thomas Domitrovich

Organization: Eaton Corporation

Affilliation: Eaton Corporation

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2375 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



455.4 Marking.

Each phase converter shall be provided with a permanent nameplate indicating the following:

(1) Manufacturer’s name

(2) Rated input and output voltages

(3) Frequency

(4) Rated single-phase input full-load amperes

(5) Rated minimum and maximum single load in kilovolt-amperes (kVA) or horsepower

(6) Maximum total load in kilovolt-amperes (kVA) or horsepower

(7) For a rotary-phase converter, its 3-phase base amperes at full load


Original intent of Claude Hertz, who helped develop this section, was to have this for sizing wire for the rotary base unit, not the output of the converter. It is not always needed, as some prewire their capacitors and base units, but not all are. We, Ronk Electrical Industries, have put rotary 3-phase base amps on our nameplate since this section was developed. Output is a function of connected load, and in that respect, is already covered on the nameplate by the maximum total HP.


Submitter Full Name: Pat Gaffney

Organization: Ronk Elect Ind Inc

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Oct 07 15:27:53 EDT 2014


2423 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



455.5 Equipment Grounding Bonding Connection.

A means for attachment of an equipment grounding bonding conductor termination in accordance with250.8 shall be provided.


The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe and prevents an electrical shock is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, may enhance it if it becomes the only path back to the source. The shock potential is the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event, thus the clearing time is a critical factor in safety.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect equipment and personnel by providing a sufficiently high fault current to operate an overcurrent device and clear the fault rapidly. A low impedance fault current path can provide the necessary high fault current regardless of whether the conductor is grounded or not. It is only the fault current path and not the “grounding” that can provide the high fault current necessary to operate an overcurrent device rapidly. The term “bonding” is generally used to insure that a connection and current path is low impedance, reliable, and able to withstand the fault current. This conductor provides a basic bonding function by insuring, through proper sizing and bonding jumpers as necessary, that the connection from equipment to fault current source is both low impedance and reliable. A “bonding” function is the necessary function rather than a “grounding” function to clear a fault rapidly. A grounding function is provided by a grounding electrode conductor that connects an electrical system source to the earth. An overcurrent device operates in a time interval based upon the current through it. That current depends upon proper bonding to the source and is relatively independent of connection to the grounding electrode at the source where the overcurrent device is located. The use of the term “equipment bonding conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the term “equipment grounding conductor”. “Systems” are “grounded”, “equipment” is “bonded”. Making this change would also bring the NEC into conformity with the Canadian Electrical Code which uses the term “equipment bonding conductor”.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand this also. There are, however, many people doing electrical work who don’t understand and think connecting equipment to a local grounding electrode accomplishes the same objective as an equipment grounding conductor. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at IAEI inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the July/August 2014 issue of the NFPA Journal under the title “Pool Rules”. Just ask the inspectors and the teachers.Changing the terminology will serve to make it clear that the principal function of this conductor is to bond the equipment being protected to the source where the fault current originates. Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand the proper purpose of this bonding conductor.


Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2424 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 1679-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 455.6(A) ]

(A) Ampacity.

The ampacity of the single-phase supply conductors shall be determined by 455.6(A) (1) or , (A 2 ), or(2 3 ) .

Informational Note: Single-phase conductors sized to prevent a voltage drop not exceeding 3 percentfrom the source of supply to the phase converter may help ensure proper starting and operation ofmotor loads.

(1) Variable Loads.

Where the loads to be supplied are variable, the conductor ampacity shall not be less than 125 percent ofthe phase converter nameplate single-phase input full-load amperes.

(2) Fixed Loads.

Where the phase converter supplies specific fixed loads, and the conductor ampacity is less than 125percent of the phase converter nameplate single-phase input full-load amperes, the conductors shall have anampacity not less than 250 percent of the sum of the full-load, 3-phase current rating of the motors and otherloads served where the input and output voltages of the phase converter are identical. Where the input andoutput voltages of the phase converter are different, the current as determined by this section shall bemultiplied by the ratio of output to input voltage.

(3) Static Type Phase Converters.

The conductor ampacity shall not be less than 125% of the phase converter nameplate single-phase full-loadamperes.


Static phase converters in practice operate what could be considered fixed loads, but the definition of fixed loads here relates to a rotary converter connected to a single load that may be below the connected to a converter rated for more total load than that. Clarifies statics should be only wired for nameplate FLA.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2425 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 1678-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 455.6(A) [Excluding any

Sub-Sections] ]

The ampacity of the single-phase supply conductors shall be determined by 455.6(A) (1) or , (A)(2) or(A)(3) .

Informational Note: Single-phase conductors sized to prevent a voltage drop not exceeding 3 percentfrom the source of supply to the phase converter may help ensure proper starting and operation ofmotor loads.


Accounts for A3 being added for static converters.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2426 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 1675-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 455.6(A)(1) ]

(1) Multiple/ Variable Loads on rotary type converters .

Where the loads to be supplied are variable, the conductor ampacity shall not be less than 125 percent ofthe phase converter nameplate single-phase input full-load amperes.


Clarifies that variable means multiple loads on a rotary converter.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2427 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(2) Fixed Loads on rotary type converters .

Where When the rotary type phase converter supplies specific fixed loads, and the conductor ampacity ismay be less than 125 percent of the phase converter nameplate single-phase input full-load amperes but ,the conductors shall have an ampacity not less than 250 percent of the sum of the full-load, 3-phase currentrating of the motors and other loads served where the input and output voltages of the phase converter areidentical. Where the input and output voltages of the phase converter are different, the current as determinedby this section shall be multiplied by the ratio of output to input voltage.


Clarifies that fixed load applies to rotary converters.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2428 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



455.7 Overcurrent Protection.

The single-phase supply conductors and phase converter shall be protected from overcurrent by 455.7(A)or , (B), or (C) . Where the required fuse or nonadjustable circuit breaker rating or settings of adjustablecircuit breakers do not correspond to a standard rating or setting, a higher rating or setting that does notexceed the next higher standard rating shall be permitted.

(A) Variable Loads.

Where the loads to be supplied are variable, overcurrent protection shall be set at not more than 125percent of the phase converter nameplate single-phase input full-load amperes.

(B) Fixed Loads.

Where the phase converter supplies specific fixed loads and the conductors are sized in accordance with455.6(A) (2), the conductors shall be protected in accordance with their ampacity. The overcurrentprotection determined from this section shall not exceed 125 percent of the phase converter nameplatesingle-phase input amperes.

(C) Static Type Phase Converters.

The overcurrent protection shall be set at not more than 175% of the phase converter nameplatesingle-phase input full-load amperes.


Adds static converters as previously and allows OCP to be picked more like 430, where 175% max allowed. This will account for motors operating in SF where nuisance trips could occur if only 125% max allowed & for circumstances with autotransformer types operating high P.F. motors where they actually have a leading P.F> on the single-phase and exceed they're FLA rating that is based on unity P.F.. Could also apply to the variable load rotary.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2429 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Multiple/ Variable Loads on rotary type converters .

Where the loads to be supplied are variable, overcurrent protection shall be set at not more than 125 175percent of the phase converter nameplate single-phase input full-load amperes.


Better matches OCP rules for 430, allowing 175% max, in case motors are operating in SF, etc. which could cause nuisance trips at 125% max.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2430 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



480.1 Scope.

The provisions of this article shall apply to all stationary installations of storage batteries.

Informational Note: The following standards are frequently referenced for the installation of stationarybatteries:

(1) IEEE 484-2008, Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of VentedLead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications

(2) IEEE 485-1997, Recommended Practice for Sizing Vented Lead-Acid Storage Batteries forStationary Applications

(3) IEEE 1145-2007, Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Nickel-CadmiumBatteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems

(4) IEEE 1187-2002, Recommended Practice for Installation Design, and Installation of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications

(5) IEEE 1375-1996 (Rev. 2003), IEEE Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems

(6) IEEE 1578-2007, Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Spill Containment andManagement

(7) IEEE 1635/ASHRAE 21-2012, Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management ofStationary Battery Installations

(8) IEEE P3005.3 Recommended Practice for the Application of Stored-Energy Systems for use in Emergency and Stand-By Power Systems


Storage battery specification, system design, installation and operation should be informed by faster-moving engineering considerations available in the new IEEE 3000 series of recommended practices. The IEEE Industrial Applications Society 3000 series of standards are part of a larger project to revise and reorganize the technical content of the 13 existing IEEE Color Books which provided significant engineering information from experienced engineers. While many of the 3000 series standards are still “works in progress”, and the topical coverage seeking its proper place, it is not too soon for the various NEC committees to evaluate the importance of strengthening the NEC’s linkage to electrical engineering thought leadership.


Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony



Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Nov 05 08:59:49 EST 2014


2436 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



480.1 Scope.

The provisions of this article shall apply to all stationary installations of storage batteries.

Informational Note: The following standards are frequently referenced for the installation of stationarybatteries:

(1) IEEE 484-2008, Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of VentedLead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications

(2) IEEE 485-1997, Recommended Practice for Sizing Vented Lead-Acid Storage Batteries forStationary Applications

(3) IEEE 1145-2007, Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Nickel-CadmiumBatteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems


(5) IEEE 1375-1996 (Rev. 2003), IEEE Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems

(6) IEEE 1578-2007, Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Spill Containment andManagement

(7) IEEE 1635/ASHRAE 21-2012, Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management ofStationary Battery Installations

(8) UL 1973, Batteries for Use in Light Electric Rail (LER) Applications and StationaryApplications

(9) UL Subject 2436, Spill Containment for Stationary Lead Acid Battery Systems

(10) UL 1989, Standby Batteries


UL 1973 is an ANSI standard covering safety of stationary battery systems. It is non chemistry specific and includes lead acid and nickel chemistries as well as less traditional chemistries such as lithium ion, sodium beta and flow batteries.

UL Subject 2436 is an outline covering safety of spill containment systems and addresses material compatibility, flame spread, electrolyte neutralization and absorption as well as containment of electrolyte.

UL 1989 is an ANSI safety standard covering tests for valve regulated and vented lead acid and nickel batteries.


Submitter Full Name: Laurie Florence


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2435 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



Equipment

For chemistries other than lead-acid, storage batteries and battery management systems shall be listed forthe application.


Article 480 presently covers all stationary installations of storage batteries. The safety of many traditional installations of storage batteries, for example rooms incorporating lead-acid batteries, have been adequately addressed with the requirements of Article 480. However, as new battery chemistries and technologies such as lithium-ion have been introduced, important new potential hazards have emerged. Through the use of new technologies, energy density has significantly increased and continues to increase; for example, for lithium-ion battery energy density has been increasing at approximately 10% annually through technological advances such as reduced separator thicknesses. These new battery technologies are quite different than lead-acid batteries, and these differences have produced both new functional benefits along with challenges that have caused some notable safety incidents involving significant fires and explosions. In reviewing the root causes of these incidents, it is clear that thorough investigation of the battery as well as the battery management system (which manages battery thermal and/or electrical processes) plays a critical role in mitigating incidents. Established American National Standards address safety of storage batteries in a comprehensive manner. Other new challenges are now being introduced as electric vehicle batteries are being repurposed at the end of their vehicular life into stationary applications; in these cases each battery has its own unique state of health as it enters its second “life” in the stationary domain. As a large scale deployment of energy storage is completed over the next few years, it is critical that we promote the safety of stationary battery equipment by leveraging the benefits of listing.


Submitter Full Name: Kenneth Boyce


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2437 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Dissimilar Metals Corrosion Prevention .

Where mating dissimilar metals, antioxidant material suitable for the battery connection shall be used whenrecommended by the battery manufacturer . Informational Note: The battery manufacturer’s installation andinstruction manual can be used for guidance for acceptable materials.


Delete reference to “dissimilar metals” and replace with “corrosion prevention” as that is what the subject is really about. It is not realistic for the AHJ to determine if dissimilar metals are present. Not all batteries, especially those with spade terminals, require antioxidant. Amtoxidant grease should only be used when recommended by the battery manufacturer. Some antioxidant materials can actually damage battery containers (cases). The informational note reminds the reader to use only substances acceptable to the battery manufacturer.


Submitter Full Name: Stephen McCluer

Organization: APC by Schneider Electric

Affilliation: IEEE Stationary Battery Committee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2438 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(C) Battery Terminals.

Electrical connections to the battery, and the cable(s) between cells on separate levels or racks, shall notput mechanical strain on the battery terminals. Terminal plates shall be used where practicable.

Informational Note: Conductors are commonly pre-stressed. Refer to the manufacturer’s instructionsfor guidance. Fine stranded cables are generally preferred for their flexibility .


Add a new Informational Note. Rigidity between units in a battery system can cause damage to the posts and containers. Fine stranded cables (a.k.a. welding cables) are widely used in the industry to provide needed flexibility. Proper crimping is necessary, and should follow the manufacturer’s guidance. Some factory-made connectors are pre-stressed.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2439 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




(1) Insulation type – The following types of cable insulation shall be permitted for battery wiring: RHH,RHW, XHHW, DLO (RHH/RHW), THHN, THWN, THW

(2) Stranding - All stranded conductors, when used, shall be Class B (aka “Code stranding” – seeChapter 9, Table 8), Class I, or Class K (sometimes called welding cable or Class W)

Informational Note: It is widely known that the direct current does not heat the cable insulation to the samedegree as alternating current due to skin effect. Due to lack of data on the exact values, the moreconservative approach is to use the ac ampacities listed in the code .


(A) The Code does not specifically refer to DLO cable; however, DLO cable (which is commonly used in battery applications) that has been tested and approved as RHH/RHW should be allowed(B) Chapter 9, Table 8, formally lists Class B stranding; however, Class I and Class K are commonly used in battery applications due to the needed flexibility.



Organization: Schneider Electric


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2440 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



480.4(A) Battery Conductors.

The ampacity of field-assembled conductors from the battery terminals to the disconnecting means,overcurrent protection and load(s) shall be of such cross-sectional area that the temperature rise undermaximum load conditions at maximum ambient temperatures shall not exceed the safe operating temperatureof the conductor insulation or termination rating. For battery full load runtimes equal to or less than 60minutes refer to Table 610.14(A) for the Ampacities of Insulated Copper Conductors Used for Short-TimeApplications with up to 4 energized conductors in a raceway. For battery full load runtimes greater than 60minutes or conductors in free air refer to 310.15 for the Ampacities for Conductors Rated 0-2000 Volts forcontinuous current applications.

Informational Note: Larger conductor sizing may be required to reduce voltage drop. See the480.3(B) Informational Note for conductor sizing due to voltage drop.


The current wording leads to significant oversizing of the conductors associated with storage battery systems used in short back-up time applications such as UPS systems where the battery runtime at full load is typically 5 to 30 minutes. In these applications, wire sizing based on the continuous current rating of the conductors is inappropriate since the energy stored in a given battery system is limited and cannot support full load continuously as defined by the code. Battery recharge currents for short-time rated battery systems are not a conductor sizing concern since the recharge currents are only 5 to 25% of the discharge current ratings and decrease to float current levels as the battery recharges.Table 610.14(A) already defines the short time ampacity of conductors with up to 4 conductors in a raceway. Referring to this table for those applications with the battery sized for less than 60 minutes of full load runtime will result in more appropriately sized conductors. The disparity in the sizing of conductors is apparent when comparing the size of the conductors supplied as part of UL listed battery systems and battery cabinets to the size of field-assembled conductors that are selected based on the conductor continuous current ratings. This is a waste of materials with unnecessary increased costs.For example for a 15 minute full load discharge battery system with an 800 Amp battery overcurrent device having 75C terminations would require parallel 600 kcmil conductors per polarity based on the continuous current rating whereas based on the 30 minute ampacities shown in Table 610.14(A) would result in a selection of parallel 250 kcmil conductors per phase. Per the informational note, the conductor size may need to be increased to control the total voltage drop. Most practical applications would result in a conductor size somewhere between these two selections.


Submitter Full Name: THOMAS GRUZS

Organization: EMERSON NETWORK POWER

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Feb 25 17:18:10 EST 2014


4652 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 3349-NFPA 70-2014 [ Sections 480.5, 480.6 ]

Sections 480.5, 480.6

480.5 Overcurrent Protection for Prime Movers.

Overcurrent protection shall not be required for conductors from a battery with a nominal voltage of 50 60volts or less if the battery provides power for starting, ignition, or control of prime movers. Section 300.3shall not apply to these conductors.

480.6 DC Disconnect Methods.

(A) Disconnecting Means.

A disconnecting means shall be provided for all ungrounded conductors derived from a stationary batterysystem with a nominal voltage over 50 60 volts. A disconnecting means shall be readily accessible andlocated within sight of the battery system.

Informational Note: See 240.21(H) for information on the location of the overcurrent device for batteryconductors.

(B) Remote Actuation.

Where controls to activate the disconnecting means of a battery are not located within sight of a stationarybattery system, the disconnecting means shall be capable of being locked in the open position, inaccordance with 110.25, and the location of the controls shall be field marked on the disconnecting means.

(C) Busway.

Where a DC busway system is installed, the disconnecting means shall be permitted to be incorporated intothe busway.

(D) Notification.

The disconnecting means shall be legibly marked in the field. A label with the marking shall be placed in aconspicuous location near the battery if a disconnecting means is not provided. The marking shall be ofsufficient durability to withstand the environment involved and shall include the following:

(1) Nominal battery voltage

(2) Maximum available short-circuit current derived from the stationary battery system

(3) Date the calculation was performed

Informational Note: Battery equipment suppliers can provide information about short-circuit current onany particular battery model.


Code Panel 13 changed the text in section 480 from 60 volts to 50 volts nominal in the 2014 code cycle. When reviewing the DC voltage demarcation every single other section of the code that refers to DC does so at 60 volts.

For instance section 110.26 indicateds 60 volts dc when discussing working space clearances.Section 250.162 requires DC systems greater than 60 volts dc to be grounded.393.6(A) Suspended DC Ceiling grids shall be listed as complete systems for 60 volts dc or less.Article 620 talks about uninsulated low voltage parts at 60 volts dc or less.Article 640 deals with separately derived dc systems at 60 volts dc or less.

There are many other sections which refer to 60 volts or less dc. I would recommend that the 60 volt level be returned or a task group be formed to chose one level throughout the code in order to be consistent.


Submitter Full Name: Lawrence Ayer

Organization: Biz Com Electric, Inc.

Affilliation: Independent Electrical Contractors

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2441 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




A disconnecting means shall be provided for all ungrounded conductors derived from a stationary batterysystem with a nominal voltage over 50 volts. A disconnecting means shall be readily accessible and locatedwithin sight of the battery system. The disconnecting means shall be permitted to be located with theovercurrent protection, not in sight of the battery system, if the disconnecting means is lockable in the offposition.



The change provides better coordination with 240.21(H).


Submitter Full Name: Billy Breitkreutz

Organization: Fluor Corporation

Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Jun 09 12:54:37 EDT 2014


4653 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




A disconnecting means shall be provided for all ungrounded conductors derived from a stationary batterysystem with a nominal voltage over 50 over 100 volts. A disconnecting means shall be readily accessibleand located within sight of the battery system.



Peak voltages of 120 Vac power appearing on the wall sockets in United States homes have a peak value of approximately 170 volts There is ample data to substantiate that 100 Vdc is a reasonable electric threshold for direct current, in which peak and rms voltage are essentially the same. Numerous papers support that the shock threshold for dc is at least twice that for 50Hz or 60 Hz alternating current. See NFPA 70E Article 340 and Table 130.4(C)(b), and NFPA 70E Handbook Article 340. The definitive technical research paper on the effects of electricity on the human body is IEC/TR 60479-5, Effects of current on human beings and livestock – Part 5: Touch voltage threshold values for physiological effects.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2442 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 4233-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 480.6(B) ]

(B) Remote Actuation.

Where controls to activate the disconnecting means of a battery system is comprised of multiple batteriesor groups of batteries that are not located capable of independent activation and control from a locationthat is not within sight of a the stationary battery system, the system disconnecting means covered in480.6(A) shall be capable of being locked in the open position, in accordance with 110.25, and the locationof the controls shall be field marked on the disconnecting means.


This input is editorial. It provides sufficient context so the substantiation presented at the time of its creation is not lost on Code users. Specifically, it clarifies the intended application to battery groupings as well as ingle batteries. In addition, it makes the distinction between the system disconnect that is for everything and the controls for the groups or even individual batteries will be capable of both activation and control from a potentially remote location.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2443 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 2634-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 480.6(D) ]

(D) Notification.

The disconnecting means shall be legibly marked in the field. A label with the marking shall be placed in aconspicuous location near the battery if a disconnecting means is not provided. The marking shall be ofsufficient durability to withstand the environment involved and shall include the following:

(1) Nominal battery voltage

(2) Maximum available short-circuit current derived Arc flash hazard derived from the stationaryterminals of the stationary battery system


Informational Note: Battery equipment suppliers can provide information about short-circuit current onany particular battery model. NFPA 70E provides guidance for notification of arch flash hazard due tothe prospective short circuit current


Bullet #2 is modified to be consistent with NFPA 70E. Maximum available short-circuit current does not provide useful information by itself.

Delete the informational note as it is no longer necessary.

Add a new informational note to refer to NFPA 70E for arc flash calculated at the battery disconnect, which is the point of greatest hazard.

NFPA 70E, 320.3(A)(5) provides guidance for signage about arc flash for the entire battery system.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2444 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



480.7 Insulation of Batteries Not Over 250 Volts.

This section shall apply to storage batteries having cells connected so as to operate at a nominal batteryvoltage of not over 250 volts.

(A) Vented Lead-Acid Batteries.

Cells and multi-cell batteries with covers sealed to containers of nonconductive, heat-resistant material shallnot require additional insulating support.

(B) Vented Alkaline-Type Batteries.

Cells with covers sealed to containers of nonconductive, heat-resistant material shall require no additionalinsulation support. Cells in containers of conductive material shall be installed in trays of nonconductivematerial with not more than 20 cells (24 volts, nominal) in the series circuit in any one tray.

(C) Rubber Containers.

Cells in rubber or composition containers shall require no additional insulating support where the total nominalvoltage of all cells in series does not exceed 150 volts. Where the total voltage exceeds 150 volts, batteriesshall be sectionalized into groups of 150 volts or less, and each group shall have the individual cells installedin trays or on racks.

(D) Sealed Cells or Batteries.

Sealed cells and multicompartment sealed batteries constructed of nonconductive, heat-resistant materialshall not require additional insulating support. Batteries constructed of a conducting container shall haveinsulating support if a voltage is present between the container and ground.


Prior to 2014, Article 480 had two sections on Insulation of Batteries: one for batteries not over 250 volts and one for batteries over 250 volts. In 2014 the panel deleted the latter (which had added a requirement to physically segment a battery into 250 volt sections). Unfortunately, they failed to revise the text that remained. So today users and AHJ’s are confused about what to do about batteries rated 250 volts and above. This PI removes the confusing language so that 480.7 now applies to insulation of batteries of any voltage.


Submitter Full Name: Robert Jensen

Organization: dbi-Telecommunication Infrastr

Affilliation: BICSI

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2445 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



480.7 Insulation of Batteries Not Over 250 Actual Volts.

This section shall apply to storage batteries having cells connected so as to operate at a nominal batteryvoltage of not over 250 actual volts.




Cells with covers sealed to containers of nonconductive, heat-resistant material shall require no additionalinsulation support. Cells in containers of conductive material shall be installed in trays of nonconductivematerial with not more than 20 cells (24 actual volts, nominal) in the series circuit in any one tray.


Cells in rubber or composition containers shall require no additional insulating support where the total nominalvoltage of all cells in series does not exceed 150 actual volts. Where the total voltage exceeds 150 actualvolts, batteries shall be sectionalized into groups of 150 sctual volts or less, and each group shall have theindividual cells installed in trays or on racks.


Sealed cells and multicompartment sealed batteries constructed of nonconductive, heat-resistant materialshall not require additional insulating support. Batteries constructed of a conducting container shall haveinsulating support if a voltage is present between the container and ground.


This section uses voltages that are "actual" hard limits.Refer to the substantiation for 1902 for more information.






Organization: none


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2446 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



480.7 Insulation of Batteries Not Over 250 Volts.

This section shall apply to storage batteries having cells connected so as to operate at a nominal batteryvoltage of not over 250 volts.




Cells with covers sealed to containers of nonconductive, heat-resistant material shall require no additionalinsulation support. Cells in containers of conductive material shall be installed in trays of nonconductivematerial with not more than 20 cells (24 volts, nominal) in the series circuit in any one tray.


Cells in rubber or composition containers shall require no additional insulating support where the totalnominal voltage of all cells in series does not exceed 150 volts. Where the total voltage exceeds 150 volts,batteries shall be sectionalized into groups of 150 volts or less, and each group shall have the individual cellsinstalled in trays or on racks.


Sealed cells and multicompartment sealed batteries constructed of nonconductive, heat-resistant materialshall not require additional insulating support. Batteries constructed of a conducting container shall haveinsulating support if a voltage is present between the container and ground. .


DELETE: 480.7 480.7 (A) 480.7 (B) 480.7 (C) 480.7 (D)as they no longer serve useful or enforceable guidance

The circumstances for which these guidelines were originally created no longer exist. Batteries can have a conductive shell around the container(s), but no battery is made with conductive containers. Such a design would guarantee a short circuit.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2447 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



Metal, treated so as to be resistant to deteriorating action by the electrolyte and provided withnonconducting members directly supporting the cells or with continuous insulating material other than painton conducting members

Other construction such as fiberglass or other suitable nonconductive materials

(A) Racks.

Racks, as required in this article, are rigid frames designed to support cells or trays. They shall besubstantial and be made of one of the following:

Ground Fault Protection - Means shall be provided to prevent short circuit paths from the battery to aconductive surface.

Informational note 1. One example of a short circuit path would be a leak of electrolyte to a metal rack orshelf. Even a dry – and possibly invisible - electrolyte trace can be conductive

Informational note 2. Common methods of protection include coating of racks, trays, or shelves withnonconductive and electrolyte-resistant paint, or the use of non-metallic construction such as composite orfiberglass material.


The intent of existing 480.8 (A) and (B) seems to be to prevent ground faults. Not all batteries are on racks or trays. The title is changed from “Racks” to “Ground Fault Protection.” The text is rewritten to use performance-based language versus prescriptive language. Two new informational notes are added to 480.8(A) to capture the intent of the original text.



Public Input No. 2647-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 480.8(B)]





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2448 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(B) Trays.

Trays are frames, such as crates or shallow boxes usually of wood or other nonconductive material,constructed or treated so as to be resistant to deteriorating action by the electrolyte.


The intent of existing 480.8 (A) and (B) seems to be to prevent ground faults. Not all batteries are on racks or trays. 480.8(B) is informative; it has no enforceable requirements. It’s intent is captured in a new Informational Note No. 2 in a companion public input #2642 for 480.8(A). If this PI is accepted, 480.8(C) will become 480.8(B)



Public Input No. 2642-NFPA 70-2014[Section No. 480.8(A)]

Substance of 480.8(B) is captured in proposed newinformational note in 480.8(A)





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2449 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Ventilation.

Provisions appropriate to the battery technology shall be made for sufficient diffusion and ventilation of gasesfrom the battery, if present, to prevent the accumulation of an explosive mixture.

Informational Note No. 1: See NFPA 1, Fire Code, Chapter 52, for ventilation considerations forspecific battery chemistries.

Informational Note No. 2: Some battery technologies do not require ventilation.

Informational Note No. 3: A source for design guidance for ventilation of battery systems is IEEE Std1635-2012/ASHRAE Guideline 21-2012


Add a new Informational Note 3 to include a reference to IEEE Std. 1635/ASHRAE Guideline 21-2012. This standard was just being published when NEC 2014 proposal stage closed. Because it had not yet been published by the proposal deadline, reference to it was not included in the NEC. The document provides guidance for ventilation of various types of batteries in a variety of enclosures and operating conditions. The primary purpose of this guide is to assist users involved in the design and management of new stationary battery installations. The focus is the environmental design and management of the installation to maximize battery reliability as well as the safety of personnel and equipment. This guide was jointly developed by the IEEE and ASHRAE.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2450 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(B) Live Parts. Energized Conductive Components

Guarding

of live parts shall

of energized conductors shall comply with 110.27 .


This is an editorial change. In NEC 100, the definition of “live parts” refers you to the definition of “energized conductive components.”





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2451 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(D) Top Terminal Batteries.

Where top terminal batteries are installed on tiered racks or on shelves of battery cabinets , working spacein accordance with the battery manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided between the highest point on acell and the row or , shelf or ceiling above that point.

Informational Note: Battery manufacturer’s installation instructions typically define how much topworking space is necessary for a particular battery model.

Informational note #2: IEEE 1187 , provides guidance for top clearance of VRLA batteries, whichare the most commonly used battery in cabinets.


Text is modified to add battery cabinets, which is where the greatest hazards typically exist due to insufficient clearance for maintenance activities.

A new informational note is added to reference IEEE 1187, in which section 5.2 recommends top clearances proportional to the depth of the cabinet.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2452 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 912-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 480.9(E) ]

(E) Egress.

A personnel door(s) intended for entrance to, and egress from, rooms designated as battery rooms shallopen in the direction of egress and shall be equipped with listed panic and labeled panic hardware.


By adding the words and labeled, it will identify that listed products also need to be labeled. Both terms listed and labeled are defined in article 100, but are not used consistently throughout the NEC. If taken literally, as defined in Article 100, a product could be listed and not labeled and still comply with the NEC when not required to be listed and labeled such as in sections 424.6, 646.3(I), 646.13 and 690.31(C) to identify a few.

The UL White Book identifies that only those products bearing the appropriate UL Mark and the company's name, trade name, trademark or other authorized identification should be considered as being covered by UL's Certification, Listing, Classification and Follow-Up Service. Therefore, if not identified within the UL Certification Directory as indicated in the definition of listed and bearing the appropriate UL mark as indicated in the definition of labeled the product is not considered by UL to be listed. This is not just UL; all of the test laboratories have a very similar requirement. This change will help make the NEC a more consistent document for AHJ’s.


Submitter Full Name: JEFFREY FECTEAU

Organization: UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LLC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jul 24 19:05:53 EDT 2014


4654 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(B) Sealed Cells.

Sealed battery or cells shall be permitted to be equipped with a pressure-release vent to prevent excessiveaccumulation of gas pressure, or the battery or cell shall be designed to prevent scatter of cell parts inevent of a cell explosion .


This public input adds permission. The present text requires a pressure release valve, which is typical primarily of VRLA cells. Sealed cells with non-aqueous electrolyte do not require a pressure release valve. The second clause is deleted because it has nothing to do with venting.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2454 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


(A) Vented Cells.

Each vented cell shall be equipped with a flame arrester that arrestor.

Informational Note: A flame arrestor is designed to prevent destruction of the cell due to ignition of gaseswithin the cell by an external spark or flame under normal operating conditions.


Preferred spelling is "arrestor". An AHJ can verify that a flame arrestor is installed, but cannot determine whether the flame arrestor is properly designed. The last portion of the section is not enforceable and is moved to a new informational note.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



2453 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(B) Not Covered.

This article does not cover the following:

(1) The performance, maintenance, and acceptance testing of the fire pump system, and the internalwiring of the components of the system

(2) The installation of pressure maintenance (jockey or makeup) pumps

Informational Note: For the installation of pressure maintenance (jockey or makeup) pumpssupplied by the fire pump circuit or another source, see Article 430.

(3) Transfer equipment upstream of the fire pump transfer switch(es)

(4) Sprinkler systems as covered under NFPA 13D

Informational Note: See NFPA 20-2013, Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumpsfor Fire Protection , for further information.


THERE IS CONFUSION OUT THERE AMONST CONTRACTORS, BUILDING OFFICIALS, ELECTRICAL INSPECTORS, FIRE PREVENTION OFFICIALS AND FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERS ON THE 1,2 AND 3 FAMILY HOMES WITH STORAGE TANKS FOR SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AS TO IF ARTICLE 695 APPLIES HERE. THE MANUFACTURERE STATES MUST BE WIRED ACCORDING TO THE CURRENT VERSION OF THE NEC.AFTER MONTHS OF REVIEW I CAME TIO THE REALIZATION THAT NFPA 13D APLIES TO 1 & 2 FAMILY AND DOES NOT RELATE TO NFPA 20 FOR FIRE PUMPS WHICH REFERS THE INSTALLING AND DESIGNING CONTRACTOR TO ARTICLE 695 OF THE CURRENT VERSION OF THE NEC.FYI; NFPA 13R DOES RELATE TO NFPA 20 FOR THE 3 FAMILY


Submitter Full Name: ROBERT MCGANN

Organization: WOBURN ELECTRICAL SCHOOL

Affilliation: CITY OF CAMBRIDGE MA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Oct 29 09:21:47 EDT 2014


3837 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 4429-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 695.3 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]

Electric motor-driven fire pumps shall have a reliable source of power for systems rated 1000v nominal orless . For systems rated above 1000v see section 490 for additional requirements


this section needs to coordinate with 240 250 and 430 and 310 for 1000v motors


Submitter Full Name: JAMES CAIN

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3840 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



695.3 Power Source(s) for Electric Motor-Driven Fire Pumps.

Electric motor-driven fire pumps shall have a reliable source of power.

Informational Note: NFPA 20-2013 Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection ,provides guidance on the determination of power source reliability. See 9.3.2 and A.9.3.2.

(A) Individual Sources.

Where reliable, and where capable of carrying indefinitely the sum of the locked-rotor current of the firepump motor(s) and the pressure maintenance pump motor(s) and the full-load current of the associated firepump accessory equipment when connected to this power supply, the power source for an electric motordriven fire pump shall be one or more of the following.

(1) Electric Utility Service Connection.

A fire pump shall be permitted to be supplied by a separate service, or from a connection located ahead ofand not within the same cabinet, enclosure, vertical switchgear section, or vertical switchboard section asthe service disconnecting means. The connection shall be located and arranged so as to minimize thepossibility of damage by fire from within the premises and from exposing hazards. A tap ahead of the servicedisconnecting means shall comply with 230.82 (5). The service equipment shall comply with the labelingrequirements in 230.2 and the location requirements in 230.72(B) . [20:9.2.2(1)]

(2) On-Site Power Production Facility.

A fire pump shall be permitted to be supplied by an on-site power production facility. The source facility shallbe located and protected to minimize the possibility of damage by fire. [20:9.2.2(3)]

(3) Dedicated Feeder.

A dedicated feeder shall be permitted where it is derived from a service connection as described in695.3(A)(1). [20:9.2.2(3)]

(B) Multiple Sources.

If reliable power cannot be obtained from a source described in 695.3(A) , power shall be supplied by one ofthe following: [20:9.3.2]

(1) Individual Sources.

An approved combination of two or more of the sources from 695.3(A) .

(2) Individual Source and On-site Standby Generator.

An approved combination of one or more of the sources in 695.3(A) and an on-site standby generatorcomplying with 695.3(D). [20:9.3.4]

Exception to (B)(1) and (B)(2): An alternate source of power shall not be required where a back-upengine-driven or back-up steam turbine-driven fire pump is installed. [ 20: 9.3.3]

(C) Multibuilding Campus-Style Complexes.

If the sources in 695.3(A) are not practicable and the installation is part of a multibuilding campus-stylecomplex, feeder sources shall be permitted if approved by the authority having jurisdiction and installed inaccordance with either (C)(1) and (C)(3) or (C)(2) and (C)(3).

(1) Feeder Sources.

Two or more feeders shall be permitted as more than one power source if such feeders are connected to, orderived from, separate utility services. The connection(s), overcurrent protective device(s), anddisconnecting means for such feeders shall meet the requirements of 695.4(B) .

(2) Feeder and Alternate Source.

A feeder shall be permitted as a normal source of power if an alternate source of power independent fromthe feeder is provided. The connection(s), overcurrent protective device(s), and disconnecting means forsuch feeders shall meet the requirements of 695.4(B) .

(3) Selective Coordination.

The overcurrent protective device(s) in each disconnecting means shall be selectively coordinated with anyother supply-side overcurrent protective device(s).

(D) On-Site Standby Generator as Alternate Source.

An on-site standby generator(s) used as an alternate source of power shall comply with (D)(1) through(D)(3). [20:9.6.2.1]

(1) Capacity.

The generator shall have sufficient capacity to allow normal starting and running of the motor(s) driving thefire pump(s) while supplying all other simultaneously operated load(s). [20:9.6.1.1]

Automatic shedding of one or more optional standby loads in order to comply with this capacity requirementshall be permitted.


3838 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


(2) Connection.

A tap ahead of the generator disconnecting means shall not be required. [20:9.6.1.2]

(3) Adjacent Disconnects.

The requirements of 430.113 shall not apply.

(E) Arrangement.

All power supplies shall be located and arranged to protect against damage by fire from within the premisesand exposing hazards. [20:9.1.4]

Multiple power sources shall be arranged so that a fire at one source does not cause an interruption at theother source.

(F) Transfer of Power.

Transfer of power to the fire pump controller between the individual source and one alternate source shalltake place within the pump room. [20:9.6.4]

(1) Power Source Selection.

Selection of power source shall be performed by a transfer switch listed for fire pump service.[20:10.8.1.3.1]

(2) Overcurrent Device Selection.

An instantaneous trip circuit breaker shall be permitted in lieu of the overcurrent devices specified in 695.4(B)(2)(a)(1), provided that it is part of a transfer switch assembly listed for fire pump service that complies with695.4(B)(2)(a)(2).

(G) Phase Converters.

Phase converters shall not be permitted to be used for fire pump service. [20:9.1.7]


The determination of the "reliability" of a service connection supplying an electric fire pump is required in 695.3. The requirement for "reliability" is located in NFPA 20-2013 in 9.3.2 and is extracted into the NEC. NFPA 20 has purview over the performance of fire pumps. The explanatory material in Annex A, specifically A.9.3.2 provides significant guidelines for the determination of reliability. This proposed Informational Note is necessary to provide users of the NEC with a means to determine reliability.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3839 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 1359-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 695.3(2) ]

(3) Separately Mounted Transfer Switch. A fire pump power transfer switch that is separatelymounted, if provided, shall be the delayed transition type providing a position that intentionallydisconnects the fire pump controller from both the individual source and alternate source for amaximum period of 10 seconds.


Fire pump power transfer switches that are separately mounted (not part of a combination fire pump controller and power transfer switch) are difficult to coordinate with the downstream fire pump controller to provide a method of eliminating higher than normal inrush currents when transferring the fire pump motor from one source to the other.

NFPA 20 Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection, 2013 Edition states;

10.8.3.10 In-Rush Currents. Means shall be provided to prevent higher than normal in-rush currents when transferring the fire pump motor from one source to the other.

10.8.3.10.1 The use of an “in-phase monitor” or an intentional delay via an open neutral position of the transfer switch to comply with the requirements of 10.8.3.10 shall be prohibited.

This requires coordination of various control methods between the separately mounted fire pump transfer switch and the fire pump controller to disconnect the fire pump motor during transfer. An example of a typical method requires the transfer switch to provide a pre-signal to the fire pump controller that a transfer is about to take place. The fire pump controller then opens the fire pump motor contactor. The fire pump controller will reclose the contactor when the signal is removed from the fire pump transfer switch after it transfers. Typically, a delay of approximately 10 seconds is provided by either the transfer switch or the fire pump controller to provide a period for the motor to coast down in speed prior to reconnection to the other source.

The preferred manner to provide a separately mounted fire pump transfer switch is to require it to be of the delayed transition type providing a position that intentionally disconnects the fire pump controller from both sources for a period of time to eliminate higher than normal inrush currents to the fire pump motor. A 10 seconds maximum disconnect period of the fire pump controller has been found to provide the required inrush current reduction. This requirement prevents higher than normal inrush currents without requiring coordination and control circuit wiring between the transfer switch and fire pump controller.

In conjunction with this proposal for NFPA 70, a proposal is being made by William Stelter for NFPA 20 as follows;

10.8.3.10.1 The use of an “in-phase monitor” or an intentional delay via an open neutral position of the transfer switch to comply with the requirements of 10.8.3.10 shall be prohibited.

10.8.2.2(7) The transfer switch shall be the delayed transition type with a maximum delay time of 3 seconds.


Submitter Full Name: VINCE BACLAWSKI

Organization: NEMA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Sep 19 15:24:24 EDT 2014


3841 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(C) Multibuilding Campus-Style Complexes.

If the sources in 695.3(A) are not practicable and the installation is part of a multibuilding campus-stylecomplex, feeder sources shall be permitted if approved by the authority having jurisdiction and installed inaccordance with either (C)(1) and (C)(3) or (C)(2) and (C)(3).

(1) Feeder Sources.

Two or more feeders shall be permitted as more than one power source if such feeders are connected to, orderived from, separate utility services. The connection(s), overcurrent protective device(s), anddisconnecting means for such feeders shall meet the requirements of 695.4(B) .


A feeder shall be permitted as a normal source of power if an alternate source of power independent fromthe feeder is provided. The connection(s), overcurrent protective device(s), and disconnecting means forsuch feeders shall meet the requirements of 695.4(B) .

Informational Note: When the Authority Having Jurisdiction has identified the normal source of power as anon-site generating source, such a district energy plant, then the source of power to the fire pump mayoriginate from an adjacent independent utility source as per NFPA 110 Section 5.1.4

(3) Selective Coordination.

The overcurrent protective device(s) in each disconnecting means shall be selectively coordinated with anyother supply-side overcurrent protective device(s).


For the convenience of the committee the relevant section from NFPA 110 is shown below and has been a long-standing allowance:

5.1 Energy Sources.5.1.1* The following energy sources shall be permitted to be used for the emergency power supply (EPS):(1)* Liquid petroleum products at atmospheric pressure(2) Liquefied petroleum gas (liquid or vapor withdrawal)(3) Natural or synthetic gas

Exception: For Level 1 installations in locations where the probability of interruption of off-site fuel supplies is high, on-site storage of an alternate energy source sufficient to allow full output of the EPSS to be delivered for the class specified shall be required, with the provision for automatic transfer from the primary energy source to the alternate energy source.

5.1.2 Seismic design category C, D, E, or F, as determined in accordance with ASCE 7, shall require a Level 1 EPSS Class X (minimum of 96 hours of fuel supply).

5.1.3 The energy sources listed in 5.1.1 shall be permitted to be used for the EPS where the primary source of power is by means of on-site energy conversion, provided that there is separately dedicated energy conversion equipment on-site with a capacity equal to the power needs of the EPSS.

5.1.4* A public electric utility that has a demonstrated reliability shall be permitted to be used as the EPS where the primary source is by means of on-site energy conversion.

In cases where a generator is not required to drive the fire pump (by building codes) the ability to tap an adjacent utility source offers safety and economy to our industry and others.


Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony


Affilliation:IEEE Educational & Healthcare Facility ElectrotechnologySubcommittee

Street Address:


3842 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 266-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 695.3(C) [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]

If the sources in695.3 (

A) are not practicable and the installation isC). Multibuilding Campus Style Complexes A feeder connection where all of the following conditions are met:

(a) The protected facility is part of a multibuilding campus-style

complex, feeder sources shall be permitted if approved by the authority having jurisdiction and installed inaccordance with either (C)(1) and (C)(3) or (C)(2) and (C)(3).arrangement.

(b) The backup source of power is provided from a source independent of the normal source of power.

(c) It is impractical to supply the normal source of power through the arrangement in 695.3 (A) or 695.3 (B)

(d) The arrangement is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.

(e) The overcurrent protection device(s) in each disconnecting means is selectively coordinated with any othersupply side overcurrent protective device(s).

[ 20 :9.2.2 (4)]


The intent of this change is to have the language and the rules, for supplying fire pumps in buildings that are part of a multi-building campus-style facility, coincide with NFPA 20. Section 9.2.1 of NFPA 20 requires a normal source of power to be a "continually available source". 9.2.2 recognizes that a service connection dedicated to the fire pump, a dedicated feeder derived from a service, an onsite power production source, or a feeder connection in a building that is part of a Multi-building campus facility that has a backup source (two feeders), meets the requirements. They are all considered equal in terms of their reliability for providing normal power to a fire pump controller.Campus hospitals and colleges will typically have a central energy plant where two medium voltage feeders originate and supply the buildings. A typical design is for them to supply a double ended unitized sub station with transformation. The secondary low voltage switchboard sections are configured as a main/tie/main. NFPA 20 allows a feeder to the fire pump to originate from one of these switchboard sections, thus giving it, via the tie breaker, the backup that is stipulated in 9.2.2(4)(b) (NFPA 20). 695.3(C) (NFPA 70)would require a tap ahead of one of the secondary mains. This requirement is not allowing the fire pump feeder to ever be connected to the back up source.



Public Input No. 268-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No.695.3(C)(2)]

sections to be deleted contingent on the acceptance ofPI 266


sections to be deleted contingent on the acceptance ofPI 266




Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Feb 09 13:54:57 EST 2014


1 of 2 11/25/2014 2:28 PM


Public Input No. 267-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 695.3(C)(1) ]

(1) Feeder Sources.

Two or more feeders shall be permitted as more than one power source if such feeders areconnected to, or derived from, separate utility services. The connection(s), overcurrent protectivedevice(s), and disconnecting means for such feeders shall meet the requirements of 695.4(B) .


See PI 266




Public Input No. 266-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No.695.3(C) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]

sections to be deleted contingent on theacceptance of PI 266




Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



I, Lawrence Forshner, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights incopyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). Iunderstand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which thisPublic Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that Ihave full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am Lawrence Forshner, and I agree to be legally bound by the above CopyrightAssignment and the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating anelectronic signature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature


1 of 1 11/25/2014 2:29 PM




A feeder shall be permitted as a normal source of power if an alternate source of powerindependent from the feeder is provided. The connection(s), overcurrent protective device(s), anddisconnecting means for such feeders shall meet the requirements of 695.4(B) .


See PI 266




Public Input No. 266-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No.695.3(C) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]

sections to be deleted contingent on theacceptance of PI 266




Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



I, Lawrence Forshner, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights incopyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). Iunderstand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which thisPublic Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that Ihave full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am Lawrence Forshner, and I agree to be legally bound by the above CopyrightAssignment and the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating anelectronic signature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature


1 of 1 11/25/2014 2:30 PM


Public Input No. 2825-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 695.3(D) ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT 695.3 (D) (4) Occupied buliding

Type your content here ...

When a building is occupied during a normal power outage, the power supplying the Fire pump shallbe remain energize.


Power outages have become more commonly associated with the loss of the normal power supply due to vehicular accidents or weather events. In most cases, the building owner has an optional standby system installed and core functions are keep on line with employees occupying the building. In this type of event, a level of fire protection should be provided that is equal to the same protection offered when the building is supplied through the normal power supply.



Organization: Master electrician

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



I, Alfio Torrisi, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights incopyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). Iunderstand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which thisPublic Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that Ihave full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am Alfio Torrisi, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and theterms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronic signaturethat will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature


1 of 1 11/25/2014 2:33 PM



(A) Direct Connection.

The supply conductors shall directly connect the power source to a listed fire and labeled fire pumpcontroller, a listed and labeled combination fire pump controller and power transfer switch, or alisted fire and labeled fire pump power transfer switch.


By adding the word labeled, it will identify that listed products also need to be labeled. Both terms listed and labeled are defined in article 100, but are not used consistently throughout the NEC. If taken literally, as defined in Article 100, a product could be listed and not labeled and still comply with the NEC when not required to be listed and labeled such as in sections 424.6, 646.3(I), 646.13 and 690.31(C) to identify a few.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



I, JEFFREY FECTEAU, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rightsin copyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). Iunderstand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which thisPublic Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that Ihave full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am JEFFREY FECTEAU, and I agree to be legally bound by the above CopyrightAssignment and the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating anelectronic signature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature


1 of 1 11/25/2014 2:34 PM


Public Input No. 4436-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 695.4(B)(3) ]

(3) Disconnecting Means.

All disconnecting devices that are unique to the fire pump loads shall comply with items (a) through (e).

(a) Features and Location — Normal Power Source. The disconnecting means for the normal powersource shall comply with all of the following: [20:9.2.3.1]

(2) Be identified as suitable for use as service equipment.

(3) Be lockable in the closed position

. The provision for locking or adding a lock to the disconnecting means shall be installed on or at theswitch or circuit breaker used as the disconnecting means and shall remain in place with or without thelock installed.

(1) in accordance with 110.25.

(2) Not be located within the same enclosure, panelboard, switchboard, switchgear, or motorcontrol center, with or without common bus, that supplies loads other than the fire pump.

(3) Be located sufficiently remote from other building or other fire pump source disconnectingmeans such that inadvertent operation at the same time would be unlikely.

(d) Features and Location — On-Site Standby Generator. The disconnecting means for an on-sitestandby generator(s) used as the alternate power source shall be installed in accordance with700.10(B) (5) for emergency circuits and shall be lockable in the closed position. The provision forlocking or adding a lock to the disconnecting means shall be installed on or at the switch or circuitbreaker used as the disconnecting means and shall remain in place with or without the lock installed.

(e) Disconnect Marking. The disconnecting means shall be marked “Fire Pump Disconnecting Means.”The letters shall be at least 25 mm (1 in.) in height, and they shall be visible without opening enclosuredoors or covers. [20:9.2.3.1(5)]

(f) Controller Marking. A placard shall be placed adjacent to the fire pump controller, stating the locationof this disconnecting means and the location of the key (if the disconnecting means is locked).[20:9.2.3.2]

(g) Supervision. The disconnecting means shall be supervised in the closed position by one of thefollowing methods:

(8) Central station, proprietary, or remote station signal device

(9) Local signaling service that causes the sounding of an audible signal at a constantly attendedpoint

(10) Locking the disconnecting means in the closed position

(11) Sealing of disconnecting means and approved weekly recorded inspections when thedisconnecting means are located within fenced enclosures or in buildings under the control of theowner [ 20: 9.2.3.3]


The deleted wording is no longer necessary now that 110.25 is in place. Note that this input as written simply revises (2) to read: "Be lockable in the closed position in accordance with 110.25." The additional numbered paragraph entry is due to a TerraView software problem, along with the random underwriting that follows.




Street Address:

City:


3845 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(2) Overcurrent Protection.

The transformer size, the feeder size, and the overcurrent protective device(s) shall be coordinated such thatovercurrent protection is provided for the transformer in accordance with 450.3 and for the feeder inaccordance with 215.3, and such that the overcurrent protective device(s) is selected or set to carryindefinitely the sum of the locked-rotor current of the fire pump motor(s), the pressure maintenance pumpmotor(s), the full-load current of the associated fire pump accessory equipment, and 100 percent of theremaining loads supplied by the transformer. The requirement to carry the locked-rotor currents indefinitelyshall not apply to conductors or devices other than overcurrent devices in the fire pump motor circuit(s).


NEC-StyleManual_2011.pdf:

3.3.4 Word Clarity. Words and terms used in the NEC shall be specific and clear in meaning, and shall avoid jargon, trade terminology, industry-specific terms, or colloquial language that is difficult to understand. NEC language shall be brief, clear, and emphatic. The following are examples of old-fashioned expressions and word uses that shall not be permitted:

And such, and the like— it is preferable to rearrange the sentence to use such as followed by examples.



Organization: none


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3847 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(2) Feeders.

Fire pump supply conductors on the load side of the final disconnecting means and overcurrent device(s)permitted by 695.4(B), or conductors that connect directly to an on-site standby generator, shall comply with allof the following:

(a) Independent Routing. The conductors shall be kept entirely independent of all other wiring.

(b) Associated Fire Pump Loads. The conductors shall supply only loads that are directly associated with thefire pump system.

(c) Protection from Potential Damage. The conductors shall be protected from potential damage by fire,structural failure, or operational accident.

(d) Inside of a Building. Where routed through a building, the conductors shall be installed using one of thefollowing methods:

(1) Be encased in a minimum 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete

(2) Be installed under not less than 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete on grade

(3) Be protected by a fire-rated assembly listed to achieve a minimum fire rating of 2 hours anddedicated to the fire pump circuit(s)

(4) Be a listed electrical circuit protective system with a minimum 2-hour fire rating

Informational Note: UL guide information for electrical circuit protective systems (FHIT) containsinformation on proper installation requirements to maintain the fire rating.

Exception to (A)(2)(d): The supply conductors located in the electrical equipment room where theyoriginate and in the fire pump room shall not be required to have the minimum 2-hour fire separation orfire resistance rating, unless otherwise required by 700 . 10(D) of this Code.



1407_001.pdf information referenced in my substantiation from ROP 2001 15-94 (695-6(b)) ✓


Fire Pump feeders that travel through a building must be protected against attack by fire, structural failure and operational accident. The substantiation that created the rule in the 2002 code (see ROC 2001 15-94 attached) to allow a two hour fire rated chase or a two hour fire rated cable assembly did not include any substantiation that they also will protect the feeder and the building from structural failure or operational accident. They should only be allowed to be installed as service entrance conductors as allowed by 230.6 unless the methods to protect them have been evaluated by a nationally recognized third party testing laboratory, for structural failure and operational accident. Such testing might show that 3/0 MI cable sized to its free air ampacity and feeding a 200 HP fire pump connected to a 1600 amp feeder breaker might become "cherry red" in the event of a failure in the pump room causing an excessive amount of current to flow in the feeder circuit (operational accident). An MC cable assembly with an inherent 2 hour rating might not withstand a block wall or an I beam falling on it, and would have to be grossly over sized to prevent operational failure. Would a drywall chase protect the cable assembly from structural failure?




Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:


1 of 2 11/25/2014 2:35 PM



(2) Feeders.

Fire pump supply conductors on the load side of the final disconnecting means and overcurrent device(s)permitted by 695.4(B) , or conductors that connect directly to an on-site standby generator, shall comply withall of the following:

(a) Independent Routing. The conductors shall be kept entirely independent of all other wiring.

(b) Associated Fire Pump Loads. The conductors shall supply only loads that are directly associated withthe fire pump system.

(c) Protection from Potential Damage. The conductors shall be protected from potential damage by fire,structural failure, or operational accident.

(d) Inside of a Building. Where routed through a building, the conductors shall be installed have aminimum 2 hour fire resistive rating installed using one of the following methods:

(5) Be

encased in a minimum 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete

(1) a listed fire resistive cable system

(2) Be installed under not less than 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete on grade

(3) Be

protected by

(1) a

fire-rated assembly

(1) listed

to achieve a minimum fire rating of 2 hours and dedicated to the fire pump circuit(s)Be a listed

(1) electrical circuit protective system

with a minimum 2-hour fire rating

(1)

Informational Note:

UL guide

The listing organization provides information for electrical circuit protective systems

(FHIT)

and fire resistive cables system contains information on proper installation requirements tomaintain the fire rating.

Exception to (A)(2)(d): The supply conductors located in the electrical equipment room where theyoriginate and in the fire pump room shall not be required to have the minimum 2-hour fireseparation or fire resistance rating, unless otherwise required by 700.10(D) of this Code.


File Name DescriptionApproved

695.6_A_2_proposed_changes.docx


Electrical circuit protective systems are tested to UL Subject 1724 which protect electrical wiring systems using thermal barrier which limits the temperature the wiring systems will be exposed to thus maintaining circuit integrity. A fire resistive cable system in tested to UL 2196 and test the electrical cables when exposed directly to the fire. Both systems use the same ASTM E119 time temperature curve and exposure to a hose stream test.


3848 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


An electrical circuit protective system can include concrete encased wiring system and protective assemblies wiring systems such as dry wall assemblies therefore UL 1724 should cover all other types of protective methods.



Public Input No. 4812-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 700.10(D)(1)]

Public Input No. 4821-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 708.10(C)(2)]


Submitter Full Name: James Conrad

Organization: RSCC Wire & Cable

Affilliation: CDA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3849 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(D) Pump Wiring.

All wiring from the controllers to the pump motors shall be in rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit,electrical metallic tubing, liquidtight flexible metal conduit, or liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit Type( LFNC-B ) , listed Type MC cable with an impervious covering, or Type MI cable. Electrical connections atmotor terminal boxes shall be made with a listed means of connection. Twist-on, insulation-piercing–type,and soldered wire connectors shall not be permitted to be used for this purpose.


Revise "LFNC-B" in 695.6(D) to "LFNC". The three Types of Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit (LFNC) that are described in 356.2 are required to be Listed to UL1660 Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit. All three Types of LFNC are required to meet the same physical performance testing, such as cold temperature impact, vertical flame, tension, deformation, ect, per UL1660. Each Type of LFNC is equivalent and are acceptable wiring methods for Fire Pump Wiring.


Submitter Full Name: David Kendall

Organization: Thomas & Betts Corporation

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jun 05 10:48:18 EDT 2014


3850 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 3435-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 695.6(J) ]

(J) Raceway Terminations.

Where raceways are terminated at a fire pump controller, the following requirements shall be met: [20:9.9]

(1) Listed conduit hubs shall be used. [20:9.9.1]

(2) The type rating of the conduit hub(s) shall be at least equal to that of the fire pump controller.[20:9.9.2]

(3) The installation instructions of the manufacturer of the fire pump controller shall be followed. [20:9.9.3]

(4) Alterations to the fire pump controller, other than conduit entry as allowed elsewhere in this Code,shall be approved by the authority having jurisdiction. [20:9.9.4]


NEC_StyleManual_2011.pdf: 3.3.4 Word Clarity. Words and terms used in the NEC shall be specific and clear in meaning, and shall avoid jargon, trade terminology, industry-specific terms, or colloquial language that is difficult to understand. NEC language shall be brief, clear, and emphatic. The following are examples of old-fashioned expressions and word uses that shall not be permitted: "as allowed"



Organization: none


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3851 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



695.7 Voltage Drop.

(A) Starting.

The voltage at the fire pump controller line terminals shall not drop more than 15 percent below normal(controller-rated voltage) under motor starting conditions.

Exception: This limitation shall not apply for emergency run mechanical starting. [ 20: 9.4.2]

(B) Running.

The voltage at the load terminals of the fire pump controller shall not drop more than 5 percent below thevoltage rating of the motor connected to those terminals when the motor is operating at 115 percent of thefull-load current rating of the motor.

Informational Note: For additional information on motor-starting see IEEE 3002.7 Recommended Practicefor Conducting Motor-Starting Studies in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems


Motor starting should be informed by more dynamic engineering considerations available in the new IEEE 3000 series of recommended practices. The IEEE Industrial Applications Society 3000 series of standards are part of a larger project to revise and reorganize the technical content of the 13 existing IEEE Color Books which provided significant engineering information from experienced engineers. While many of the 3000 series standards are still “works in progress”, and the topical coverage seeking its proper place, it is not too soon for the various NEC committees to evaluate the importance of strengthening the NEC’s linkage to electrical engineering thought leadership.

The benefit of now referencing the 3000 series of documents into the NEC now include, but are not limited to: 1) the elimination of duplicate material that now exists in the various color books, 2) the speeding up of the revision process by allowing Color Book content to be reviewed, edited and balloted in smaller segments, and 3) to accommodate more modern, efficient and cost effective physical publishing/distribution methodologies (i.e., the elimination of large and expensive to produce books). This recommended practice is likely to be of greatest value to the power-oriented engineer with limited experience with such requirements and a way to connect more directly with domain expertise in leading practice for designing safer supply circuits to end-use equipment More information is available at this link http://standards.ieee.org/findstds/3000stds/index.html


Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony



Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3852 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(E) Electric Fire Pump Control Wiring Methods.

All electric motor–driven fire pump control wiring shall be in rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit,electrical metallic tubing, liquidtight flexible metal conduit, liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit Type B(LFNC-B), listed Type MC cable with an impervious covering, or Type MI cable.


During the 2011 NEC cycle, the CMP accepted a proposal to add EMT to 695.6(D) Pump Wiring. Section 695.14 Control Wiring was inadvertently overlooked and EMT should also be acceptable for use in 695.14(E) Electric Fire Pump Control Wiring Methods.


Submitter Full Name: VINCE BACLAWSKI

Organization: NEMA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Sep 19 15:28:37 EDT 2014


3853 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(E) Electric Fire Pump Control Wiring Methods.

All electric motor–driven fire pump control wiring shall be in rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit,liquidtight flexible metal conduit, liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit Type B (LFNC-B ), listed Type MCcable with an impervious covering, or Type MI cable.


Revise "LFNC-B" in 695.14(E) to "LFNC". The three Types of Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit (LFNC) that are described in 356.2 are required to be Listed to UL1660 Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit. All three Types of LFNC are required to meet the same physical performance testing, such as cold temperature impact, vertical flame, tension, deformation, ect, per UL1660. Each Type of LFNC is equivalent and are acceptable wiring methods for Fire Pump Control Wiring.


Submitter Full Name: David Kendall

Organization: Thomas & Betts Corporation

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3854 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 2579-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 695.14(F) ]

695.15 Surge Protection. A listed Type 1 or Type 2 SPD shall be installed in, on, or immediately adjacentto the fire pump controller


The study, “Data Assessment for Electrical Surge Protective Devices” commissioned by the Fire Protection Research Foundation, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471, provides results of a 2013 and 2014 survey of facility managers concerning surge damage. It shows that 12% had damage to fire pumps due to voltage surges. Much of this damage could have been prevented with properly sized surge protective devices.

This proposed requirement is necessary because fire pumps are so critical for life-safety. As seen in the NFPA Research Foundation report there are a significant number of fire pump installations that suffer damage that could have been prevented by a SPD. The purpose of the NEC is the practical safeguarding of persons and property. It is practical and feasible to protect fire pump installations from damage with a SPD.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3855 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.1 Scope.

The provisions of this article apply to the electrical safety of the installation, operation, and maintenance ofemergency systems consisting of circuits and equipment intended to supply, distribute, and control electricityfor illumination, power, or both, to required facilities when the normal electrical supply or system isinterrupted.

Informational Note No. 1: For further information regarding wiring and installation of emergencysystems in health care facilities, see Article 517.

Informational Note No. 2: For further information regarding performance and maintenance ofemergency systems in health care facilities, see NFPA 99-2012 2015 , Health Care Facilities Code.

Informational Note No. 3: For specification of locations where emergency lighting is consideredessential to life safety, see NFPA 101-2012, Life Safety Code.

Informational Note No. 4: For further information regarding performance of emergency and standbypower systems, see NFPA 110-2013, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems.


This is an editorial change to update 517 references to the recent changes to 2015 NFPA Healthcare Facilities Code to correlate information between the two documents as per the 2011 National Electrical Code Style Manual Section 4.3.2 and subsequent sections.


Submitter Full Name: Gary Beckstrand

Organization: Utah Electrical JATC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3859 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 2789-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 695.14(F) ]

(F) Generator Control Wiring Methods.

Control conductors installed between the fire pump power transfer switch and the standby generatorsupplying the fire pump during normal power loss shall be kept entirely independent of all other wiring. Theyshall be protected to resist potential damage by fire or structural failure. They shall be permitted to be routedthrough a building(s) using one of the following methods:

(1) Be encased in a minimum 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete.

(2) Be protected by a fire-rated assembly listed to achieve a minimum fire rating of 2 hours and dedicatedto the fire pump circuits.

(3) Be a listed electrical circuit protective system with a minimum 2-hour fire rating. The installation shallcomply with any restrictions provided in the listing of the electrical circuit protective system used.

(4) A failure or opening of the generator (normally closed) remote start loop shall result in a generatorstart signal.

Informational Note: UL guide information for electrical circuit protective systems (FHIT) containsinformation on proper installation requirements to maintain the fire rating.


Adding subsection #4 will insure that there will be power to the emergency terminals of the fire pump controller in the event of structural failure to the start circuit. It will also supervise the start circuit under normal conditions, in that an open/failure of the start circuit, will start the generator and alert the occupants that in the event of a normal power loss, the fire pump will not be available. There is similar language in NFPA 20 for pump control wiring outside the pump room.



Public Input No. 2797-NFPA 70-2014 [SectionNo. 700.10(D)(3)]

similar language for a generator start circuit for emergencyloads and fire pump loads




Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3856 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.1 Scope.

The provisions of this article apply to the electrical safety of the installation, operation, and maintenance ofemergency systems and health care faciity essential electrial systems consisting of circuits and equipmentintended to supply, distribute, and control electricity for illumination, power, or both, to required facilities whenthe normal electrical supply or system is interrupted.


Informational Note No. 2: For further information regarding performance and maintenance ofemergency systems in health care facilities, see NFPA 99-2012, Health Care Facilities Code.




The phrase “emergency system” is no longer used in Article 517 and is no longer used in reference to electrical systems in NFPA 99 Health Care Facilities Code. Both documents now refer to a health care facilities’ essential electrical system. These very important essential systems meet all of the criteria found in 700.2. The patients and workers served by these essential systems are certainly worthy of the life safety protections that are found in Article 700.

These simple revisions not only provide important safety standards for those patients unable to protect themselves they provide important safe guards to front-line workers who would be tasked with patient safety in the event of a natural or man-made disaster.

This revision does not expand the scope of Article 700 into health care facilities, as both informational notes attest, Article 700 has mentioned health care facilities since Article 700 became "Emergency Systems" in 1953. This revision simply better defines the role of the critical electrical system safe guards found in Article 700 in a health care environment, greatly helping patients, health care workers and code users everywhere.





Submitter Full Name: Stephen Lipster

Organization: The Electrical Trades Center

Affilliation: IBEW

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3858 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.1 Scope.

The provisions of this article apply to the electrical safety of the installation, operation, and maintenance ofemergency systems consisting of circuits and equipment intended to supply, distribute, and control electricityfor illumination, power, or both, to required facilities when the normal electrical supply or system isinterrupted.


Informational Note No. 2: For further information regarding performance and maintenance ofemergency systems in health care facilities, see NFPA 99-2012, Health Care Facilities Code.



Informational Note 5: For additional information see IEEE P3005.3 Recommended Practice for theApplication of Stored-Energy Systems for use in Emergency and Stand-By Power Systems


Stored energy systems should be informed by faster-moving engineering considerations available in the new IEEE 3000 series of recommended practices. The IEEE Industrial Applications Society 3000 series of standards are part of a larger project to revise and reorganize the technical content of the 13 existing IEEE Color Books which provided significant engineering information from experienced engineers. While many of the 3000 series standards are still “works in progress”, and the topical coverage seeking its proper place, it is not too soon for the various NEC committees to evaluate the importance of strengthening the NEC’s linkage to electrical engineering thought leadership.



Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony



Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3857 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 4736-NFPA 70-2014 [ Definition: Emergency Systems. ]

Emergency Systems.

Those systems legally required and classed as emergency by municipal, state, federal, or other codes, or byany governmental agency having jurisdiction. These systems are intended to automatically supply illumination,power, or both, to designated areas and equipment in the event of failure of the normal supply or in the eventof accident to elements of a system intended to supply, distribute, and control power and illuminationessential for safety to human life.

Informational Note 1 : Emergency systems are generally installed in places of assembly whereartificial illumination is required for safe exiting and for panic control in buildings subject to occupancyby large numbers of persons, such as hotels, theaters, sports arenas, health care facilities, andsimilar institutions. Emergency systems may also provide power for such functions as ventilationwhere essential to maintain life, fire detection and alarm systems, elevators, fire pumps, public safetycommunications systems, industrial processes where current interruption would produce serious lifesafety or health hazards, and similar functions.

Informational Note 2 : A public utility shall be permitted to provide emergency power to a building thatis normally supplied by an on-site power source.


To quote the 2010 NFPA 110:

5.1 Energy Sources.5.1.1* The following energy sources shall be permitted to be used for the emergency power supply (EPS):(1)* Liquid petroleum products at atmospheric pressure(2) Liquefied petroleum gas (liquid or vapor withdrawal)(3) Natural or synthetic gasException: For Level 1 installations in locations where the probability of interruption of off-site fuel supplies is high, on-site storage of an alternate energy source sufficient to allow full output of the EPSS to be delivered for the class specified shall be required, with the provision for automatic transfer from the primary energy source to the alternate energy source.

5.1.2 Seismic design category C, D, E, or F, as determined in accordance with ASCE 7, shall require a Level 1 EPSS Class X (minimum of 96 hours of fuel supply).

5.1.3 The energy sources listed in 5.1.1 shall be permitted to be used for the EPS where the primary source of power is by means of on-site energy conversion, provided that there is separately dedicated energy conversion equipment on-site with a capacity equal to the power needs of the EPSS.

5.1.4* A public electric utility that has a demonstrated reliability shall be permitted to be used as the EPS where the primary source is by means of on-site energy conversion.

This possibility makes safe and economical sense for large multi-building campuses with their own district energy system that provides power reliable enough for the AHJ to identify it as the primary source. Therefore the utility on the periphery, contingent upon availability of supply circuits and local tariffs, may provide emergency power. The safety and economic advantages of this are substantial because it can reduce the number of on-site generators on the periphery of the campus with district energy power.


Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony


Affilliation:IEEE Educational & Healthcare Facility ElectrotechnologySubcommittee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


3864 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.2 Definitions.

Emergency Systems.


Informational Note: Emergency systems are generally installed in places of assembly where artificialillumination is required for safe exiting and for panic control in buildings subject to occupancy by largenumbers of persons, such as hotels, theaters, sports arenas, health care facilities, and similarinstitutions. Emergency systems may also provide power for such functions as ventilation whereessential to maintain life, fire detection and alarm systems, elevators, fire pumps, public safetycommunications systems, industrial processes where

current interruption would produce serious life safety or health hazards, and similar functions.

Luminaire, Directly Controlled.

An emergency lighting luminaire that operates on constant power and has a control input for anintegral dimming or switching function that is used to drive the luminaire to full brightness upon loss ofutility power.

Informational Note: See ANSI/UL924 Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment for requirementscovering Directly Controlled Luminaires

Relay, Automatic Load Control.

A device used to set normally dimmed or normally-off switched emergency lighting equipment to full powerillumination levels in the event of a loss of the normal supply by bypassing the dimming/switching controls,and to return the emergency lighting equipment to normal status when the device senses the normal supplyhas been restored.

Informational Note: See ANSI/UL 924, Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment, for therequirements covering automatic load control relays.


A new class of luminaire has appeared and is being used in emergency lighting systems. These are typically dimmable LED or fluorescent luminaires that operate on constant power and contain integral dimming or switching functionality accessed via a control input on the luminaire. The state of this control input is used to drive the luminaire to full brightness upon loss of utility power. In the 2014 cycle, section 700.24 was added covering the requirements of these devices. An accompanying definition proposal for 700.2 was rejected and never reinstated when CMP-13 accepted the 700.24 proposal in the comment phase. The definition is now needed to accompany 700.24.


Submitter Full Name: Steven Terry

Organization: Electronic Theatre Controls Inc

Affilliation: US Institute for Theatre Technology

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jul 01 21:30:49 EDT 2014


3863 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.2 Definitions.

Branch Circuit Emergency Lighting Transfer Switch (BCELTS). A device connected on the load side of a branch circuit protective device that transfers only emergencylighting loads from the normal utility supply to a continuously available synchronous or asynchronousemergency supply.

Informational Note: See ANSI/UL 1008 Transfer Switch Equipment for the requirements coveringbranch circuit emergency lighting transfer switches

Emergency Systems.


Informational Note: Emergency systems are generally installed in places of assembly where artificialillumination is required for safe exiting and for panic control in buildings subject to occupancy by largenumbers of persons, such as hotels, theaters, sports arenas, health care facilities, and similarinstitutions. Emergency systems may also provide power for such functions as ventilation whereessential to maintain life, fire detection and alarm systems, elevators, fire pumps, public safetycommunications systems, industrial processes where current interruption would produce serious lifesafety or health hazards, and similar functions.





UL1008 now contains the requirements for a new device: the Branch Circuit Emergency Lighting Transfer Switch (BCELTS). A separate proposal for section 700.26 (new) introduces these devices to the NEC. As such, the definition of this proposal is needed.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3862 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.2 Definitions.

Emergency Systems.


Informational Note: Emergency systems are generally installed in places of assembly where artificialillumination is required for safe exiting and for panic control in buildings subject to occupancy by largenumbers of persons, such as hotels, theaters, sports arenas, health care facilities, and similarinstitutions. Emergency systems may also provide power for such functions as ventilation whereessential to maintain life, fire detection and alarm systems, elevators, fire pumps, public safetycommunications systems, industrial processes where current interruption would produce serious lifesafety or health hazards, and similar functions.




PI 753 has been submitted to add a new definition for a Branch Circuit Emergency Lighting Transfer Switch(BCELTS). This definition includes the terms “synchronous or asynchronous emergency supply." Becausethese terms are not used in the NEC this PI proposes to add a second Informational Note to the proposeddefinition (the propose definition includes a singular informational note).

Informational Note No. 2: A synchronous generator is called “synchronous” because the waveform of thegenerated voltage is synchronized with the rotation of the generator. Each peak of the sinusoidal waveformcorresponds to a physical position of the rotor. A synchronous generator is essentially the same machine asa synchronous motor. The magnetic field of the rotor is supplied by direct current or permanent magnets. Theoutput frequency of an asynchronous generator varies depending on the power level, if the RPM is heldconstant. The peaks of the waveform of an asynchronous generator have no fixed relationship with its rotorposition.


PI 753 has been submitted to add a new definition for a Branch Circuit Emergency Lighting Transfer Switch (BCELTS). This definition includes the terms “synchronous or asynchronous emergency supply." Because these terms are not used in the NEC this PI proposes to add a second Informational Note to the proposed definition (the propose definition includes a singular informational note).


Submitter Full Name: John Kovacik


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3861 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



Unit Equipment.

Equipment that is powered by rechargeable battery and is intended for illumination in the event of normalsource power failure.


Those who are new to article 700 and unfamiliar with what Unit Equipment is may find a definition to be beneficial.



Public Input No. 670-NFPA 70-2014 [New Section after 701.2]


Submitter Full Name: DANIEL MCKINNEY

Organization:

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3860 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



Emergency Illumination

all required means of egress lighting, illuminated exit signs, and all other lights specified as necessary to providerequired illumination.


This PI is submitted to correlate proposed action on an apparent definition which is currently included in the opening sentence of section 700.16.



Public Input No. 1000-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No.700.16]

relocate definition per section 2.2.2.2 of the stylemanual


Submitter Full Name: Charles Palmieri

Organization: Town of Norwell

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Aug 02 08:41:10 EDT 2014


4853 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(C) Battery Systems Maintenance.

Where battery systems or unit equipments are involved, including batteries used for starting, control, orignition in auxiliary engines, the authority having jurisdiction shall require periodic maintenance.

Informational Note: The type of maintenance depends upon the battery chemistry and the batterymanufacturer’s recommended maintenance. Some battery types or configurations may not require or evenallow maintenance, other than visual inspection or alarm testing.


As battery chemistries other than lead-acid or nickel-cadmium are used in back-up emergency power systems, the code needs to evolve to consider their maintenance requirements (or the lack thereof). Some batteries can drop as low as 50% of nominal voltage with no problems, but the load equipment must determine what voltage range is acceptable.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3866 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 3005-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 700.3(E) ]

(F) Maintenance.

Emergency systems shall include permanent means to switch a temporary alternate source to theemergency system. The switching means may be automatic or manual and shall not take longer than 10seconds to implement.

Exception No. 1: When the process supported by the emergency load can be entirely interrupted for up to6 hours.

Exception No. 2 When alternative systems can be temporarily put in place to sustain the function of theemergency load.

Exception No. 3: Where a redundant emergency system exists to sustain the emergency load

Informational Note: Exception 1 addresses instances when the emergency system is not needed, forexample if the building will be unoccupied. An example of Exception 2 is where a generator supportsonly egress lighting, and temporary battery backed lighting is used to accomplish the function of theemergency sysem. An example of Exceptions 3 would be a two generator system, where only one isneeded to support the emergency load.


Given the titles of 700.3 and 700.4 the sentence: "A portable or temporary.....or repair." that is now in 700.4(B) really belongs in 700.3. Addtioanlly the term "major' is subjective. Oil changes are not generally considered a "major" maintenance item, but on a large generator they can take several hours. The revised language adds clarity.


Submitter Full Name: JE Degnan

Organization: Sparling

Affilliation: ASHE

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3867 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.4 Capacity and Voltage .

(A) Capacity and Rating.

An emergency system shall have adequate capacity and rating for all loads to be operated simultaneously.The emergency system equipment shall be suitable for the maximum available fault current at its terminals.

(B) Selective Load Pickup, Load Shedding, and Peak Load Shaving.

The alternate power source shall be permitted to supply emergency, legally required standby, and optionalstandby system loads where the source has adequate capacity or where automatic selective load pickupand load shedding is provided as needed to ensure adequate power to (1) the emergency circuits, (2) thelegally required standby circuits, and (3) the optional standby circuits, in that order of priority. The alternatepower source shall be permitted to be used for peak load shaving, provided these conditions are met.

Peak load shaving operation shall be permitted for satisfying the test requirement of 700.3(B) , provided allother conditions of 700.3 are met.

A portable or temporary alternate source shall be available whenever the emergency generator is out ofservice for major maintenance or repair.


This revision is necessary to accommodate the new proposed section.


Submitter Full Name: Phil Simmons

Organization: Simmons Electrical Services

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3868 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




An emergency system shall have adequate capacity and rating for all loads to be operatedsimultaneously. The emergency system equipment shall be suitable for the maximum available faultcurrent at its terminals. Any additions or modifications to the emergency power source shall includeengineered calculations and field testing of the emergency power source.


The requirement of engineering calculations and field testing will ensure that the emergency power source will function correctly and as designed. The addition or modification of the emergency power source can occur over a period of time with the addition and/or modification of electrical equipment, devices, or luminaires. The emergency power source may lose some of its capacity over a period of time. Not all jurisdictions have the luxury of electrical plan review, with the inspector being required to make a field call on the spot without any engineering or field testing of the revised emergency power source. The engineering calculations shall be permitted to use the demand metering allowed in NEC 220.87.


Submitter Full Name: Harold Willman

Organization: Colorado Code Consulting

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Mar 17 19:20:07 EDT 2014


I, Harold Willman, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights incopyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). Iunderstand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which thisPublic Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that Ihave full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am Harold Willman, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignmentand the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronicsignature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature


1 of 1 11/25/2014 2:48 PM




An emergency system shall have adequate capacity and rating for all loads likely to be operatedsimultaneously needed in an emergency . The emergency system equipment shall be suitable for themaximum available fault current at its terminals.


We need to make sure we do not oversize our generators. Rarely do all loads in a building need emergency power. Energy codes and innovation are driving down the load presented by emergency lighting systems, for example. We have a great deal of actual measurements showing that our emergency load across most facility classes is 2/3rds less than originally conceived in design.


Submitter Full Name: Michael Anthony


Affilliation: University of Michigan

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3869 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM






A portable or temporary alternate source shall be available whenever the emergency generator is out ofservice for major maintenance or repair.


See proposal for adding 700.3(F)


Submitter Full Name: JE Degnan


Affilliation: ASHE

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3871 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM






A portable or temporary alternate source shall be available whenever the emergency generator is out ofservice for major maintenance or repair. Connection of the portable or temporary alternate source shall beby a listed transfer switch. The transfer switch connection of the main alternate source(s) and the portableor temporary alternate source(s) shall not be capable of disconnecting or bypassing all alternate source(s)simultaneously from the system.


Facilities and testing firms are disconnecting the permanent alternate source conductors in order to connect the temporary alternate source conductors. How is the emergency system capable of transferring the loads within ten seconds with this type of disconnection and connection is being performed. This is an on going practice that is being ignored which the NEC does not address.


Submitter Full Name: Mike Buettner

Organization: [State of Washingtion, Labor and Industries

Affilliation: Representing Myself

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3872 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 4332-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 700.4(B) ]

(C) Voltage Regulation. (New) If a voltage range is provided by the equipment manufacturer, feederand branch circuit conductors shall be sized to provide voltage at the equipment within the rangethat is required by the manufacturer. In addition, feeder and branch-circuit conductors shall besized so the voltage at the end of the feeder conductor is not lower than 97% of that at the serviceor source and for branch circuits, not lower than 95% of the voltage at the service or source at thefurthest outlet. Calculations shall be based on circuit loading at 80 percent of the rating of theovercurrent device.


It is important for safe and proper operation that conductors be sized properly to provide voltage within the operating range as determined by the manufacturer. While some may opine that this is a requirement of 110.3(B), the rule is not obvious and stating the requirement here will help ensure safe and proper operation of equipment. It is very common for feeder conductors for emergency equipment to be lengthy so it is important that the conductors be sized properly so the electrical systems will perform safely and provide the purpose for which it is intended.


Submitter Full Name: Phil Simmons

Organization: Simmons Electrical Services

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3870 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) General.

The number of transfer switches to be used shall be based on reliability, design, and loadconsideration. Each branch of the emergency electrical system shall have one or more transferswitches. One transfer switch and downstream distribution system shall be permitted to server oneor more branches in a facility with a maximum demand on the essential electrical system of 150kVA.

Transfer equipment, including automatic transfer switches, shall be automatic, identified foremergency use, and approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Transfer equipment shall bedesigned and installed to prevent the inadvertent interconnection of normal and emergency sourcesof supply in any operation of the transfer equipment. Transfer equipment and electric powerproduction systems installed to permit operation in parallel with the normal source shall meet therequirements of Article 705 .


Article 700 appears to be unclear in respect to Article 517 regarding the number of transfer switches required on other than healthcare electrical systems. This proposal should bring both articles into alignment and may require additional information such as the riser diagrams shown in 517. You may also want to create a term similar to Essential Electrical System for Article 700 that refers to all types of emergency power.


Submitter Full Name: W Blair Malcom

Organization: PENN STATE UNIVERSITY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Jan 24 09:52:52 EST 2014


I, W Blair Malcom, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights incopyright in this Public Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). Iunderstand and intend that I acquire no rights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which thisPublic Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that Ihave full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am W Blair Malcom, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignmentand the terms and conditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronicsignature that will, upon my submission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature


1 of 1 11/25/2014 2:48 PM



(C) Automatic Transfer Switches.

Automatic transfer switches shall be electrically operated and mechanically held. Automatic transferswitches, rated 1000 VAC and below, shall be listed for and labeled for emergency system use.


By adding the word labeled, it will identify that listed products also need to be labeled. Both terms listed and labeled are defined in article 100, but are not used consistently throughout the NEC. If taken literally, as defined in Article 100, a product could be listed and not labeled and still comply with the NEC when not required to be listed and labeled such as in sections 424.6, 646.3(I), 646.13 and 690.31(C) to identify a few.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



4856 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




Automatic transfer switches shall be electrically operated and mechanically held. Automatic transfer switches, rated 1000 VAC and below, shall be listed for emergency system use.


This Public Input was developed by a Task Group assigned by the NEC Correlating Committee to: (1) resolve issues with actions taken by Code-making Panels 1 and 8 on proposals and comments in the 2014 NEC cycle relative to changing the voltage threshold in articles under their purview from 600 volts to 1000 volts, (2) address indoor and outdoor electrical substations, and (3) evaluate other higher voltage threshold requirements to be included relative to present trends. Members of the Task Group on Over 600 volts for this Public Input included: Alan Manche; Donny Cook; Vince Saporita; Lanny Floyd; Paul Barnhart; Eddie Guidry; Alan Peterson; Tom Adams; David Kendall; Dave Mercier; Tim Pope; and co-chairs Roger McDaniel and Neil F. LaBrake, Jr.; including ad-hoc members Larry Cogburn, CMP-8 Chair and Ken Boyce, CMP-1 Chair.The publication of UL 1008A permits the listing of transfer switches over 1000 V for emergency use.


Submitter Full Name: Neil LaBrake

Organization: National Grid

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3873 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Derangement. Malfunction

To indicate derangement indicate malfunction of the emergency source.


The NEC Style Manual states "3.3.4 Word Clarity. Words and terms used in the NEC shall be specific and clear in meaning, and shall avoid jargon, trade terminology, industry-specific terms, or colloquial language that is difficult to understand. NEC language shall be brief, clear, and emphatic." The term "derangement" is not commonly used or understood in the industry, it is not included in the Style Manual's list of standard terms nor does it appear anywhere in the NFPA 110 (even thought the reader is directed to that standard for additional information) or in UL2200, the product standard for generator sets. Therefore it should be replace with a more suitable term such as malfunction.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3874 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Emergency Sources.

A sign shall be placed at the service-entrance equipment, indicating type and location of on each on -siteemergency power sources.

Exception: A sign shall not be required for individual unit equipment as specified in 700.12(F) .


with the increased use of emergency power sources, multi tenant buildings can have multiple emergency power sources at different locations, by specifying each, the sign will be specific for each tenant and emergency power sources



Public Input No. 4297-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 701.7(A)]



Submitter Full Name: Michael Dempsey

Organization: Trinity Code Inspections

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3876 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Emergency Sources.

A sign shall be placed at the service-entrance equipment and at the line voltage metering equipment ,indicating type and location of on-site emergency power sources.

Exception: A sign shall not be required for individual unit equipment as specified in 700.12(F) .

Fire fighters and utility companies routinely disconnect power by pulling the meter at a site to disconnectpower before entering a building, an emergency system that engages due to the loss of powerenables an automatic transfer switch to re-energize some or all of the building power. If an automatictransfer switch is installed, A permanent plaque should be installed at the line voltage meter location, orat the site isolation device, to indicate the presence of the re-introduced power and where to disconnectit.


(A) Emergency Sources.A sign shall be placed at the service-entrance equipment and at the line voltage metering equipment, indicating type and location of on-site emergency power sources.Exception: A sign shall not be required for individual unit equipment as specified in 700.12(F).Fire fighters and utility companies routinely disconnect power by pulling the meter at a site to disconnect power before entering a building, an emergency system that engages due to the loss of power enables an automatic transfer switch to re-energize some or all of the building power. If an automatic transfer switch is installed, A permanent plaque should be installed at the line voltage meter location, or at the site isolation device, to indicate the presence of the re-introduced power and where to disconnect it.


Submitter Full Name: william husom

Organization: MN DOLI

Affilliation: state electrical inspector

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3875 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.8 Surge Protection Devices (SPD) .

A listed SPD shall be installed in or on all emergency systems switchboards and panelboards. The surgeprotective device shall be permitted to be a Type 1 or Type 2. Surge protective devices shall be installed inaccordance with Part II of Article 285.


Substantiation - The other location in the NEC that requires an SPD is in Wind Electric Systems, section 694.3(D), Surge Protection Devices (SPD). This proposal aligns the language between the two sections. As all SPDs are required to be listed per section 285.5, that term is redundant. Not allowed are Type 3 SPDs, as they are installed on the load side of branch circuit overcurrent protection and may not provide adequate surge suppression for critical systems.


Submitter Full Name: TOM BAKER

Organization: Puget Sound Electrical Training

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3877 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Identification.

All boxes and enclosures (including transfer switches, generators, and power panels) for emergency circuitsshall be permanently marked so they will be readily identified as a component of an emergency circuit orsystem.

Exception: Where cables, raceways or the raceway fittings are permanently marked as to be identified aspart of the emergency system the boxes shall not also be required to be identified when the other markingsmake the emergency system obvious.


This is the companion public input to 700.10. If the change to 700.10 is accepted in any form it would be a good idea to offer this exception for more than 1 reason. In areas where boxes are not encountered the installer chooses to use another method it would be prudent to allow the installer to be consistent. It would be unnecessary and overly restrictive when an alternate method is used to also require the boxes and enclosures to be identified. Adding this exception or somehow including this in the main body of the article is only fair.


Submitter Full Name: james dorsey

Organization: Douglas county Building Department, Douglas County. Co

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3882 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Identification.

All boxes and enclosures (including transfer switches, generators, and power panels) for emergency circuitsshall be permanently marked so they will be readily identified as a component of an emergency circuit orsystem. Where boxes or enclosures are not encountered the cable or raceway system shall be permanentlymarked to be identified as a component of the emergency system.


Today’s trend is to order conduit of a different color for larger projects such as hospitals (Colorado usually uses yellow for life safety) another method is coloring the connectors and couplings. For cables, such as mc, spray painting with non-corrosive paint also is an easy, cost effective method. Limiting the only method to boxes is not only restrictive but not of much help to the service electrician or inspector. Many boxes are buried in the floor, hard lid ceiling or often there is not any boxes to identify, such as when daisy chaining emergency light to emergency light which sometimes can be every few lights or very sporadic and extremely difficult to follow as an inspector or installer. The fact is that this change is necessary to help educate all parties. This change or any change that helps to identify the emergency circuit will be a step in the right direction. I am sending a companion proposal that would add the exception that boxes would not require identification where other means are being utilized


Submitter Full Name: james dorsey

Organization: Douglas county Building Department, Douglas County Co

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3881 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


(A) Identification.

All boxes and enclosures (including transfer switches, generators, and power panels, surface metalraceways, and surface nonmetallic raceways ) for emergency circuits shall be permanently marked so theywill be readily identified as a component of an emergency circuit or system.


Despite explicit CMP-13 Statements in the past confirming the intent of 700.10(B)’s wording “kept ENTIRELY independent of all other wiring and equipment”, manufacturers of surface raceways continue to encounter opportunistic misinterpretations by specifiers attempting to use separate channels of the SAME MULTI-CHANNEL surface raceways for emergency system circuits and for normal power circuits. Manufacturers remain concerned that such installations that misapply multi-channel surface raceways for mixed emergency system circuits and normal power circuits will expose subsequent servicers to risk of shock when accessing a mixture of circuits. Marked identification of surface raceways as being intended only for use with emergency system circuits would further enforcement to preclude such 700.10(B) violations.



Public Input No. 2434-NFPA 70-2014[Section No. 708.10(A)(1)]

same type of installation misapplying multi-channel surfaceraceways in violation of NEC requirements


Submitter Full Name: Brian Rock

Organization: Hubbell Incorporated

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3880 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Identification.

All boxes and enclosures (including transfer switches, generators, and power panels) for emergency circuitsshall be permanently marked so they will be readily identified as a component of an emergency circuit orsystem.

For receptacles supplied from the emergency system, the cover plates for those receptacles or thereceptacles themselves shall have a distinctive color or marking so as to be readily identifiable.Nonlocking-type, 125-volt, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles supplied from the emergency system shall have anilluminated face or an indicator light to indicate that there is power to the receptacle.


Fulfilling duty-to-warn that is associated with the material and process associated with putting equipment in place and making it ready for use in accordance with performance requirements. This proposed requirement is similar to existing 708.10(A)(2).

If those receptacles for cord-and-plug-connected equipment have been deemed by the system designer to warrant supply from the emergency system, then servicers of such receptacles should be forewarned that such receptacles that test out as unenergized could suddenly become energized. Being able to distinguish receptacles supplied from the emergency system becomes more critical as receptacles controlled for the purpose of energy management or building automation [see 406.3(E)] become more prevalent. While 406(E) requires identification marking of energy-management-controlled receptacles, receptacles supplied by emergency systems are presently not required (except in specific Special Occupancies such as nursing homes and care facilities) to be identified to the servicers, thereby putting servicers at risk of shock.

It is essential that nonlocking-type 125-volt, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles (NEMA configurations 5-15R and 5-20R) have additional identification by either an indicator light or an illuminated face so that the servicer knows that they are energized since they might BECOME LATER misidentified. Such nonlocking-type 125-volt, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles are commonly used in dwelling units, commercial and industrial occupancies. As indicated by Comment 15-70 (Log #369) submitted during last Code cycle by National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) with respect to nursing home and limited care facilities having emergency systems, there were reports by electrical contractors to NEMA of facilities undergoing renovations in which prior maintenance replacements (unauthorized) of cover plates and receptacles on circuits intended for normal-power electrical loads have used red cover plates or receptacles [and vice versa], the “distinctive color” intended in those facilities for emergency system circuits. These smaller facilities typically may not have trained staff electricians on-site and on-call.

It is not unusual for people in their own dwelling units and in commercial and industrial occupancies to remove cover plates for painting and wallpapering, and to replace these common receptacles and cover plates themselves, without calling in an electrician. When this common “do-it-yourself” mentality is carried over in practice to facilities with receptacles supplied from emergency systems under NEC® Article 700 requirements, it’s highly unlikely that these “do-it-yourselfer” are trained in or knowledgeable of the NEC® emergency systems requirements, especially with regard to identification of receptacles supplied from the emergency systems. Consequently, NEMA 5-15R and 5-20R receptacles supplied from emergency systems may BECOME unidentified, and similarly NEMA 5-15R and 5-20R receptacles supplied solely from normal power systems may BECOME misidentified simply because any replacement cover plates or receptacles on-hand are only those left over in that “distinctive color” intended in those facilities for emergency system circuits.

While there is also a “performance” benefit of identifying receptacles supplied from the emergency system so that they can connect cord-and-plug-connected equipment to those receptacles energized during normal power outages, this “performance” benefit is incidental to the safety “installation” benefit to servicers when putting equipment in place and making it ready for use in accordance with performance requirements.




Street Address:

City:


3878 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(B) Wiring.

Wiring of two or more emergency circuits supplied from the same source shall be permitted in the sameraceway, cable, box, or cabinet. Wiring from an emergency source or emergency source distributionovercurrent protection to emergency loads shall be kept entirely independent of all other wiring andequipment, unless otherwise permitted in 700.10(B) (1) through (5):

(1) Wiring from the normal power source located in transfer equipment enclosures

(2) Wiring supplied from two sources in exit or emergency luminaires

(3) Wiring from two sources in a listed load control relay supplying exit or emergency luminaires, or in acommon junction box, attached to exit or emergency luminaires

(4) Wiring within a common junction box attached to unit equipment, containing only the branch circuitsupplying the unit equipment and the emergency circuit supplied by the unit equipment

(5) Wiring from an emergency source to supply emergency and other loads in accordance with 700.10(B)(5)a, b, c, and d as follows:

(6) Separate vertical switchgear sections or separate vertical switchboard sections, with or withouta common bus, or individual disconnects mounted in separate enclosures shall be used toseparate emergency loads from all other loads.

(7) The common bus of separate sections of the switchgear, separate sections of the switchboard,or the individual enclosures shall be permitted to be supplied by single or multiple feeders withoutovercurrent protection at the source.

Exception to (5)b: : Overcurrent protection shall be permitted at the source or for the equipment,provided that the overcurrent protection complies with the requirements of 700.28 .

a. Emergency circuits shall not originate from the same vertical switchgear section, verticalswitchboard section, panelboard enclosure, or individual disconnect enclosure as other circuits.

b. It shall be permissible to utilize single or multiple feeders to supply distribution equipmentbetween an emergency source and the point where the emergency loads are separated from allother loads.


Removing the Exception to (5)b results in more efficient, and therefor less confusing, code language.

NEC 90.5 states that "shall be permitted" ia a permisive rule that is allowed but not required. Therefor if (5)b did not state that is permissable to not have overcurrent protection at the source, overcurrent protection at the source would be required, consistant with 240.21. Section 240.21 clearly requires overcurrent protection at the source so an Exception permitting it is not necessary or needed. Similarly, nothing is to be gained by referencing 700.28 in this paragraph as 700.28 already applies to all emergency system overcurrent protection devices.

Its just counter intuitive to have an Exception to permissive rule. Delete this Exception!


Submitter Full Name: James Degnan


Affilliation: ASHE

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3883 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(B) Wiring.

Wiring of two or more emergency circuits supplied from the same source shall be permitted in the sameraceway, cable, box, or cabinet. Wiring from an emergency source or emergency source distribution overcurrentprotection to emergency loads shall be kept entirely independent of all other wiring and equipment, unlessotherwise permitted in 700.10(B) (1) through (5):





(5) Wiring from an emergency source to supply emergency and other loads in accordance with700.10(B)(5)a, b, c, and d as follows:

a. Separate vertical switchgear sections or separate vertical switchboard sections, with or without acommon bus, or individual disconnects mounted in separate enclosures shall be used to separateemergency loads from all other loads.

b. The common bus of separate sections of the switchgear, separate sections of the switchboard, or theindividual enclosures shall be permitted to be supplied by single or multiple feeders withoutovercurrent protection at the source.

Exception Exception to (5)b: : Overcurrent protection shall be permitted at the source or for theequipment, provided that the overcurrent protection complies with the requirements of 700.28. Ifan optional standby system is fed from a common breaker that also feeds an emergency and/orlegally required standby system(s), selective coordination shall be provided on the optional systemto prevent the unintentional opening of this overcurrent device.

c. Emergency circuits shall not originate from the same vertical switchgear section, vertical switchboardsection, panelboard enclosure, or individual disconnect enclosure as other circuits.

d. It shall be permissible to utilize single or multiple feeders to supply distribution equipment between anemergency source and the point where the emergency loads are separated from all other loads.


Currently the code only requires the emergency and legally required standby systems to be selectively coordinated but not the optional standby system. If an optional standby system is supplied by a generator that has a single overcurrent device that also supplies emergency and/or legally required standby system(s), there is a possibility that a fault in the optional system could open the generator overcurrent device. This change would only required the selective coordination of an optional standby system under this condition.


Submitter Full Name: Brian Schewe

Organization: City of Appleton

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Jan 27 10:13:56 EST 2014


1 of 2 11/25/2014 2:49 PM



(B) Wiring.

Wiring of two or more emergency Emergency System circuits supplied from the same Emergency Systemsource shall be permitted in the same raceway, cable, box, or cabinet. Wiring from an emergencyEmergency System source or emergency Emergency System source distribution overcurrent protectiondevice to emergency loads Emergency System loads shall be kept entirely independent of all other wiringand equipment, unless otherwise permitted in 700.10(B) (1) through (5):





(5) Wiring from an emergency Emergency System source to supply emergency Emergency Systemloads and other loads in systems loads shall be in accordance with 700.10(B) (5)a, b, c, and d asfollows:

(6) Separate vertical switchgear sections or separate vertical switchboard sections, with or without acommon bus, or individual disconnects mounted in separate enclosures shall be used to separate

emergency loads

a. Emergency System loads from all other

loads

a. non Emergency Sytem loads .

b. The common bus of separate sections of the switchgear, separate sections of the switchboard,or the individual enclosures shall be permitted to be supplied by single or multiple feeders withoutovercurrent protection at the source.

Exception to (5)b: : Overcurrent protection shall be permitted at the source or for theequipment, provided that the overcurrent protection complies with the requirements of700.28 .

c. Emergency circuits shall not originate from the same vertical switchgear section, verticalswitchboard section, panelboard enclosure, or individual disconnect enclosure as other circuits.

d. It shall be permissible to utilize single or multiple feeders to supply distribution equipmentbetween an emergency source and the point where the emergency loads are separated from allother loads.


Clarify that it is other types of loads that are to be separated from the Emergency Systems loads.


Submitter Full Name: CHRISTOPHER BROWN

Organization: EWING COLE

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3885 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(B) Wiring.

Wiring of two or more emergency circuits supplied from the same source shall be permitted in the sameraceway, cable, box, or cabinet. Wiring from an emergency source or emergency source distributionovercurrent protection to emergency loads shall be kept entirely independent of all other wiring andequipment, unless otherwise permitted in 700.10(B) (1) through (5):





(5) Wiring from an emergency source to supply emergency and other loads in accordance with 700.10(B)(5)a, b, c, and d as follows:

(6) Separate vertical switchgear sections or separate vertical switchboard sections, with or withouta common bus, or individual disconnects mounted in separate enclosures shall be used toseparate emergency loads from all other loads.

(7) The common bus of separate sections of the switchgear, separate sections of the switchboard,or the individual enclosures shall be permitted to be supplied by single or multiple feeders withoutovercurrent protection at the source.

Exception to (5)b: : Overcurrent protection shall be permitted at the source or for theequipment, provided that the overcurrent protection complies with the requirements of700.28 .

(8) Emergency system circuits shall not originate from the same vertical switchgear section,vertical switchboard section, panelboard enclosure, or individual disconnect enclosure as othercircuits serving Legally Required Standby Systems, Optional Standby Systems or CriticalOperations Power Systems .

(9) It shall be permissible to utilize single or multiple feeders to supply distribution equipmentbetween an emergency source and the point where the emergency loads are separated from allother loads.


Clarify that multiple Emergency Systems circuits can originate from the same vertical switchgear section, vertical switchboard section, panelboard enclosure or individual disconnect enclosure and it is the other listed system circuits that should be separated.


Submitter Full Name: CHRISTOPHER BROWN

Organization: EWING COLE

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3884 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(C) Wiring Design and Location.

(1) Emergency wiring circuits shall be designed and located so as to minimize the hazards that might causefailure due to flooding, fire, icing, vandalism, and other adverse conditions.

(2) Emergency feeder circuits and equipment shall not be installed in the same room with normal serviceequipment,where the service equipment is rated over 150 volts to ground and equal to or greater than 1000amperes.


this text in this section is taken from NFPA 110, and is a requirement for a professional designing a system. Many electricians are not aware of this requirement. Including this section will inform the electrician and provide addition integrity to the installation.



Organization: Master Electrician

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3886 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 3895-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 700.10(D) [Excluding any

Sub-Sections] ]

Emergency systems shall meet the additional requirements in (D)(1) through (D)(3) in assembly occupanciesfor not less than 1000 persons or in buildings above 23 m (75 ft) in height .


Currently, as written, the requirements for fire protection of emergency systems and feeders applies only to large places of assembly and high-rise buildings. I believe that the requirements that follow in sections (1), (2) and (3) should be required in any building, regardless of classification. In 700.12 (A), a storage battery used for emergency system lighting must have capacity to maintain the load for 90 minutes. Consider the following: A 3 story, 30,000 gsf office building with no generator requires emergency lighting to be available for 90 minutes; a 4 story, 100,000 hospital, that requires an emergency generator, does not fall under the requirements of 700.10 (D), and is not required to follow 700.10 (D)(1) for fire protection of feeder-circuit wiring,and therefore the feeder conductors could fail in a fire in less than 60 minutes.



Public Input No. 3909-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 700.12 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]


Submitter Full Name: Daniel Caron

Organization: Bard, Rao + Athanas Consulting Engineers

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3889 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



Sub-Sections] ]

Emergency systems shall meet the additional requirements in (D)(1) through (D)(3) in assembly occupanciesfor not less than 1000 persons or in buildings above 23 m (75 ft) in height .


The requirements to protect emergency feeders and emergency feeder equipment should not be limited to the occupancies listed. Many large buildings such as hospitals, office buildings, and retail buildings with large occupancy loads should be required to have their emergency feeders and distribution equipment protected from attack by fire. Such provisions enhance the likelihood of safe evacuation of occupants in the event of a fire emergency. Note that the suggested limitations in this public input apply on a feeder level, and be unlikely to have an adverse financial impact on smaller buildings and establishments where the principal emergency loads are exclusively fed by branch circuits, or feeders of extremely limited extent.



Organization:

Affilliation: Massachusetts Electrical Code Advisory Committee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Oct 26 17:04:21 EDT 2014


3888 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



Sub-Sections] ]

Emergency systems shall meet the additional requirements in (D)(1) through (D)(3) in assembly occupanciesfor not less than 1000 persons or in buildings above 23 m (75 ft) in height.

Exception: In the event of a failure of existing emergency system equipment or wiring, temporary wiring orequipment shall be permitted to be installed in accordance with Art. 590


Relief is needed from the stringent fire protection requirements in situations where the original generator, transfer switch, or wiring fails or needs to be repaired. In this case a temporary portable or vehicle mounted generator may be quickly brought in and wired temporarily, or perhaps a temporary emergency feeder could be run quickly from a different switchboard or transfer switch while the faulty equipment or wiring is being repaired or replaced. In these urgent situations it may be nearly impossible for all of the temporary equipment or wiring to be installed quickly and in accordance with 700.10(D). Since 590.2(A) requires that ALL requirements for permanent wiring apply to temporary wiring, this exception is needed because no other sections of Article 590 modify these specific requirements of Article 700. This proposed exception is a permissive rule and is only intended to allow the option of a short term solution to be executed quickly and safely until permanent repairs can be made. Even with the best preventive maintenance plans and contingency plans, equipment failures happen. They can happen suddenly and unexpectedly. It can happen from mechanical breakdown or it can happen from storms, floods, earthquakes, or fires. When these failures happen, rapid solutions are needed. This new exception will allow temporary solutions to happen rapidly and safely.


Submitter Full Name: RUSS LEBLANC

Organization: EC AND M MAGAZINE

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



4858 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



Sub-Sections] ]

Emergency systems shall meet the additional requirements in (D)(1) through (D)(3) in assembly occupanciesfor not less than 1000 persons or in buildings above 23 m (75 ft) in height.


The requirements to protect emergency feeders and emergency feeder equipment should not be limited to the occupancies listed. Many large buildings such as hospitals, office buildings and retail buildings with large occupancy loads should be required to have their emergency feeders and emergency feeder equipment protected from attack by fire, to enhance the safe evacuation of the occupants in the event of a fire emergency.




Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Sep 10 07:30:35 EDT 2014


3887 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 4812-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 700.10(D)(1) ]

(1) Feeder-Circuit Wiring.

Feeder-circuit wiring shall have a 2 hour fire resistive rating and meet one of the following conditions:

(1) Be installed in spaces or areas that are fully protected by an approved automatic fire suppressionsystem

(2) Be a listed electrical circuit protective system with a minimum

2-hour fire rating

(1)

Informational Note:

UL guide

(1)

the listing organization provides information for electrical circuit protective systems

(FHIT) contains information

(1)

on proper installation requirements to maintain the fire rating.

(2) Be

protected by a listed thermal barrier system for electrical system components with a minimum 2-hour firerating

Be protected by a listed fire-rated assembly that has a minimum fire rating of 2 hours and contains onlyemergency wiring circuits

Be encased in a minimum of 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete

(1) a fire resistive cable system



700.10_D_1_changes.docx






Public Input No. 4808-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 695.6(A)(2)]




Affilliation: CDA


3890 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


700.10(D) (1) Feeder-Circuit Wiring. Feeder-circuit wiring shall have a 2 hour fire resistive rating and meet one of the following conditions:

1. Be installed in spaces or areas that are fully protected by an approved automatic fire suppression system

2. Be a listed electrical circuit protective system with a minimum

Informational Note: the listing organization provides information for electrical circuit protective systems on proper installation requirements to maintain the fire rating.

3. Be a fire resistive cable system


(2) Feeder-Circuit Equipment.

(1) Equipment for feeder circuits (including transfer switches, transformers, and panelboards) shall belocated either in spaces fully protected by approved automatic fire suppression systems (including sprinklers,carbon dioxide systems) or in spaces with a 2-hour fire resistance rating.

(2) Equipment for feeder circuits (including transfer switches, transformers, and panelboards) shall notbe located in the same room with the normal service equipment, where the service equipment is rated over150 volts to ground and equal to or greater than 1000 amperes. [110: 7.2.3]

Informational note: For additional installation and environmental considerations see NFPA 110-2013Chapter 7. Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems.


Adding a second subsection with extract material from NFPA 110 will insure that the added fire protection required in NFPA 110 is adhered to. The Informational note directing the users of the code to NFPA 110 Chapter 7 will enhance the reliability of the Emergency Power Supply System by describing other installation and environmental considerations required in NFPA 110.




Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3892 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(3) Generator Control Wiring shall meet the requirements of (1) . and (2).

(1). Control conductors installed between the transfer equipment and the emergency generator shallbe kept entirely independent of all other wiring and shall meet the conditions of 700.10(D) (1)

(2) . A failure or opening of the generator (normally closed) remote start loop shall result in agenerator start signal.


Adding this requirement will insure that there will be power to the emergency terminals of the transfer equipment in the event of structural failure to the generator start circuit. It will also supervise the start circuit under normal conditions, in that an open/failure of the start circuit will start the generator and alert the occupants that, in the event of the loss of normal power, emergency power will not be available.



Public Input No. 2789-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 695.14(F)]




Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3893 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 880-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 700.12 [Excluding any Sub-Sections] ]

Current supply shall be such that, in the event of failure of the normal supply to, or within, the building orgroup of buildings concerned, emergency lighting, emergency power, or both shall be available within the timerequired for the application but not to exceed 10 seconds. The supply system for emergency purposes, inaddition to the normal services to the building and meeting the general requirements of this section, shall beone or more of the types of systems described in 700.12(A) through (E). Unit equipment in accordance with700.12(F) shall satisfy the applicable requirements of this article.

In selecting an emergency source of power, consideration shall be given to the occupancy and the type ofservice to be rendered, whether of minimum duration, as for evacuation of a theater, or longer duration, asfor supplying emergency power and lighting due to an indefinite period of current failure from trouble eitherinside or outside the building.

Equipment shall be designed and located so as to minimize the hazards that might cause complete failure dueto flooding, fires, icing, and vandalism.

Equipment for sources of power as described in 700.12(A) through (E) where located within assemblyoccupancies for greater than 1000 persons or in buildings above 23 m (75 ft) in height with any of thefollowing occupancy classes — assembly, educational, residential, detention and correctional, business, andmercantile — shall be installed either in spaces fully protected by approved automatic fire suppressionsystems (sprinklers, carbon dioxide systems, and so forth) or in spaces with a 1-hour fire rating shall complywith 700.10(D) .

Informational Note No.

1

: For

the definition of Occupancy Classification , see Section 6.1 of NFPA 101 -2012, Life Safety Code .Informational Note No. 2: For

further information, see ANSI/IEEE 493-2007, Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrialand Commercial Power Systems .


This will promote consistency; it appears that the changes to 700.10(D) for the 2014 NEC were not coordinated with 700.12.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



4859 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 3909-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 700.12 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]

]




Equipment for sources of power as described in 700.12(A) through (E) where located within assemblyoccupancies for greater than 1000 persons or in buildings above 23 m (75 ft) in height with any of thefollowing occupancy classes — assembly, educational, residential, detention and correctional, business, andmercantile — shall be installed either in spaces fully protected by approved automatic fire suppressionsystems (sprinklers, carbon dioxide systems, and so forth) or in spaces with a 1-hour fire rating shall meetthe requirements of 700.10 (D) .

Informational Note No. 1: For the definition of Occupancy Classification, see Section 6.1 of NFPA101-2012, Life Safety Code.

Informational Note No. 2: For further information, see ANSI/IEEE 493-2007, Recommended Practicefor the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power Systems.


Fire protection for the source(s) of emergency power should be consistent with the requirements for the distribution it serves.



Public Input No. 3895-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 700.10(D) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3897 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



]




Equipment for sources of power as described in 700.12(A) through (E) where located within assemblyoccupancies for greater than 1000 persons or in buildings above 23 m (75 ft) in height with any of thefollowing occupancy classes — assembly, educational, residential, detention and correctional, business, andmercantile — shall be installed either in spaces fully protected by approved automatic fire suppressionsystems (sprinklers, carbon dioxide systems, and so forth) or in spaces with a 1-hour fire rating.


Informational Note No. 2: For further information, see ANSI/IEEE 493-2007, IEEE Std3006.7-2013, IEEE Recommended Practice for Determining the Design of Reliable Reliability of7x24 Continuous Power Systems in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Facilities .


IEEE 493 has been superseded by IEEE 3006.7.


Submitter FullName:

NEAL DOWLING

Organization: MTechnology

Affilliation:IEEE Industrial Applications Society, Vice Chair of ReliabilitySubcommittee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3896 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



]


In selecting an emergency source of power, consideration shall be given to the occupancy and the type ofservice to be rendered, whether of minimum duration, as for evacuation of a theater, or longer duration, asfor supplying emergency power and lighting due to an indefinite period of current failure from trouble eitherinside or outside the building.When a building is occupied during a normal power outage, the branch circuit(s)supplying battery powered emergency lighting shall be remain energize.




Informational Note No. 2: For further information, see ANSI/IEEE 493-2007, Recommended Practicefor the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial Power Systems.


Power outages have become more commonly associated with the loss of the normal power supply due to vehicular accidents or weather events. In most cases, the building owner has an optional standby system installed and core functions are keep on line with employees occupying the building. In events lasting over and hour and a half the battery powered emergency lighting would be depleted leaving egress paths unlit. This new requirement would insure this egress path way remains lighted and battery's remain charged in an event that requires the building to be evacuated.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3895 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



]






Informational Note No. 2: For further information, see ANSI/IEEE 493 P3005.4 - 2007,Recommended Practice for Improving the Design Reliability of Reliable Industrial andCommercial Emergency and Stand-By Power Systems .


ANSI/IEEE 493 will be replaced with up to date guidance that will appear P3005.4 – Recommended Practice for Improving the Reliability of Emergency and Stand-By Power Systems. A copy of this document will be made available to this committee through the IEEE Standards Association.


Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony


Affilliation:IEEE Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Education and HealthCare Facility Electrotechnology Committee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3894 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Storage Battery.

Storage batteries used as a source of power for emergency systems shall be of suitable rating and capacityto supply and maintain the total load for a minimum period of 1 1⁄2 hours, without the voltage applied to the

load falling below 87 1 ⁄ 2 percent of normal.

Batteries, whether of the acid or alkali type, shall be designed and constructed to meet the requirements ofemergency service and shall be compatible with the charger for that particular installation.

For a sealed battery, the container shall not be required to be transparent. However, for the lead acidbattery that requires water additions, transparent or translucent containers shall be furnished.Automotive-type batteries shall not be used.

An automatic battery charging means shall be provided.

the load equipment manufacturer’s minimum operating range.

Informational Note: Battery systems are described in 480. Battery systems used as a source ofemergency power are fully described in NFPA 111.


As battery chemistries other than lead-acid or nickel-cadmium become used in back-up emergency power systems, the code needs to evolve to consider them and not be lead-acid or nickel-cadmium specific. Some batteries can drop as low as 50% of nominal voltage with no problems, but the load equipment must determine what voltage range is acceptable.

The deleted paragraphs are addressed in the referenced document and article identified in a new informational note.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3898 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(6) Outdoor Generator Sets.

Where an outdoor housed generator set is equipped with a readily accessible disconnecting means inaccordance with 445.18, and the disconnecting means is located within sight of the building or structuresupplied, an additional disconnecting means shall not be required where ungrounded conductors serve orpass through the building or structure. Where the generator supply conductors terminate at a disconnectingmeans in or on a building or structure, the disconnecting means shall meet the requirements of 225.36.

Exception 1 : An additional disconnecting means not required as permitted by (6) need not meet therequirements of 225.36.

Exception 2: For installations under single management, where conditions of maintenance andsupervision ensure that only qualified persons will monitor and service the installation and wheredocumented safe switching procedures are established and maintained for disconnection, the generatorset disconnecting means shall not be required to be located within sight of the building or structureserved.


In certain circumstances a transfer switch may be considered a disconnecting means as per article 100 definitions. This is especially true if the transfer switch is service rated. A strict reading of section 700.12(B)(6) could be construed to require a disconnecting means at the building otherwise not required but installed in order to provide a transfer function to meet the requirements of 225.36. The exception would make clear that such disconnecting means, otherwise not required by this section is not mandated to meet the requirements of section 225.36.


Submitter Full Name: David Humphrey

Organization:

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



4860 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 2816-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 700.12(B) ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT 700.12 (B) (7) A Grounded Non-separtely derived system.


A non-separately derived generator shall not supply more than one transfer switch under the following conditions

A service disconnect and a feeder that is supplied from another set of service entrance conductors.1.

Two or more feeders supplied from different sets of service entrance conductors.2.

Two or more feeders that are individually supplied from different separately derived sources.3.

Two or more feeders with one of the feeders supplying emergency load(s).4.



img004.pdf Parallel path ✓

img005.pdf load side connection ✓

img006.pdf Lost or broken Neutral ✓


A non-separately derived generator supplying any down stream feeder panels supplied from different main service disconnects will see the neutral to ground connection (main bonding connection) from the main service disconnect of the other main service disconnect creating a parallel path and a violation of 250.6, even folks that understand section 250.6 do not realize the other service main bonding jumper creates a neutral to ground connection downstream in a feeder panel when supplied from a non-separately derived generator connection.

Section 250.24 (A) (5) address the load side of a main service disconnect neutral to bond connection. This is not a load side connection but one from another main service panel or separately derived system. Connecting the generator non-separately derived will create a parallel path and if one of the panels lost a neutral the other service neutral would be overloaded.

This section will not preclude more than two main services panels supplied from a common service from being supplied by a non-separately derived generator

This new section will remove this potential hazard and will make it clear this type of installation is not permitted.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



1 of 2 11/25/2014 3:12 PM



I, Alfio Torrisi, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in this PublicInput (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire no rights,including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form is used. Ihereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am Alfio Torrisi, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms andconditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon mysubmission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature


2 of 2 11/25/2014 3:12 PM


Public Input No. 624-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 700.12(F)(2) ]

(2) Installation of Unit Equipment.

Unit equipment shall be installed in accordance with 700.12(F) (2)(1) through (6).

(1) The batteries shall be of suitable rating and capacity to supply and maintain at not less than 87 1⁄2percent of the nominal battery voltage for the total lamp load associated with the unit for a period of atleast 1 1⁄2 hours, or the unit equipment shall supply and maintain not less than 60 percent of the initialemergency illumination for a period of at least 1 1⁄2 hours. Storage batteries, whether of the acid oralkali type, shall be designed and constructed to meet the requirements of emergency service.

(2) Unit equipment shall be permanently fixed in place (i.e., not portable) and shall have all wiring to eachunit installed in accordance with the requirements of any of the wiring methods in Chapter 3. Flexiblecord-and-plug connection shall be permitted, provided that the cord does not exceed 900 mm (3 ft) inlength.

(3) The branch circuit feeding the unit equipment shall be the same branch circuit as that serving thenormal lighting in the area and connected ahead of any local switches.

Exception: In a separate and uninterrupted area supplied by a minimum of three normal lightingcircuits that are not part of a multiwire branch circuit, a separate branch circuit for unit equipmentthat is not part of a mul wire branch circuit shall be permitted if it originates from the samepanelboard as that of the normal lighting circuits and is provided with a lock-on feature. lockabledisconnec ng means in accordance with 110.25 .

(4) The branch circuit that feeds unit equipment shall be clearly identified at the distribution panel.

(5) Emergency luminaires that obtain power from a unit equipment and are not part of the unit equipmentshall be wired to the unit equipment as required by 700.10 and by one of the wiring methods ofChapter 3.

(6) Remote heads providing lighting for the exterior of an exit door shall be permitted to be supplied by theunit equipment serving the area immediately inside the exit door.


Two issues to address:(1) As currently written in the 2014 NEC, the three normal lighting circuits cannot be part of a multiwire branch circuit, but the separate branch circuit for unit equipment permitted by this exception COULD be part of a multiwire branch circuit. The whole reason for the revision to the exception in the 2014 NEC was to avoid “leaving the area in total darkness if one circuit were to trip and cause the others to open as a result.” This was not accomplished with the existing text.

(2) What is a “lock-on feature?” This “lock-on feature” simply needs to comply with the 2014 NEC added provisions of 110.25.


Submitter Full Name: L. Keith Lofland

Organization: International Association of Electrical Inspectors (IAEI)

Affilliation: None

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue May 27 17:27:50 EDT 2014


4863 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM





(1) The batteries shall be of suitable rating and capacity to supply and maintain at not less than 87 1 ⁄ 2percent of the nominal battery voltage for the to supply the total lamp load associated with the unit foreither ( a) or (b):

(a) a period of at least

1 1 ⁄ 2 hours, or the unit equipment shall supply and maintain11⁄2 hours without the voltage falling below the lamp equipment manufacturer’s minimum operatingvoltage range; or

( b) not less than 60 percent of the initial emergency illumination for a period of at least 1 1 ⁄ 2hours.

Storage batteries, whether of the acid or alkali type, shall be designed and constructed to meet therequirements of emergency service.




Exception: In a separate and uninterrupted area supplied by a minimum of three normal lightingcircuits that are not part of a multiwire branch circuit, a separate branch circuit for unit equipmentshall be permitted if it originates from the same panelboard as that of the normal lighting circuitsand is provided with a lock-on feature.



(6) Remote heads providing lighting for the exterior of an exit door shall be permitted to be supplied by theunit equipment serving the area immediately inside the exit door.


As battery chemistries other than lead-acid or nickel-cadmium begin to be used in emergency power systems, the Code needs to evolve to consider them and not be lead-acid or nickel-cadmium specific. Some batteries can drop as low as 50% of nominal voltage with no problems, but the load equipment must determine the voltage range.

The text is rearranged into bullet form in compliance with the manual of style. The deleted text is addressed in the referenced article and document identified in a new informational note.





3902 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM











(6) Remote heads providing lighting Where the normal power branch circuits that supply luminariesproviding illumination immediately on the inside and outside of exit doors are supplied by the sameservice and feeder, the remote heads providing emergency illumination for the exterior of an exit doorshall be permitted to be supplied by the unit equipment serving the area immediately inside the exitdoor.



Kines_Art._700.12.docx Copy of PI


This section as written in the NEC creates multiple situations for the required exterior Emergency lighting to fail to provide the required Emergency lighting. The problem is large buildings such as multi-tenant buildings are typically fed from multiple Services that feeds a separate House Service for all exterior lighting and equipment and additional Services for Tenant spaces in the building. The loss of partial power to the building, power failure in Feeders, circuits, or equipment failure could create situations where public exiting the building would be directed to exits without any exterior normal or emergency illumination to the Public Way. This change in language to (6) will help to ensure that the normal or emergency illumination on the exterior of the building will be provided in any emergency situation. Luminaires listed for wet/damp locations are available that can provide both the normal and emergency lighting for these locations to comply with both International Building Code and the National Electrical Code.


Submitter Full Name: Haywood Kines

Organization: Prince William County Building

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


3900 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM











(6) Remote heads providing lighting for the exterior of an exit door shall be permitted to be supplied bythe unit equipment serving the area immediately inside the exit door.


The change to add item (6), formerly Exception No. 2 under 2011 NEC section 700.12(F), was added based upon the submitter's statement which read in part; " ...will allow a practice which is commonly done in the State where I inspect electrical wiring, this practice also appears to take place in other areas of the United States, as Electrical Engineers from other areas of the United States designs include this concept."

This change was enacted in part because individuals either did not understand the requirements of the National Electrical Code or were using an alternative design that presumably meant to provide an equivalent level of protection. This proposal, when accepted actually reduced the level of protection and should be removed in its entirety.

Unit equipment which includes both packaged units (consisting of one or more external lights with and an internal battery) as well as the systems that incorporate a larger battery that in turn powers remote heads that are not mounted with the battery, have always been required to be supplied by the circuit(s) that also supply the normal lighting in the area served by both the unit equipment AND the normal lighting, the exception notwithstanding. The reasons for this were to assure a minimum level of lighting in any area should there be a failure of the normal lighting system in that area. Emergency systems, no matter how robust, are ineffective if the systems do not detect a loss of power in the area served.

The NEC does not allow, and to the best of my knowledge never has allowed, unit equipment in any form to serve an area if the system is not connected to a battery which in turn is connected to the normal lighting serving that area. The danger of losing emergency lighting in an area that emergency lighting is required by any code introduces an unacceptable level of hazard to the occupants to safely egress from the facility.

Various building codes require emergency lighting for rooms, areas or spaces when there is an elevated hazard to the occupants. The hazards vary and range from high or extreme health hazards to the number of occupants in a room or space. When emergency lighting is required by the building codes, it becomes part of the required egress system that allows occupants to quickly and safely exit a facility. Egress lighting has always been required on the exterior of buildings however emergency lighting was recently added by at least one model code to the exterior egress system as well.


4861 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.16 Emergency Illumination.

Emergency illumination shall include all required means of egress lighting, illuminated exit signs, and all otherlights luminaires specified as necessary to provide required illumination.

Emergency lighting systems shall be designed and installed so that the failure of any individual lightingelement, such as the burning out of a lamp, cannot leave in total darkness any space that requiresemergency illumination.

Where high-intensity discharge lighting such as high- and low-pressure sodium, mercury vapor, and metalhalide is used as the sole source of normal illumination, the emergency lighting system shall be required tooperate until normal illumination has been restored.

Where an emergency system is installed, emergency illumination shall be provided in the area of thedisconnecting means required by 225.31 and 230.70, as applicable, where the disconnecting means areinstalled indoors.

Exception: Alternative means that ensure that the emergency lighting illumination level is maintainedshall be permitted.


The modification addresses two problems;1. Building codes may have two levels of illumination specifed for egress paths: one for when normal power is available( say 10FC in a stariway) and one for when the egress lighting system is on emergency power (say an average of 1FC along the egress path). The phrase "all required" means of egress could lead to an interpretation that the NEC has different requirements than the building code. Note that because "required" is used in the second part of the sentence as welll eliminating it is also better grammer and does not change the real intent.2 Changing "lighting" to luminaires aligns this with the term used in Article 410.


Submitter Full Name: James Degnan


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jun 11 19:51:57 EDT 2014


4865 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.16 Emergency Illumination.

Emergency illumination shall include all required means of egress lighting , illuminated exit signs, and allother lights specified as necessary to provide required illumination.Emergency lighting systems shall bedesigned and installed so that the failure of any individual lighting element, such as the burning out of a lamp,cannot leave in total darkness any space that requires emergency illumination.

Where high-intensity discharge lighting such as high- and low-pressure sodium, mercury vapor, and metalhalide is used as the sole source of normal illumination, the emergency lighting system shall be required tooperate until normal illumination has been restored.

Where an emergency system is installed, emergency illumination shall be provided in the area of thedisconnecting means required by 225.31 and 230.70, as applicable, where the disconnecting means areinstalled indoors.

Exception: Alternative means that ensure that the emergency lighting illumination level is maintainedshall be permitted.


The deleted text appears to be a definition of the term Emergency Illumination . Section 2.2.2.2 of the NEC Style Manual would suggest that definitions should not be included in the text of this section but inserted to section 700.2. I will submit a PI to that section to correlate such action if the CMP agrees.



Public Input No. 1001-NFPA 70-2014 [New Section after 700.2]


Submitter Full Name: Charles Palmieri

Organization: Town of Norwell

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Aug 02 08:35:27 EDT 2014


4864 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.26 Branch Circuit Emergency Lighting Transfer Switch (BCELTS)

Emergency lighting loads fed by branch circuits rated at not greater than 20A shall be permitted to betransferred from the normal branch circuit to an emergency branch circuit using a listed branch circuitemergency lighting transfer switch. The mechanically held requirement of section 700.5 (C) shall not apply tolisted branch circuit emergency lighting transfer switches.


Automatic Load Control Relays (ALCR’s) have long served as a method of controlling emergency lighting loads during normal operation and then automatically illuminating these loads to full brightness during a utility power interruption. These devices are evaluated in accordance with UL 924, the Standard for Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment. Historically, some ALCRs have been intended specifically as dimmer or switch bypass devices, whereas others have been intended for transferring an emergency lighting load between a normal power source and an emergency power source.

In 2011, section 700.24 (now 700.25 in the 2014 NEC) was added to the National Electrical Code, covering the requirements of ALCR’s. This section specifically states: "The load control relay shall not be used as transfer equipment." While UL 924 transfer-capable ALCR’s were never intended for use as general purpose transfer equipment, these devices fall within the NEC definition of transfer equipment because they can be intended for transferring a load between two asynchronous power sources (normal and emergency). However, they do not meet the current requirements of NEC Art. 700 for emergency transfer switches, even though they are sometimes being used in this application.

Currently, listed ACLR’s with transfer features are being installed in the field in violation of NEC section 700.25. Most of these devices have undergone no evaluation as emergency transfer switches. The uncertainty as to their ability to perform in a manner comparable to the traditional emergency transfer switches needed to be resolved. In order to resolve the conflict between the 2011 NEC and these existing devices, UL established a task group consisting of UL staff, STP 1008 members, STP 924 members, and manufacturers of these devices, which are now being called Branch Circuit Emergency Lighting Transfer Switches (BCELTS).

BCELTS devices (and transfer-capable ALCR’s that are re-evaluated as BCELTS’s under UL1008) will now be evaluated under comparable performance and construction requirements as those applied to traditional emergency transfer switches when used on branch circuits rated up to 20 amperes.

The following is a summary of the BCELTS-related changes to UL1008:

1. Added Branch Circuit Emergency Lighting Transfer Switch (BCELTS) to the scope of UL 1008. 2. Constrained the use of the BCELTS to emergency lighting loads on branch circuits rated not over 20 amperes. 3. Modified certain construction requirements of UL 1008 to accommodate the BCELTS, notably the modification of the mechanical hold requirement of a general purpose emergency transfer switch. 4. Added additional testing requirements for the BCELTS in order to provide safety equivalence between a general purpose transfer switch and the BCELTS.

This proposal for new section 700.26 is now needed to harmonize the BCELTS requirements of UL1008 and the NEC.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3904 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.27 Ground-Fault Protection of Equipment.

The alternate source for emergency systems shall not be required to have provide ground-fault protection ofequipment with automatic disconnecting means. Ground-fault indication of at the emergency source shall beprovided in accordance with 700.6(D) if ground-fault protection of equipment with automatic disconnectingmeans is not provided.


The current wording of the text implies that the ground fault equipment is installed for the purpose of protecting the source, which is not the case. Generators with protection in compliance to 445.12 (A) can't be damaged by an external ground fault.

In order to accurately sense a ground fault, especially in multiple generator installations, it is likely that the ground fault sensing equipment will not be located at or on the generator set. Consequently, the wording change be made so heroic measures are not needed to mount sensing equipment on the generator. The change makes it more clear that ground fault sensing is required for protection of the distribution system, and annunciation at the source is required, but protection is definitely not for the generator set, nor is it required to be located in the generator set package.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3905 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.28 Selective Coordination.

Emergency system(s) overcurrent devices shall be selectively coordinated with all supply-side overcurrentprotective devices.

Selective coordination shall be selected by a licensed professional engineer or other qualified personsengaged primarily in the design, installation, or maintenance of electrical systems. The selection shall bedocumented and made available to those authorized to design, install, inspect, maintain, and operate thesystem.

Exception: Selective coordination shall not be required between two overcurrent devices located in seriesif no loads are connected in parallel with the downstream device.

Informational Note: See IEEE 3004.13 Recommended Practice for Overcurrent Coordination in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems


The overcurrent coordination problem has proven to have many subtleties that should be informed by faster-moving engineering considerations available in the new IEEE 3000 series of recommended practices. The IEEE Industrial Applications Society 3000 series of standards are part of a larger project to revise and reorganize the technical content of the 13 existing IEEE Color Books which provided significant engineering information from experienced engineers. While many of the 3000 series standards are still “works in progress”, and the topical coverage seeking its proper place, it is not too soon for the various NEC committees to evaluate the importance of strengthening the NEC’s linkage to electrical engineering thought leadership.



Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony



Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3906 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




Emergency system(s) overcurrent devices shall be selectively coordinated with all emergency systemsupply-side overcurrent protective devices.





DJC_Public_Comment.pdf Example of Emergency System


700.28 states “Emergency system(s) overcurrent devices shall be selectively coordinated with all supply-side overcurrent protective devices.” This implies that the overcurrent protective device on the normal side of an automatic transfer switch must also meet the requirements for selective coordination.This is in conflict with the Scope of Article 700, which reads, "The provisions of this article apply to the electrical safety of the installation, operation, and maintenance of emergency systems consisting of circuits and equipment intended to supply, distribute, and control electricity for illumination, power, or both, to required facilities when the normal electrical supply or system is interrupted"

The attached sketch shows in red (solid) the emergency system, as described in the scope, when the normal system, shown in grey (dashed), is interrupted. The normal circuit breaker serving the normal side of an automatic transfer switch, is NOT within the scope of Article 700, therefore is not part of the emergency system, therefore is not required to coordinate with the downstream system.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3907 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




Emergency system(s) overcurrent devices shall and transfer equipment shall be selectively coordinated withall supply-side overcurrent protective devices.




by requiring the transfer equipment to be included in the selective coordination study will prevent problems that can occur in the field. Automatic transfer switches have specific withstand closing rating requirements per each manufacture, such as specific breaker, any breaker, fuses, 3 cycle & 30 cycle. This requirement will require the specific automatic transfer switch for the plan review phase of the project and solve any problems before the plans are released and the system is built.







Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3908 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.24 Directly Controlled Luminaires.

Where emergency illumination is provided by one or more directly controlled luminaires that respond to anexternal control input to bypass normal control upon loss of normal power, such luminaires and externalbypass controls shall be individually listed for use in emergency systems.


The title of this new section "Directly Controlled Luminaires" is not a defined term. In the last cycle when this was submitted (ROP 13-121) CMP 13 rejected the proposal. A revision was submitted (ROC 13-8) and accepted but in that process the only way to know what was intended with the new section is to read the 2014 ROP and ROC. Perhaps a definition could be considered such as:

700.2 Definitions.Directly Controlled Luminaire. Intelligent devices in the emergency control signal chain to be listed for use in emergency systems that through serial communications or analog control sense power loss that switches the luminaire to on.

My suggested definition may not accurately describe this luminaire. Please revise or consider an Informational Note that will help users know the intent of this section.


Submitter Full Name: David Hittinger

Organization: Independent Electrical Contractors of Greater Cincinnati

Affilliation: Independent Electrical Contractors

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Jul 28 13:56:05 EDT 2014


4866 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



700.26 Branch Circuit Emergency Lighting Transfer Switch (BCELTS)

Emergency lighting loads fed by branch circuits rated at not greater than 20A shall be permitted to betransferred from the normal branch circuit to an emergency branch circuit using a listed branch circuitemergency lighting transfer switch. The mechanically held requirement of section 700.5 (C) shall not apply tolisted branch circuit emergency lighting transfer switches.


Automatic Load Control Relays (ALCR’s) have long served as a method of controlling emergency lighting loads during normal operation and then automatically illuminating these loads to full brightness during a utility power interruption. These devices are evaluated in accordance with UL 924, the Standard for Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment. Historically, some ALCRs have been intended specifically as dimmer or switch bypass devices, whereas others have been intended for transferring an emergency lighting load between a normal power source and an emergency power source.

In 2011, section 700.24 (now 700.25 in the 2014 NEC) was added to the National Electrical Code, covering the requirements of ALCR’s. This section specifically states: "The load control relay shall not be used as transfer equipment." While UL 924 transfer-capable ALCR’s were never intended for use as general purpose transfer equipment, these devices fall within the NEC definition of transfer equipment because they can be intended for transferring a load between two asynchronous power sources (normal and emergency). However, they do not meet the current requirements of NEC Art. 700 for emergency transfer switches, even though they are sometimes being used in this application.

Currently, listed ACLR’s with transfer features are being installed in the field in violation of NEC section 700.25. Most of these devices have undergone no evaluation as emergency transfer switches. The uncertainty as to their ability to perform in a manner comparable to the traditional emergency transfer switches needed to be resolved. In order to resolve the conflict between the 2011 NEC and these existing devices, UL established a task group consisting of UL staff, STP 1008 members, STP 924 members, and manufacturers of these devices, which are now being called Branch Circuit Emergency Lighting Transfer Switches (BCELTS).

BCELTS devices (and transfer-capable ALCR’s that are re-evaluated as BCELTS’s under UL1008) will now be evaluated under comparable performance and construction requirements as those applied to traditional emergency transfer switches when used on branch circuits rated up to 20 amperes.

The following is a summary of the BCELTS-related changes to UL1008:

1. Added Branch Circuit Emergency Lighting Transfer Switch (BCELTS) to the scope of UL 1008. 2. Constrained the use of the BCELTS to emergency lighting loads on branch circuits rated not over 20 amperes. 3. Modified certain construction requirements of UL 1008 to accommodate the BCELTS, notably the modification of the mechanical hold requirement of a general purpose emergency transfer switch. 4. Added additional testing requirements for the BCELTS in order to provide safety equivalence between a general purpose transfer switch and the BCELTS.

This proposal for new section 700.26 is now needed to harmonize the BCELTS requirements of UL1008 and the NEC.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3904 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




The alternate source for emergency systems shall not be required to have provide ground-fault protection ofequipment with automatic disconnecting means. Ground-fault indication of at the emergency source shall beprovided in accordance with 700.6(D) if ground-fault protection of equipment with automatic disconnectingmeans is not provided.


The current wording of the text implies that the ground fault equipment is installed for the purpose of protecting the source, which is not the case. Generators with protection in compliance to 445.12 (A) can't be damaged by an external ground fault.

In order to accurately sense a ground fault, especially in multiple generator installations, it is likely that the ground fault sensing equipment will not be located at or on the generator set. Consequently, the wording change be made so heroic measures are not needed to mount sensing equipment on the generator. The change makes it more clear that ground fault sensing is required for protection of the distribution system, and annunciation at the source is required, but protection is definitely not for the generator set, nor is it required to be located in the generator set package.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3905 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




Emergency system(s) overcurrent devices shall be selectively coordinated with all emergency systemsupply-side overcurrent protective devices.





DJC_Public_Comment.pdf Example of Emergency System


700.28 states “Emergency system(s) overcurrent devices shall be selectively coordinated with all supply-side overcurrent protective devices.” This implies that the overcurrent protective device on the normal side of an automatic transfer switch must also meet the requirements for selective coordination.This is in conflict with the Scope of Article 700, which reads, "The provisions of this article apply to the electrical safety of the installation, operation, and maintenance of emergency systems consisting of circuits and equipment intended to supply, distribute, and control electricity for illumination, power, or both, to required facilities when the normal electrical supply or system is interrupted"

The attached sketch shows in red (solid) the emergency system, as described in the scope, when the normal system, shown in grey (dashed), is interrupted. The normal circuit breaker serving the normal side of an automatic transfer switch, is NOT within the scope of Article 700, therefore is not part of the emergency system, therefore is not required to coordinate with the downstream system.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3907 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




Emergency system(s) overcurrent devices shall be selectively coordinated with all supply-side overcurrentprotective devices.








Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony



Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3906 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




Emergency system(s) overcurrent devices shall and transfer equipment shall be selectively coordinated withall supply-side overcurrent protective devices.




by requiring the transfer equipment to be included in the selective coordination study will prevent problems that can occur in the field. Automatic transfer switches have specific withstand closing rating requirements per each manufacture, such as specific breaker, any breaker, fuses, 3 cycle & 30 cycle. This requirement will require the specific automatic transfer switch for the plan review phase of the project and solve any problems before the plans are released and the system is built.







Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3908 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



701.1 Scope.

The provisions of this article apply to the electrical safety of the installation, operation, and maintenance oflegally required standby systems consisting of circuits and equipment intended to supply, distribute, andcontrol electricity to required facilities for illumination or power, or both, when the normal electrical supply orsystem is interrupted.

The systems covered by this article consist only of those that are permanently installed in their entirety,including the power source.

Informational Note No. 1: For additional information, see NFPA 99-2012 2015 , Health Care FacilitiesCode.


Informational Note No. 3: For further information, see ANSI/IEEE 446-1995, Recommended Practicefor Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Industrial and Commercial Applications.


This is an editorial change to update 517 references to the recent changes to 2015 NFPA Healthcare Facilities Code to correlate information between the two documents as per the 2011 National Electrical Code Style Manual Section 4.3.2 and subsequent sections.


Submitter Full Name: Gary Beckstrand

Organization: Utah Electrical JATC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3909 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



Unit Equipment.

Equipment that is powered by rechargeable battery and is intended for illumination in the event ofnormal source power failure.


Those who are new to article 701 and unfamiliar with what Unit Equipment is may find a definition to be beneficial.



Public Input No. 669-NFPA 70-2014 [New Sectionafter 700.2]

Basicly these are identical definitions for two differentarticles.


Submitter Full Name: DANIEL MCKINNEY

Organization:

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3910 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(C) Battery Systems Maintenance.

Where batteries are used for control, starting, or ignition of prime movers, the authority having jurisdictionshall require periodic maintenance.

Informational Note: The type of maintenance depends upon the battery chemistry and the batterymanufacturer’s recommended maintenance. Some battery types or configurations may not require or evenallow maintenance, other than visual inspection or alarm testing.


It may not be feasible for an AHJ to enforce periodic maintenance, the requirements of which can vary from one battery chemistry to another. A new informational note is added to make that point. As battery chemistries other than lead-acid or nickel-cadmium are used in legally-required power systems, the code needs to evolve to consider their maintenance requirements (or the lack thereof).





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3911 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



701.4 Capacity and Rating.

A legally required standby system shall have adequate capacity and rating for the supply of all equipmentintended to be operated at one time. Legally required standby system equipment shall be suitable for themaximum available fault current at its terminals. Any additions or modifications to the legally requiredstandby power source shall include engineered calculations and the field testing of the legally requiredpower source.

The legally required standby alternate power source shall be permitted to supply both legally requiredstandby and optional standby system loads under either of the following conditions:

(1) Where the alternate source has adequate capacity to handle all connected loads

(2) Where automatic selective load pickup and load shedding is provided that will ensure adequate powerto the legally required standby circuits


The requirement of engineering calculations and field testing will ensure that the legally required standby power source will function correctly and as designed. The addition or modification to the legally required standby power source can occur over a period of time with the addition and/or modification of electrical equipment, devices or luminaires. The legally required standby power source may lose some of its capacity over a period of time. Not all jurisdictions have the luxury of electrical plan review, with the inspector being required to make a field call on the spot without any engineering or field testing of the revised legally required standby power source. The engineering calculations shall be permitted to use the demand metering allowed in NEC 220.87.


Submitter Full Name: Harold Willman

Organization: Colorado Code Consulting

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu May 15 18:36:10 EDT 2014


4867 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




Automatic transfer switches shall be electrically operated and mechanically held. Automatic transfer switches, rated 1000 VAC and below, shall be listed for emergency use.


This Public Input was developed by a Task Group assigned by the NEC Correlating Committee to: (1) resolve issues with actions taken by Code-making Panels 1 and 8 on proposals and comments in the 2014 NEC cycle relative to changing the voltage threshold in articles under their purview from 600 volts to 1000 volts, (2) address indoor and outdoor electrical substations, and (3) evaluate other higher voltage threshold requirements to be included relative to present trends. Members of the Task Group on Over 600 volts for this Public Input included: Alan Manche; Donny Cook; Vince Saporita; Lanny Floyd; Paul Barnhart; Eddie Guidry; Alan Peterson; Tom Adams; David Kendall; Dave Mercier; Tim Pope; and co-chairs Roger McDaniel and Neil F. LaBrake, Jr.; including ad-hoc members Larry Cogburn, CMP-8 Chair and Ken Boyce, CMP-1 Chair.The publication of UL 1008A permits the listing of transfer switches over 1000 V for emergency use.


Submitter Full Name: Neil LaBrake

Organization: National Grid

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3912 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Derangement Malfunction .

To indicate derangement indicate malfunction of the standby source.


The NEC Style Manual states "3.3.4 Word Clarity. Words and terms used in the NEC shall be specific and clear in meaning, and shall avoid jargon, trade terminology, industry-specific terms, or colloquial language that is difficult to understand. NEC language shall be brief, clear, and emphatic." The term "derangement" is not commonly used or understood in the industry, it is neither included in the Style Manual's list of standard terms nor does it appear anywhere in the NFPA 110 even thought the reader is directed to that standard for additional information or in UL2200 the product standard for generator sets. Therefore it should be replace with a Malfunction or another more suitable term.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3913 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(D) Ground Fault.

To indicate a ground fault in solidly grounded wye, legally required standby systems of more than 150 actualvolts to ground and circuit-protective devices rated 1000 amperes or more. The sensor for the ground-faultsignal devices shall be located at, or ahead of, the main system disconnecting means for the legally requiredstandby source, and the maximum setting of the signal devices shall be for a ground-fault current of 1200amperes. Instructions on the course of action to be taken in event of indicated ground fault shall be locatedat or near the sensor location.

Informational Note: For signals for generator sets, see NFPA 110-2013, Standard for Emergency andStandby Power Systems.








Organization: none


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3914 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Mandated Standby.

A sign shall be placed at the service entrance indicating type and location of each on-site legally requiredstandby power sources.

Exception: A sign shall not be required for individual unit equipment as specified in 701.12(G) .


with the increased use standby power sources, multi tenant buildings can have multiple standby power sources at different locations, by specifying each, the sign will be specific for each tenant and standby power sources.








Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3915 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



TITLE OF NEW CONTENT section 701.10 (A) A Grounded Non-separately derived system


A non-separately derived generator shall not supply more than one transfer switch under the followingconditions

(1) A service disconnect and a feeder that is supplied from another set of service entrance conductors.

(2) Two or more feeders supplied from different sets of service entrance conductors.

(3) Two or more feeders that are individually supplied from a different separately derived source.

(4) Two or more feeders with one of the feeders supplying emergency load(s).



img004.pdf Parallel path

img005.pdf load side connection

img006.pdf emergency loads



Section 250.24 (A) (5) address the load side of a main service disconnect neutral to bond connection. This is not a load side connection but one from another main service panel. Connecting the generator non-separately derived will create a parallel path and if one of the panels lost a neutral the other service neutral would be overloaded.


This new section will remove this hazard and make it clear this type of installation is not permitted.



Organization: master electrician

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3916 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Storage Battery.

A storage battery shall be of suitable rating and capacity to supply and maintain at not less than 87 1 ⁄ 2percent of system voltage the maintain the total load of the circuits supplying legally required standby powerfor a period of at least 1 1⁄2 hours .

Batteries, whether of the acid or alkali type, shall be designed and constructed to meet the servicerequirements of emergency service and shall be compatible with the charger for that particular installation.

For a sealed battery, the container shall not be required to be transparent. However, for the lead acidbattery that requires water additions, transparent or translucent containers shall be furnished.Automotive-type batteries shall not be used.

An automatic battery charging means shall be provided.

without the voltage applied to the load falling below the load equipment manufacturer’s minimum operatingrange.



As battery chemistries other than lead-acid or nickel-cadmium begin to be used in emergency power systems, the code needs to evolve to consider them and not be lead-acid or nickel-cadmium specific. Some batteries can drop as low as 50% of nominal voltage with no problems, but the load equipment must determine what an acceptable voltage range would be.

An informational note is created to meet the intent of the deleted text by reference to NEC Article 480 and to NFPA 111 (Standard for Stored Electrical Energy Emergency and Standby Power Systems).





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3917 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 2755-NFPA 70-2014 [ Section No. 701.12(G) ]

(G) Unit Equipment.

Individual unit equipment for legally required standby illumination shall consist of the following:

(1) A rechargeable battery

(2) A battery charging means

(3) Provisions for one or more lamps mounted on the equipment and shall be permitted to have terminalsfor remote lamps

(4) A relaying device arranged to energize the lamps automatically upon failure of the supply to the unitequipment

The batteries shall be of suitable rating and capacity to supply and maintain at not less than 87 1 ⁄ 2percent of the nominal battery voltage for the total lamp load associated with the unit at not less than either(a) or (b) for:

( a) a period of at least 1 1 ⁄ 2 hours, or the unit equipment shall supply and maintain 11⁄2 hours withoutthe voltage falling below the lamp equipment manufacturer’s minimum operating voltage range; or

(b) not less than 60 percent of the initial legally required standby illumination for a period of at least

1 1 ⁄ 2 hours. Storage batteries, whether of the acid or alkali type, shall be designed and constructed tomeet the requirements of emergency service. 11⁄2 hours


Unit equipment shall be permanently fixed in place (i.e., not portable) and shall have all wiring to each unitinstalled in accordance with the requirements of any of the wiring methods in Chapter 3. Flexiblecord-and-plug connection shall be permitted, provided that the cord does not exceed 900 mm (3 ft) in length.The branch circuit feeding the unit equipment shall be the same branch circuit as that serving the normallighting in the area and connected ahead of any local switches. Legally required standby luminaires thatobtain power from a unit equipment and are not part of the unit equipment shall be wired to the unitequipment by one of the wiring methods of Chapter 3.

Exception: In a separate and uninterrupted area supplied by a minimum of three normal lighting circuits,a separate branch circuit for unit equipment shall be permitted if it originates from the same panelboardas that of the normal lighting circuits and is provided with a lock-on feature.


As battery chemistries other than lead-acid or nickel-cadmium begin to be used in emergency power systems, the code needs to evolve to consider them and not be lead-acid or nickel-cadmium specific. Some batteries can drop as low as 50% of nominal voltage with no problems, but the load equipment must determine what is an acceptable voltage range.

The text is rearranged into bullet form in compliance with the manual of style.

An informational note is created to meet the intent of the deleted text by reference to NEC Article 480 and NFPA 111 (Standard for Stored Electrical Energy Emergency and to Standby Power Systems).





Street Address:


3918 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




The alternate source for legally required standby systems shall not be required to have provide ground-faultprotection of equipment with automatic disconnecting means. Ground-fault indication of at the legallyrequired standby source shall be provided in accordance with 701.6(D) if ground-fault protection ofequipment with automatic disconnecting means is not provided.


The current wording of the text implies that the ground fault equipment is installed for the purpose of protecting the source, which is not the case. Further, some authorities interpret the text to require ground fault protection mounted on the generator.

Generators with protection in compliance to 445.12 (A) can't be damaged by an external ground fault, so, clearly the protection is for the equipment connected to the generator.

In order to accurately sense a ground fault, especially in multiple generator installations, it is likely that the ground fault sensing equipment will not be located at or on the generator set. Consequently, the wording change be made so heroic measures are not needed to mount sensing equipment on the generator. The change makes it more clear that ground fault sensing is required for protection of distribution system equipment, and annunciation at the source is required, but protection is definitely not for the generator set, nor is it required to be located in the generator set package.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3920 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




Legally required standby system(s) overcurrent devices shall be selectively coordinated with all supply-sideovercurrent protective devices.








Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony



Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3921 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




Legally required standby system(s) overcurrent devices shall and transfer equipment shall be selectivelycoordinated with all supply-side overcurrent protective devices.




by requiring the transfer equipment to be included in the selective coordination study will prevent problems that can occur in the field. Automatic transfer switches have specific withstand closing rating requirements per each manufacture, such as specific breaker, any breaker, 3 cycle & 30 cycle. This requirement will require the specific automatic transfer switch for the plan review phase of the project and solve any problems before the plans are released and the system is built







Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3922 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(1) Manual Transfer Equipment.

Where manual transfer equipment is used, an optional standby system shall have adequate capacity andrating for the supply of all equipment intended to be operated at one time. The user of the optional standbysystem shall be permitted to select the load connected to the system. Instructions shall be posted at thepoint where loads will be selected providing guidance for untrained persons who may be confronted with thenecessity to select the loads to be connected.


The submitter previously proposed a mandatory requirement similar to 702.4(B)(2), however, CMP 13 rejected it as excessive. Over the fullness of time, and confronted with an actual case at one of his properties, this submitter has come to fully agree with that rejection. However, nothing in that rejection repealed Murphy's Law. At the time of an outage, the least qualified person is likely to be the one confronted with the problem of making load selections. Adding a small directory of circuit priorities would help avoid overloading the generator until qualified assistance could be summoned, or perhaps at least contacted on a mobile telephone.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3923 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(2) Automatic Transfer Equipment.

Where automatic transfer equipment is used, an optional standby system shall comply with (2)(a) or (2)(b).

(a) Full Load. The standby source shall be capable of supplying the full load that is transferred bythe calculated load or maximum demand that will be connected by the automatic transfer equipment.

(b) Load Management. Where a system is employed that will automatically manage the connected load,the standby source shall have a capacity sufficient to supply the maximum load that will be connectedby the load management system.


It is my feeling that changing the words full load to calculated load provides consistency with 702.4B. Moreover, adding the words maximum demand provide clafirication to NEC users that it is permissible to refer to Article 220.87 if sufficient data is available. It seems favorable to reference Article 220.87 in this section, as using actual demand data to size a generator could prove to be beneficial to code users.


Submitter Full Name: Mitch Feininger

Organization: North Dakota State Electrical Board

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Oct 05 07:50:51 EDT 2014


3925 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 3250-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 702.4(B)(2) ]


Exception: For dwelling units, the installation of an Optional Standby System utilizing automatic transferequipment shall have adequate capacity and rating for the load that is intended to be operated at the sametime.


Substantiation: An optional standby system by definition supplies power to those systems “where life safety does not depend on the performance of the system”. 90.1 (B) states that the provisions of the Code are “necessary for safety”. And compliance “results in an installation that is essentially free from hazard but not necessarily efficient, convenient, or adequate for good service”. Homeowners installing optional back-up power systems simply want to have the ability to supply power to some limited loads for convenience when there is a power outage, and they want flexibility on which loads they want to supply power to, so they install an automatic transfer switch at the service for the entire home. When the owner is home, there could be a substantial load with equipment and appliances that they are utilizing along with appliances and equipment that cycle on and off randomly such as air-conditioners, refrigerators, furnaces, well pumps etc. If there is a power outage and the load is more than the generator is able to supply, the owner can shed load and restart the generator or reset the output breaker on the generator. This would be similar to a manual type transfer switch where the generator could be overloaded also. Typically, when no one is home, the actual load on a dwelling is minimal. There is always the cycling on and off of equipment throughout the day, but the load is still nominal. There was a previous proposal where Generac supplied data supporting the fact that even a very small generator could supply the power required for most homes when needed. The addition of this exception does not eliminate other requirements of this Code for wire size and overcurrent protection of all the conductors on the normal power side or generator side of the transfer switch to ensure a safe installation. It simply allows for homeowners to have flexibility of the loads they may want to provide power to from the generator without increasing the cost for an oversized generator.


Submitter FullName:

Dean Wemmer

Organization: Regional Building Department

Affilliation:Chief Electrical Inspector for Pikes Peak Regional BuildingDepartment.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3924 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



702.5 Transfer Equipment.

Transfer equipment shall be suitable for the intended use and designed and installed so as to prevent theinadvertent interconnection of normal and alternate sources of supply in any operation of the transferequipment. Transfer equipment and electric power production systems installed to permit operation inparallel with the normal source shall meet the requirements of Article 705 .

Transfer equipment, located on the load side of branch circuit protection, shall be permitted to containsupplemental overcurrent protection having an interrupting rating sufficient for the available fault current thatthe generator can deliver. The supplementary overcurrent protection devices shall be part of a listed transferequipment.

Transfer equipment shall be required for all standby systems subject to the provisions of this article and forwhich an electric utility supply is either the normal or standby source.

Exception: Temporary connection C onnection of a portable generator without transfer equipment shallbe permitted in accordance with Article 590 for temporary installations during the period of construction,remodeling, maintenance, repair, demolition, emergencies, testing, experiments, developmental work,outages or similar where conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified personsservice the installation and where the normal supply is physically isolated by a lockable disconnectingmeans or by disconnection of the normal supply conductors. Temporary wiring shall be removed uponcompletion of construction or purpose for which the wiring was installed


The current exception has been subject to misinterpretation. Installers have attempted to install permanent electrical wiring without a transfer switch to allow for the plug and play (via single-pole separable connectors), short-term, unattended connection of large portable generators at a chain of convenience stores who may lose power during severe weather. This completely negates the basic rule for a permanently installed transfer switch.

The inclusion of the word "temporary" at the beginning of the exception infers that a transfer switch is not required if the generator will only be connected for a short period of time. The period of time is not really relevant; the purpose of the exception is to allow for the one-time or very infrequent connection of a portable generator, without the need for a permanently installed transfer switch, when the normal utility supply is not available due to construction, remodeling, repairs, outages and so on, and qualified persons are responsible for and available to attend to the temporary installation.

Some wording in the proposed revision has been borrowed from and is consistent with Article 590 for Temporary Installations. NEC 702.5 Exception came about during the 2005 code cycle: this proposed revision clarifies the intent with the original proposal, comments, substantiations and code-panel statements from the 2005 cycle.


Submitter Full Name: JOHN WILLIAMSON

Organization: MN DEPT LABOR AND INDUSTRY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3926 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



702.6 Signals.

Audible and visual signal devices shall be provided, where practicable, for the following purposes.

( 1 A ) Derangement Malfunction .

To indicate derangement Malfunction of the optional standby source.

( 2 B ) Carrying Load.

To indicate that the optional standby source is carrying load.

Exception: Signals shall not be required for portable standby power sources.


The NEC Style Manual states "3.3.4 Word Clarity. Words and terms used in the NEC shall be specific and clear in meaning, and shall avoid jargon, trade terminology, industry-specific terms, or colloquial language that is difficult to understand. NEC language shall be brief, clear, and emphatic." The term "derangement" is not commonly used or understood in the industry and is not included in the Style Manual's list of standard terms. It also does not appear anywhere in NFPA 110 even thought the reader is directed to that standard for additional information nor in UL2200 the product standard for generator sets. Therefore it should be replace with a Malfunction or another more suitable term. Also, the numbering of the sub articles should follow NEC style requirements to be consistent with the corresponding sub articles in 700.6 and 701.6




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Nov 02 08:43:32 EST 2014


3928 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



702.5 Transfer Equipment.

Transfer equipment shall be suitable for the intended use and designed and installed so as to prevent theinadvertent interconnection of normal and alternate sources of supply in any operation of the transferequipment. Transfer equipment and electric power production systems installed to permit operation inparallel with the normal source shall meet the requirements of Article 705 .

Transfer equipment, located on the load side of branch circuit protection, shall be permitted to containsupplemental overcurrent protection having an interrupting rating sufficient for the available fault current thatthe generator can deliver. The supplementary overcurrent protection devices shall be part of a listed transferequipment.

Transfer equipment shall be required for all standby systems subject to the provisions of this article and forwhich an electric utility supply is either the normal or standby source. Transfer equipment rated 1000vnominal or less shall be listed for intende use and controls

Exception: Temporary connection of a portable generator rated 1000v nominal or less without transferequipment shall be permitted where conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualifiedpersons service the installation and where the normal supply is physically isolated by a lockabledisconnecting means or by disconnection of the normal supply conductors.


this section needs to corrdinate with 701 and 702 for 1000vac equipment and transfer switch listing




Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3927 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



NEC 702.7 Signs

Add the following new section to (A)

(1) A permanent label shall be placed at equipment connection point(s) indicating “phase rotation “and colorcode arrangement for 3-phase systemsAs an electrical contractor who provided optional power systems for customers during Super StormSandy, phase rotation was a challenge; labeling requirements would have reduced rotation errors whenpower loss occurs saving time money and equipment safety protection…thank you for considering


As an electrical contractor who provided optional power systems for customers during Super Storm Sandy, phase rotation was a challenge; labeling requirements would have reduced rotation errors when power loss occurs saving time money and equipment safety protection…thank you for considering


Submitter Full Name: Bob Froehlich

Organization: abf CONSULTANTS LLC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3929 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



702.7 Signs.

(A) Standby.

A sign shall be placed at the service-entrance equipment that indicates the type and location of on-siteoptional standby power sources. A sign shall not be required for individual unit equipment for standbyillumination.

Informational Note: Meter enclosures are by NEC definition not service equipment therefore signs are notrequired.

(B) Grounding.

Where removal of a grounding or bonding connection in normal power source equipment interrupts thegrounding electrode conductor connection to the alternate power source(s) grounded conductor, a warningsign shall be installed at the normal power source equipment stating:

WARNING

SHOCK HAZARD EXISTS IF GROUNDING

ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR OR BONDING JUMPER

CONNECTION IN THIS EQUIPMENT IS REMOVED

WHILE ALTERNATE SOURCE(S) IS ENERGIZED.

The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with 110.21(B) .

(C) Power Inlet.

Where a power inlet is used for a temporary connection to a portable generator, a warning sign shall beplaced near the inlet to indicate the type of derived system that the system is capable of based on the wiringof the transfer equipment. The sign shall display one of the following warnings:

WARNING:

FOR CONNECTION OF A SEPARATELY DERIVED (BONDED NEUTRAL) SYSTEM ONLY or

WARNING:

FOR CONNECTION OF A NONSEPARATELY DERIVED (FLOATING NEUTRAL) SYSTEM ONLY


There is great confusion as to when and where these signs are required. Many inspectors have been requiring signs on meter enclosures even though, by the article 100 definition, meter enclosures are not service equipment. This needs to be spelled out in a clear and concise manner which the additional wording of the new informational note will accomplish.


Submitter Full Name: robert meier

Organization: NA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3930 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Standby.

A sign shall be placed at the service-entrance equipment that indicates the type and location of each on-siteoptional standby power sources. A sign shall not be required for individual unit equipment for standbyillumination.


with the increased use of standby power sources, multi tenant buildings can have multiple standby power sources at different locations, by specifying each, the sign will be specific for each tenant and standby power sources.








Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3931 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(C) Power Inlet Cord or plug connection .

Where a power inlet, pin and sleeve device or attachment plug is used for a temporary connection to aportable generator, a warning sign shall be placed near the inlet connector that is permanently installed toindicate the type of derived system that the system is capable of based on the wiring of the transferequipment. The sign shall display one of the following warnings:

WARNING:

FOR CONNECTION OF A SEPARATELY DERIVED (BONDED NEUTRAL) SYSTEM ONLY or

WARNING:

FOR CONNECTION OF A NONSEPARATELY DERIVED (FLOATING NEUTRAL) SYSTEM ONLY



214v2tx.jpg power inlet

generator4.jpg Attachment plug

powertite_pin_sleeve_plugs_conn_recpt_large.jpg Pin and sleeve

tapbox.jpg pin and sleeve


this requirement is needed at all types of cord and plug connections




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3932 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



TITLE OF NEW CONTENT 702.10 (A) A Grounded non-separately system


A non-separately derived generator shall not supply more than one transfer switch under the followingconditions

(1) A service disconnect and a feeder that is supplied from another set of service entrance conductors.

(2) Two or more feeders supplied from different sets of service entrance conductors.

(3) Two or more feeders that are individually supplied from a separate separately derived source.



img004.pdf Parallel path

img005.pdf load side connection



Section 250.24 (A) (5) address the load side of a main service disconnect neutral to bond connection. This is not a load side connection but one from another main service panel. Connecting the generator non-separately derived will create a parallel path and if one of the panels lost a neutral the other service neutral would be overloaded.


This new section will make it clear this type of installation is not permitted.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3933 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(B) Nonseparately Derived System.

Where a portable optional standby source is used as a nonseparately derived system, the equipmentgrounding bonding conductor shall be bonded to the system grounding electrode.


The term “equipment grounding conductor” is a misnomer even though it has been in use for many many years. Although it is a grounded conductor in normal practice for grounded systems, the idea that grounding makes a system safe, or safer, is inherently false. Connecting a conductor from metallic equipment “likely to become energized” to the earth does not reduce the shock potential during a fault but, rather, enhances it. The shock potential is basically the voltage drop along the conductor (equipment grounding conductor) due to fault current flowing back to the source. The shock hazard depends upon the time until the fault is cleared by an overcurrent device or some other event.The sizing requirement in 250.122 results in fault voltages greater than 80% of the supply voltage except for 30 ampere and smaller circuits. Fortunately, in many cases, there are alternate paths for fault current to flow so that the return path impedance may be less than the supply conductor impedance and the resultant fault voltage may be less than one-half of the supply voltage. Even at this lower fault voltage, a shock potential and hazard will exist.This conductor (equipment grounding conductor) is intended to protect the equipment and personnel during a fault by providing a low impedance path to the source with a resultant high fault current that will operate an overcurrent device rapidly. This conductor provides a basic “protective” function rather than the misleading “grounding” function. The use of the term “protective conductor” would better describe the function of this important conductor instead of the misleading term “equipment grounding conductor”. Making this change would also bring the NEC in conformity with the IEC which uses the abbreviation “PE” for the protective conductor.Code Panel 5 members have often stated that those in the industry understand what the purpose of the equipment grounding conductor is for. The Panel members understand and probably most of the inspectors and electricians do also. There are, however, enough people doing electrical work without a correct knowledge and they constitute a clear and present danger to the public. This is apparent from the large number of questions that are asked at Inspectors meetings, grounding classes, and as documented recently in the August/September 2014 issue of the NFPA Digest.Changing the terminology will not confuse those that understand but will serve to make the uninformed aware that there is more to electrical safety than merely “grounding” everything.


Submitter Full Name: ELLIOT RAPPAPORT

Organization: ELECTRO TECHNOLOGY

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3934 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



702.12 Outdoor Generator Sets.

(A) Permanently Installed Generators and Portable Generators Greater Than 15 kW .


(B) Portable Generators 15 kW or Less.

Where a portable generator, rated 15 kW or less, is installed using a flanged inlet or other cord- andplug-type connection, a disconnecting means shall not be required where ungrounded conductors serve orpass through a building or structure.


Section 445.18 has no KW rating limitations on cord and plug connected portable generators, eliminating the 15 KW rating would now allow all portable generators to modify the building disconnect location to the generator location, currently only the 15 KW or more portable generators have this allowance.

The 15 KW or less portable generator section (702.12 (B)) should be eliminated because it does not allow for a modification of the building disconnect like the 15 KW or more. Because the cord and plug connection is allowed for all portable generators, the inlet outlet is a type of cord and plug connection and need not be singled out. You could install a 15 KW rated portable generator with a cord and plug connection and relocate the building disconnect and not a 14 KW rated portable generator. A, 14 KW or less portable generator vs a 15 KW rating poses less of a hazard and should be allowed.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3935 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 4494-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 702.12(A) ]

(2) Outdoor Generator Installation.

Generator sets located outdoors shall be mounted in a weather resistant housing and shall belocated at least 1.5m (5 ft) from structures having combustible walls per NFPA 37, section 4.1.4. Alesser distance is permitted, if the weatherproof enclosure has been tested to demonstrate that a firewithin the enclosure will not ignite combustible materials outside the enclosure. The lesser distancelocation is to be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Listing and labeling isrequired as evidence of this testing.


The problem is that the NEC sections relating to generators (articles 445, 700, 701 and 702) does not define the installation of an engine generator at all. Permanently installed engine generators burn a gaseous fuel creating heat and electricity. If there is a fire inside the generator enclosure it is imperative that the fire be contained in the enclosure when the placement of the unit is less than 5 feet from a combustible wall. This is per NFPA 37, section 4.1.4.When the placement of the generator is less than 5 feet from a combustible wall it must be demonstrated that a fire inside the unit is contained in the enclosure. If this can be demonstrated, then the fire will not spread to the adjacent combustible wall.It is critical that this fire testing be performed in a lab situation which facilitates proper monitoring, evaluation and documentation of the test. The lab setting allows for a full scale mock-up of a combustible structure, normal operating conditions of the generator, complete with simulated load, and multiple temperature measurements. The documentation allows for future evaluation of similar generators and building materials that may not be commonly available at the time of the testing.Working with a lab that provides a listing and labeling service provides a certified test report and follow up service inspections to ensure the integrity and validity of the test and the product now and in the future.





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3938 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Permanently Installed Generators and Portable Generators Greater Than 15 kW and PermanentlyInstalled Generators .



revising the text makes it clear the 15 KW rating only applies to the Portable generator. If interpreted as to include the permanent generator in the 15 KW rating, you no longer can relocate the building disconnect to a permanent generator 15 KW or less.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3939 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(A) Permanently Installed Generators and Portable Generators Greater Than 15 kW.

(1) Where an outdoor housed generator set is equipped with a readily accessible disconnectingmeans in accordance with 445.18 , and the disconnecting means is located within sight of the building orstructure supplied, an additional disconnecting means shall not be required where ungrounded conductorsserve or pass through the building or structure. Where the generator supply conductors terminate at adisconnecting means in or on a building or structure, the disconnecting means shall meet the requirements of225.36 .


There is not a problem that this proposal will address. There is no change to the code language as presented. The change described here is required to reformat this section to allow an additional clause to be added to 702.12(A). By making the existing text 702.12(A)(1) a new clause can be added to 702.12(A).





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3940 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 3589-NFPA 70-2014 [ New Section after 702.12(A) ]

(1) Inlets

Power inlets, rated 100Amps or greater, used for the connection of a portable generator set shall beequipped with an interlocked disconnecting means at the point of connection to prevent disconnectionunder load.

Exception 1: If the inlet device is rated as a disconnect

Exception 2: Supervised industrial installations where permanent space is identified for the portablegenerator located within line of site of the power inlets shall not be required to have interlockeddisconnecting means nor inlets rated as disconnects.


This public input is a companion input to a similar change suggested for Article 445 as an alternative in case the technical committee wishes to limit the requirement to 702 systems only.

Code Making Panel 13 during the NEC 2014 Cycle directed this submitter as follows:

“CMP 13 rejects this comment since this may impact equipment not originally considered in the proposal. The submitter is encouraged to develop proposals in the next NEC cycle to incorporate this concept for the connection of portable generators to premises without regard to the type of system. Furthermore, any proposed text should address all levels of ampacity and types of equipment that may be impacted.”

This proposal is designed to address the request of the panel. The supervised industrials text was added to address the issue raised in the 2014 cycle when a technical panel member showed a picture of an industrial installation where the inlets were adjacent to a designated area for the portable generator which was not intended to be covered by this submitter.

As stated in previous proposals during the NEC 2014 cycle, a portable generator can be out of line of site from the point at which it electrically connects through a permanently installed inlet. If a person cannot visibly see the generator to which it is connected, disconnecting under load can present a safety hazard if the inlet is not rated for load break.

The intent of the proposal is to either require: a. Inlets to be load break rated (There are inlet load-break solutions on the market for applications above 100 Amps. This proposal will help ensure the solution is a safe one for portable generators.) or

b. Require the power inlet be interlocked via a disconnect to ensure that the disconnect is opened prior to disconnecting. This would prevent someone from disconnecting a non-load break device under load.

The proposal acknowledges the fact that devices up to 60 amps can be rated as a disconnecting means. There are also solutions on the market that advertise load-break capabilities above 100Amps. This proposal aims to ensure the right solution is provided for the application.



Public Input No. 4533-NFPA 70-2014 [New Article after 445]


Submitter Full Name: Thomas Domitrovich

Organization: Eaton Corporation

Affilliation: Eaton Corporation

Street Address:

City:

State:


3936 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



This PI proposes a new Article 706 covering Energy Storage Systems (ESS). Two versions ofthis new article are being submitted by the NEC DC Task Group. One with this PI and theother with a companion PI. Each is identified with a unique date. Each version is provided asa clean copy and one with track changes containing notes from the task group discussionsfor the benefit of the panel. Each version is provided with its own substantiation. This PIcovers the 11-4-14 version. A file containing the task group members is provided. The fourfiles provided with this PI are identified as follows.

1. NEC article 706 on ESS Final_Clean copy_11-4-14

2. NEC article 706 on ESS Final w_track changes_11-4-14

3. Substantiation for Article 706 Final_11-4-14

4. NEC DC Task Group Members



File Name DescriptionApproved

NEC_article_706_on_ESS_Final_Clean_copy_11-4-14.docx

NEC_article_706_on_ESS_Final_w_track_changes_11-4-14.docx

Substantiation_for_Article_706_Final_11-4-14.docx

Contact_List_-_NEC_DC_TG.pdf


This Public Input was developed by the DC Task Group of the NEC Technical Correlating Committee.

The DC Task Group is chaired by John R. Kovacik, UL LLC. The Article 706 subcommittee of the task group was chaired by David Conover of PNNL. The participants in the Task Group and their employers/associations are listed in a separate file provided with this PI.

It is difficult to prepare a complex NEC Article like this, combining input from many different sources and other working groups (including the IEEE battery group, and the Article 690 task group), and other organizations such as NEMA and many companies, including manufacturers of equipment covered by this new article. The Task Group for this work had 79 members.

We are submitting two versions of the proposed new article:

1. A version dated October 30 with background information and comments included.

2. A version dated November 4. This is a reformat and a modification of version 1.

The reason for the two versions is that we had insufficient time to complete the task of creating the final Article, and fully cross-checking all input with final text. We understand that this work will likely continue under a CMP13 task group, appointed by the CMP chair. By providing both documents, we show both the ultimate intended form of the article (version dated November 4), and the full list of content that was researched and proposed (version dated October 30).

Please refer to the file provided with this PI which contains the complete substantiation.



Public Input No. 4219-NFPA 70-2014[Global Input]

Other version of new Article 706 submitted by the NEC DCTask Group


78 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


ARTICLE 706

Energy Storage Systems

I. General

706.1 Scope. This article applies to all permanently installed energy storage systems (ESS) which may be

stand-alone or interactive with other electric power production sources.

Informational Note No. 1. Operating voltages and power ratings for self-contained energy

storage systems are typically found on the equipment nameplate data.

Informational Note No 2: The following standards are frequently referenced for the installation

of energy storage systems:

(1) IEEE 484-2008, Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications

(2) IEEE 485-1997, Recommended Practice for Sizing Vented Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for Stationary Applications.

(3) IEEE 1145-2007, Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems


(5) IEEE 1375-1996 (Rev. 2003), IEEE Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems (6) IEEE 1578-2007, Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Spill Containment and

Management (7) IEEE 1635/ASHRAE 21-2012, Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal Management of

Stationary Battery Installations (8) UL 1973, Batteries for Use in Light Electric Rail (LER) Applications and Stationary Applications (9) UL Subject 2436, Spill Containment For Stationary Lead Acid Battery Systems (10) UL 1989, Standby Batteries (11) UL 810A, Electrochemical Capacitors (12) UL Subject 9540, Safety of Energy Storage Systems and Equipment

706.2 Definitions

Battery. Two or more cells connected together electrically in series, in parallel, or a combination of

both to provide the required operating voltage and current levels.

Battery Terminal. That part of a cell, container, or battery to which an external connection is made

(commonly identified as post, pillar, pole, or terminal post).

Cell. The basic electrochemical unit, characterized by a negative electrode (anode) and a positive

electrode (cathode), used to receive, store, and deliver electrical energy.

Container. A vessel that holds the plates, electrolyte, and other elements of a single unit, comprised of

one or more cells, in a battery. It can be referred to as a ‘jar’ or ‘case’.


Diversion Charge Controller. Equipment that regulates the charging process of an ESS by diverting

power from energy storage to direct-current or alternating-current loads or to an interconnected utility

service.

Electrochemical Battery. A battery comprised of one or more rechargeable cells of the lead-acid, nickel-

cadmium, or other rechargeable electrochemical types.

Electrolyte. The medium that provides the ion transport mechanism between the positive and negative

electrodes of a cell.

Energy Storage System (ESS). A device or more than one device assembled together capable of storing

energy for use at a future time. ESS(s) include but are not limited to electrochemical storage devices

(batteries), flowing electrolyte batteries, capacitors, and kinetic energy devices (flywheels and

compressed air). These systems can have ac or dc output for utilization and can include inverters and

converters to change stored energy into electrical energy.

Energy Storage System, Self-contained. Energy storage systems where the energy storage devices such

as cells, batteries or modules and any necessary controls, ventilation, illumination, fire suppression or

alarm systems are assembled, installed and packaged into a singular energy storage container or unit.

Informational Note: Self-contained systems will generally be manufactured by a single entity,

tested and listed to safety standards relevant to the system and readily connected on site to the

electrical system and in the case of multiple systems to each other

Energy Storage System, Pre-engineered of Matched Components. Energy storage systems that are not

self-contained systems but instead are provided as separate components of a system by a singular entity

that are matched and intended to be assembled as an energy storage system at the system installation

site.

Informational Note: Pre-engineered systems of matched components for field assembly as a

system will generally be designed by a single entity and comprised of components that are tested

and listed separately or as an assembly to safety standards relevant to the component and

readily assembled on site as a system and connected on site to the electrical system.

Energy Storage System, Other. Energy storage systems that are not self-contained or pre-engineered

systems of matched components but instead are composed of individual components assembled as a

system.

Informational Note: Other systems will generally be comprised of different components

combined on site to create an ESS. Those components would generally be tested and listed to

safety standards relevant to the application.

Flowing Electrolyte Battery. An energy storage device similar to a fuel cell that stores its active

materials in the form of two aqueous electrolytes external to the reactor interface. When in use the

electrolytes are pumped between reactor and storage tanks.

Informational Note: Two commercially available flow battery technologies are zinc bromine and

vanadium redox, sometimes referred to as pumped electrolyte ESS.


Intercell Connector. An electrically conductive bar or cable used to connect adjacent cells in a battery.

Intertier Connector. In an electrochemical battery system, an electrical conductor used to connect two

cells on different tiers of the same rack or different shelves of the same rack.

Inverter Input Circuit. Conductors between the inverter and the ESS in stand-alone and multimode

inverter systems.

Inverter Output Circuit. Conductors between the inverter and another electric power production

source, such as a utility for electrical production and distribution network.

Inverter Utilization Output Circuit. Conductors between the multimode or standalone inverter and

utilization equipment.

Nominal Voltage (Battery or Cell). The value assigned to a cell or battery of a given voltage class for the

purpose of convenient designation. The operating voltage of the cell or battery may vary above or below

this value.

Informational Note: The most common nominal cell voltages are 2 volts per cell for the lead-acid

systems, 1.2 volts per cell for alkali systems, and 3.6 to 3.8 volts per cell for Li-ion systems.

Nominal voltages can vary with different chemistries.

Sealed Cell or Battery. A cell or battery that has no provision for the routine addition of water or

electrolyte or for external measurement of electrolyte specific gravity.

Informational Note: Some cells that are considered to be sealed under conditions of normal

use, such as valve-regulated lead-acid or some lithium cells, contain pressure relief valves.

706.3 Other Articles. Wherever the requirements of other articles of this Code and Article 706 differ,

the requirements of Article 706 shall apply. If the ESS is capable of being operated in parallel with a

primary source(s) of electricity, the requirements in 705.14, 705.16, 705.32 and 705.143 shall apply.

706.4 System Classification. ESS shall be classified as one of the types described in (A), (B) or (C).

(A) Self-contained ESS.

(B) Pre-engineered of matched components ESS intended for field assembly as a system.

(C) Other ESS.

706.5 Equipment. Monitors and controls, switches and breakers, power conversion systems, inverters

and transformers, energy storage devices and other components of the energy storage system shall be

listed for the intended application as a part of an energy storage system. Alternatively, prepackaged

self-contained systems shall be permitted to be listed for the intended application as a complete energy

storage system. Only inverters listed and identified as interactive shall be permitted on interactive

systems.

706.6 Multiple Systems. Multiple ESS(s) shall be permitted to be installed in or on a single building or

structure.


706.7 Disconnecting Means

(A) ESS Disconnecting Means. A disconnecting means shall be provided for all ungrounded conductors derived from an ESS. A disconnecting means shall be readily accessible and located within sight of the ESS.

Informational Note: See 240.21(H) for information on the location of the overcurrent device for conductors

(B) Remote Actuation. Where controls to activate the disconnecting means of an ESS are not located within sight of the system, the disconnecting means shall be capable of being locked in the open position, in accordance with 110.25, and the location of the controls shall be field marked on the disconnecting means.

(C) Busway. Where a DC busway system is installed, the disconnecting means shall be permitted to be incorporated into the busway.

(D) Notification. The disconnecting means shall be legibly marked in the field. A label with the marking shall be placed in a conspicuous location near the ESS if a disconnecting means is not provided. The marking shall be of sufficient durability to withstand the environment involved and shall include the following:

(1) Nominal ESS voltage

(2) Maximum available short-circuit current derived from the ESS

(3) Arc flash derived from the terminals of the ESS


Informational Note: Battery equipment suppliers can provide information about short-circuit current on any particular battery model. NFPA 70E provides guidance for notification of arc flash hazard due to the prospective short circuit current and/or appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE).

(E) Partitions and Distance. Where energy storage device input and output terminals are more than 1.5 m (5 ft) from connected equipment, or where the circuits from these terminals pass through a wall or partition, the installation shall comply with the following:

(1) A disconnecting means and overcurrent protection shall be provided at the energy storage device end of the circuit. Fused disconnecting means or circuit breakers shall be permitted to be used.

(2) Where fused disconnecting means are used, the line terminals of the disconnecting means shall be connected toward the energy storage device terminals.

(3) Overcurrent devices or disconnecting means shall not be installed in energy storage device enclosures where explosive atmospheres can exist.

(4) A second disconnecting means located at the connected equipment shall be installed where the disconnecting means required by 706.7(E)(1) is not within sight of the connected equipment.

(5) Where the energy storage device disconnecting means is not within sight of the ESS

disconnecting means, placards or directories shall be installed at the locations of all disconnecting

means indicating the location of all disconnecting means.


706.8 Connection to other energy sources.

Connection to other energy sources shall comply with the requirements of 705.12.

(A) Load Disconnect. A load disconnect that has multiple sources of power shall disconnect all energy sources when in the off position.

(B) Identified Interactive Equipment. Only inverters and ac modules listed and identified as interactive shall be permitted on interactive systems.

(C) Loss of Interactive System Power. An inverter in an interactive energy storage system shall automatically de-energize its output to the connected electrical production and distribution network upon loss of voltage in that system and shall remain in that state until the electrical production and distribution network voltage has been restored. A normally interactive energy storage system shall be permitted to operate as a stand-alone system to supply loads that have been disconnected from electrical production and distribution network sources.

(D) Unbalanced Interconnections. Unbalanced connections between an energy storage system

and electric power production sources shall be in accordance with 705.100.

(E) Point of Connection. The point of connection between an energy storage system and

electric power production sources shall be in accordance with 705.12.

706.10 Energy Storage System Locations

Battery locations shall conform to 706.10(A), (B), and (C).

(A) Ventilation. Provisions appropriate to the energy storage technology shall be made for sufficient diffusion and ventilation of any possible gases from the storage device, if present, to prevent the accumulation of an explosive mixture. Pre-engineered or self-contained ESS shall be permitted to provide ventilation in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and listing for the system.

Informational Note No. 1: See NFPA 1, Fire Code, Chapter 52, for ventilation considerations for

specific battery chemistries.

Informational Note No. 2: Some storage technologies do not require ventilation.

Informational Note No. 3: A source for design of ventilation of battery systems is IEEE Std 1635-

2012/ASHRAE Guideline 21-2012

(B) Guarding of live parts. Guarding of live parts shall comply with 110.27.

(C) Spaces About ESS Components. Spaces about the ESS shall comply with 110.26. Working space shall be measured from the edge of the ESS modules, battery cabinets, racks, or trays. For battery racks, there shall be a minimum clearance of 25 mm (1 in.) between a cell container and any wall or structure on the side not requiring access for maintenance. ESS modules, battery cabinets, racks or


trays shall be permitted to contact adjacent walls or structures, provided that the battery shelf has a free air space for not less than 90 percent of its length. Pre-engineered and self-contained ESS shall be permitted to have working space between components within the system in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and listing of the system.

Informational Note: Additional space is often needed to accommodate ESS equipment hoisting

equipment, tray removal, or spill containment.

(D) Egress. A personnel door(s) intended for entrance to, and egress from, rooms designated as ESS rooms shall open in the direction of egress and shall be equipped with listed panic hardware.

(E) Illumination. Illumination shall be provided for working spaces associated with ESS and their equipment and components. Lighting outlets shall not be controlled by automatic means only. Additional lighting outlets shall not be required where the work space is illuminated by an adjacent light source. The location of luminaires shall not:

1. Expose personnel to energized system components while performing maintenance on the luminaires in the system space; or

2. Create a hazard to the system or system components upon failure of the luminaire.

706.11 Directory

ESS shall be indicated by (A) and (B). The markings or labels shall be in accordance with 110.21(B).

(A) Directory. A permanent plaque or directory, denoting all electric power sources on or in the premises, shall be installed at each service equipment location and at locations of all electric power production sources capable of being interconnected.

Exception: Installations with large numbers of power production sources shall be permitted to be

designated by groups

(B) Facilities with Stand-Alone Systems. Any structure or building with an ESS that is not connected to a utility service source and is a stand-alone system shall have a permanent plaque or directory installed on the exterior of the building or structure at a readily visible location acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. The plaque or directory shall indicate the location of system disconnecting means and that the structure contains a stand-alone electrical power system.

II Circuit Requirements

706.20 Circuit sizing and current.

(A) The maximum current for the specific circuit shall be calculated in accordance with 706.20(A)(1) through (5).

(1) Nameplate Rated Circuit Current. The nameplate(s) rated circuit current shall be the rated current indicated on the ESS nameplate(s), or system listing for pre-engineered or self-contained systems of matched components intended for field assembly as a system.

(2) Inverter Output Circuit Current. The maximum current shall be the inverter continuous output current rating.

(3) Inverter Input Circuit Current. The maximum current shall be the continuous inverter input current rating when the inverter is producing rated power at the lowest input voltage.


(4) Inverter Utilization Output Circuit Current. The maximum current shall be the continuous inverter output current rating when the inverter is producing rated power at the lowest input voltage.

(5) DC to DC Converter Output Current. The maximum current shall be the dc-to-dc converter continuous output current rating.

(B) Conductor Ampacity and Overcurrent Device Ratings. The ampacity of the feeder circuit conductors from the ESS(s) to the wiring system serving the loads to be serviced by the system shall not be less than the greater of the (1) nameplate(s) rated circuit current as determined in accordance with 706.20(A) or (2) the rating of the ESS(s) overcurrent protective device(s).

(C) Ampacity of Grounded or Neutral Conductor. If the output of a single-phase, 2-wire ESS output(s) is connected to the grounded or neutral conductor and a single ungrounded conductor of a 3-wire system or of a 3-phase, 4-wire, wye-connected system, the maximum unbalanced neutral load current plus the ESS(s) output rating shall not exceed the ampacity of the grounded or neutral conductor.

706.21 Overcurrent protection.

(A) Circuits and Equipment. Energy storage circuit conductors and equipment shall be protected in

accordance with the requirements of Article 240. Protection devices for ESS circuits shall be in

accordance with the requirements of 706.11(B) through (F). Circuits shall be protected at the source

from overcurrent.

(B) Overcurrent Device Ampere Ratings. Overcurrent protective devices, where required, shall be

rated in accordance with Article 240 and the rating provided on systems serving the ESS, and shall

be not less than 125 percent of the maximum currents calculated in 706.10(A).

(C) Direct Current Rating. Overcurrent devices, either fuses or circuit breakers, used in any dc portion

of an ESS shall be listed and shall have the appropriate voltage, current and interrupt ratings.

(D) Prime Movers. Overcurrent protection shall not be required for conductors from an ESS with a

nominal voltage of 50 volts or less if these conductors provide power for starting, ignition, or control

of prime movers. Section 300.3 shall not apply to these conductors.

(E) Current limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each circuit adjacent to the ESS where the available short-circuit current from an energy storage device exceeds the interrupting or withstand ratings of other equipment in the circuit .

(F) Fuses. Means shall be provided to disconnect any fuses associated with ESS equipment and components when the fuse is energized from both directions and is accessible to other than qualified persons. Switches, pullouts, or similar devices that are rated for the application shall be permitted to serve as a means to disconnect fuses from all sources of supply.

706.22 Wiring from and equipment supplied by energy storage systems. Wiring and equipment

supplied from ESS(s) and system components shall be subject to the applicable provisions of this Code

applying to wiring and equipment operating at the same voltage, unless otherwise permitted by this

Article.


706.23 Charge Control

(A) General. Provisions shall be provided to control the charging process of the ESS. All adjustable means for control of the charging process shall be accessible only to qualified persons.

Informational Note: Certain types of energy storage equipment such as valve-regulated lead

acid or nickel cadmium can experience thermal failure when overcharged

(B) Diversion charge controller.

(1) Sole Means of Regulating Charging. An ESS employing a diversion charge controller as the sole means of regulating charging shall be equipped with a second independent means to prevent overcharging of the storage device.

(2) Circuits with Diversion Charge Controller and Diversion Load. Circuits containing a diversion charge controller and a diversion load shall comply with the following:

(a) The current rating of the diversion load shall be less than or equal to the current rating of the diversion load charge controller. The voltage rating of the diversion load shall be greater than the maximum ESS voltage. The power rating of the diversion load shall be at least 150 percent of the power rating of the charging source.

(a) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the overcurrent device for this circuit shall be at least 150 percent of the maximum current rating of the diversion charge controller.

(3) Energy Storage Systems Using Utility-Interactive Inverters. Systems using utility-interactive inverters to control energy storage state-of-charge by diverting excess power into the utility system shall comply with (a) and (b):

(a) These systems shall not be required to comply with 706.13(B)(2). (b) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the ESS charging

process for use when the utility is not present or when the primary charge controller fails or is disabled.

(C) Charge controllers and DC converters. When charge controllers and other dc power converters that increase or decrease the output current or output voltage with respect to the input current or input voltage are installed the ampacity of the conductors in output circuits shall be based on the maximum rated continuous output current of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range, and the voltage rating of the output circuits shall be based on the maximum voltage output of the charge controller or converter for the selected output voltage range.

III Electrochemical Energy Storage Systems

Part III of this article applies to ESS(s) that are comprised of sealed and non-sealed cells or batteries or

system modules that are comprised of multiple sealed cells or batteries.

706.30 Installation of batteries. Storage batteries associated with an ESS shall be installed in accordance

with the provisions this Article.

(A) Dwelling Units.

(1) Operating voltage. ESS(s) for dwellings shall be configured so as to operate at a voltage of 100 volts, or less.

Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine ESS maintenance, an ESS

voltage greater than 100 volts shall be permitted.


(2) Guarding of live parts. Live parts of ESS(s) for dwellings shall be guarded to prevent accidental contact by persons or objects, regardless of voltage or chemistry.

(B) Storage system nonconductive cases and conductive racks. Flooded, vented lead-acid batteries where operating at more than 100 volts shall not use conductive cases or shall not be installed in conductive cases. Conductive racks used to support non-conductive cases shall be permitted where no rack material is located within 150 mm (6 in.) of the tops of the non-conductive cases.

Exception: This requirement shall not apply to any type of valve-regulated lead-acid

(VRLA) battery or other types of sealed batteries that may require steel cases for proper

operation.

(C) Disconnection of Series Battery Circuits. Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where operating at more than 100 volts shall have provisions to disconnect the series-connected strings into segments of 100 volts or less for maintenance by qualified persons. Non–load-break bolted or plug-in disconnects shall be permitted.

(D) Storage system maintenance disconnecting means. ESS greater than 100 volts shall have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, that disconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s) in the electrical storage system for maintenance. This disconnecting means shall not disconnect the grounded circuit conductor(s) for the remainder of any other electrical system. A non-load-break-rated switch shall be permitted to be used as a disconnecting means.

(E) Storage systems of more than 100 volts. On electrochemical ESS operating at more than 100 volts the system shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded conductors, provided a ground-fault detector and indicator is installed to monitor for ground faults within the storage system.

706.31 Battery and cell terminations.

(A) Corrosion Prevention. Antioxidant material suitable for the battery connection shall be used when recommended by the battery or cell manufacturer.

Informational Note: The battery manufacturer’s installation and instruction manual can be used

for guidance for acceptable materials.

(B) Intercell and Intertier Conductors and Connections. The ampacity of field-assembled intercell and intertier connectors and conductors shall be of such cross-sectional area that the temperature rise under maximum load conditions and at maximum ambient temperature shall not exceed the safe operating temperature of the conductor insulation or of the material of the conductor supports.

Informational Note: Conductors sized to prevent a voltage drop exceeding 3 percent of maximum

anticipated load, and where the maximum total voltage drop to the furthest point of connection

does not exceed 5 percent, may not be appropriate for all battery applications. IEEE 1375-2003,

Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems, provides guidance for overcurrent

protection and associated cable sizing.

(C) Battery Terminals. Electrical connections to the battery, and the cable(s) between cells on separate levels or racks, shall not put mechanical strain on the battery terminals. Terminal plates shall be used where practicable.

706.32 Battery interconnections. Flexible cables, as identified in Article 400, in sizes 2/0 AWG and

larger shall be permitted within the battery enclosure from battery terminals to a nearby junction box


where they shall be connected to an approved wiring method. Flexible battery cables shall also be

permitted between batteries and cells within the battery enclosure. Such cables shall be listed and

identified as moisture resistant. Flexible, fine-stranded cables shall only be used with terminals, lugs,

devices, or connectors in accordance with 110.14.

706.33 Accessibility. The terminals of all cells or multi-cell units shall be readily accessible for readings,

inspection, and cleaning where required by the equipment design. One side of transparent battery

containers shall be readily accessible for inspection of the internal components.

706.34 Battery Locations.

Electrochemical Battery locations shall conform to 706.34(A), (B) and (C).

A. Live Parts. Guarding of live parts shall comply with 110.27.

B. Top Terminal Batteries. Where top terminal electrochemical energy storage devices are installed on tiered racks or on shelves of battery cabinets, working space in accordance with the storage equipment manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided between the highest point on a storage system component and the row, shelf or ceiling above that point.

Informational Note No. 1: The installation instructions of the system component manufacturer

typically define how much top working space is necessary for a particular system component.

Informational note No. 2: IEEE 1187, provides guidance for top clearance of VRLA batteries,

which are the most commonly used battery in cabinets.

C. Gas piping. Gas piping shall not be permitted in dedicated battery rooms or spaces dedicated to electrochemical ESS.

706.35 Vents.

(A) Vented Cells. Each vented cell shall be equipped with a flame arrester.

Informational Note: A flame arrested is designed to prevent destruction of the cell due to ignition

of gases within the cell by an external spark or flame under normal operating conditions.

(B) Sealed Cells. Sealed battery or cells shall be permitted to be equipped with a pressure-release vent

to prevent excessive accumulation of gas pressure.

IV Flowing Electrolyte Energy Storage Systems

The provisions Part IV apply to ESS(s) composed of or containing flowing electrolyte batteries.

706.40 General. All electrical connections to and from the system and system components shall be in

accordance with the applicable provisions of Article 692. The system and system components shall also

meet the provisions of parts I and II of this article. Unless otherwise directed by this article, flowing

electrolyte ESS shall comply with the applicable provisions of Article 692.

706.41 Electrolyte Classification. The flowing electrolyte(s) that are acceptable for use in the batteries

associated with the ESS shall be identified by name and chemical composition. Such identification shall

be provided by readily discernable signage adjacent to every location in the system where the

electrolyte can be put into or taken out of the system.


706.42 Electrolyte Containment. Flowing electrolyte battery systems shall be provided with a means

for electrolyte containment to prevent spills of electrolyte from the system. An alarm system is to be

provided to signal an electrolyte leaks from the system. Electrical wiring and connections shall be

located and routed in a manner that mitigates the potential for exposure to electrolytes.

706.43 Flow controls. Controls shall be provided to safely shut down the system in the event of

electrolyte blockage such as a malfunctioning electrolyte pump or valve. [LBF suggested text]

706.44 Pumps and other fluid handling equipment. Pumps and other fluid handling equipment are to

be rated/specified suitable for exposure to the electrolytes.

V Kinetic Energy Storage Systems

The provisions of Part V apply to ESS(s) composed of or containing kinetic devices intended to store

energy mechanically and when there is a demand for electrical power to use the stored energy to

generate the needed power.

706.50 General. All electrical connections to and from the system and system components shall be in

accordance with the applicable provisions of this code. Unless otherwise directed by this article, kinetic

ESS shall comply with the applicable provisions of Part III of Article 705.

Informational Note: The energy storage device itself can be considered similar to a generator as

covered in Article 445, with respect to the inputs to and outputs from the system.


Substantiation to accompany the final Article 706 submittal dated 11-4-14

Note 1: This document applies to the clean copy of the draft article.

Note 2: Commentary is not provided on all clauses.

This public input was developed by the NEC DC Task Force (TF) of the Technical Correlating

Committee. The Task Force is chaired by John R. Kovacik, UL LLC. The participants in the task

force and their employers/associations are listed in a separate document which is on file with

NFPA.

Currently batteries are addressed in numerous places in the NEC such as Articles 480 and 690,

which has been appropriate over time with the former article historically covering lead-acid

batteries and the latter recently added to address the application of batteries in general, not

just lead acid, to PV systems. The current state of energy storage technology, which includes

batteries, and anticipated evolution of energy storage supports the need for a singular set of

requirements in the NEC covering such systems. If this is not accomplished in the 2017 NEC and

available to serve as a singular foundation for needed changes in the future, the provisions

covering such systems will continue to reside in different places within the NEC and likely

evolve to attach themselves as parts to existing criteria throughout the NEC. To foster the safe

application of energy storage systems and facilitate the application and use of the NEC by

technology proponents as well as those who install and inspect such systems there should be a

singular article in the NEC on energy storage systems.

As covered in the DOE/EPRI 2013 Electricity Storage Handbook in Collaboration with NRECA the

portfolio of electricity storage technologies can be considered for providing a range of services

to the electric grid and can be positioned around their power and energy relationship. This

relationship is illustrated in the figure below. The comparisons are very general, intended for

conceptual purposes only; many of the storage options have broader duration and power

ranges than shown.


The range of energy storage technologies and their continuing evolution supports the need for

a singular place in the NEC to address the safety of all these systems; safety as it relates to

issues relevant to all technologies as well as those issues unique to only one technology.

The following provides the information needed to understand each of the sections and

subsections in the proposed Article 706, much of which has been derived from existing NEC

text. In addition, in composing this new article the NEC TC TF coordinated with a number of

other groups and committees developing changes to relevant provisions in the NEC to ensure

that the proposed Article 706 in being based on provisions in the 2014 NEC was consistent with

those same provisions as they would appear in the 2017 NEC should those proposals to other

relevant sections of the NEC be approved. Throughout this substantiation the phrase “The

source of the proposed text” is used to indicate where, if deemed appropriate, the original

sections can be consolidated into this new article.

706.1 Scope

The scope of the current NEC provisions for storage batteries is covered in 480.1 of the 2014

NEC. The provisions in 480.1 have been incorporated into a new Article 706 covering energy

storage systems, for which batteries are one type. This new Article 706 is intended to place any

and all battery requirements in the NEC in one place, have the new article cover what is

currently in Article 480 and allow that article to be removed or simply refer to Article 706. One

editorial change has been suggested at the beginning of the text in 480.1 which is shown in the

new article as 706.1. Informational note 1 has been added to clarify that voltage and power

ratings for self-contained systems are available on the nameplate data. Informational note 2 is

previous informational note 1 to 480.1, updated to include references to four new documents

relevant to energy storage systems (items 9 to 12).


706.2 Definitions

The source of the proposed definitions is as follows:

Battery is a new definition intended to provide details on what constitutes a battery,

for which criteria are provided in the new article.

Battery Terminal is revised from 480.2 to add the term Battery, to clarify battery

terminals may have specific requirements for the application as provided in the new

article, and should not necessarily be considered equivalent to that which is outlined in

110.14(A).

Cell is from 480.2.

Container is from 480.2 but modified to update the term and to put the basis for the

informational note to the definition in the body of the definition.

Diversion Charge Controller is from 690.2.

Electrochemical Battery is a new definition intended to provide details of what

constitutes this type of battery, for which criteria are provided in the new article.

Electrolyte is from 480.2.

Energy Storage System (ESS) is a new definition intended to provide details of what

constitutes an energy storage system, for which criteria are provided in the new article.

Energy Storage System, Self-contained is a new definition intended to provide the

details of what constitutes this type of system, for which criteria are provided in the

new article.

Energy Storage System, Pre-engineered of Matched Components is a new definition

intended to provide the details of what constitutes this type of system, for which

criteria are provided in the new article.

Energy Storage System, Other is a new definition intended to provide the details of

what constitutes this type of system, for which criteria are provided in the new article.

Flowing Electrolyte Battery is a new definition intended to provide the details of what


Intercell Connector is from 480.2.

Intertier Connector is from 480.2.

Inverter Input Circuit is from 690.2 modified to clarify the circuit applies to the

connection to the area EPS.

Inverter Utilization Output Circuit is a new definition to clarify the circuit applies to the

connection to utilization loads.

Nominal Voltage (Battery or Cell) is from 480.2

Sealed Cell or Battery is from 480.2.


706.3 Other Articles

The provisions for ‘other articles’ was adopted from 690.3 and the precedent for the

modification or supplement of Chapters 1-4 by such provisions in other special occupancies,

equipment and conditions articles of the NEC is well established under 90.3. The exception that

is in 690.3 covering hazardous locations was not carried forward because it violates the NFPA

rule against referencing an entire article of the NEC. If an energy storage system were to be

installed in a hazardous location, the provisions of those articles would need to be met since

they are specific to certain occupancies, with those articles being additive to the requirements

of Article 706.

706.4 System Classification

Criteria have been developed to classify energy storage systems as self-contained, pre-

engineered assemblies of matched components and individual components assembled as a

system. The acceptability of self-contained systems or pre-engineered systems of matched

components is intended to rest in part on the system and components being tested and listed

to applicable standards and installed in accordance with the terms of the listing, manufacturer’s

installation instructions and the applicable provisions of Article 706. The acceptability of other

systems is also intended to rest on the components being tested and listed as covered above

but also having all the provisions of Article 706 cover their assembly and installation to create

an energy storage system.

706.5 Equipment

This requirement is adopted from 690.4(B) and applies equally to energy storage systems as

intended to be covered in Article 706. The language from 690.4(B) speaks to the acceptability

of individual components of the PV system, which appears appropriate for energy storage

systems as well. That said there are also self-contained energy storage systems that as a whole

can be tested and listed to appropriate safety standards and to address this situation an

additional sentence has been added. The last sentence addresses inverters listed and identified

as interactive as those only being permitted on interactive systems.

706.6 Multiple Systems

This section clarifies that more than one ESS can be installed on a building or structure. This

parallels Article 690.4(D), both 2014 and as revised by SEIA/SolarABCs Proposal. Due to the

many current and future applications for batteries and ESS, it is likely that more than one ESS

may reside within a building as a normal condition. Provisions are given elsewhere in this

article to ensure all such systems are identified and controlled.


706.7(A) ESS Disconnecting Means,

The source of the proposed text is 480.6(A), with the modification to apply to all ungrounded

conductors, regardless of voltage, except as modified by other provisions of this Article. The

term battery has been replaced with ESS, as the requirement is intended to apply to all forms of

energy storage.

706.7(B) Remote Actuation and 706.7(C) Busway

The source of the proposed text is 480.6(B) and (C), and are equally applicable to ESS intended

to be covered in Article 706. The term battery has been replaced with ESS, as the requirement

is intended to apply to all forms of energy storage.

706.7(D) Notification

The source of the proposed text is 480.6(D), with the incorporation of an additional

requirement addressing arc flash hazard based on work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary

Battery Committee in a proposal to 480.6(D). This new language is added to this proposal to

ensure that all requirements for batteries and energy storage systems are adequately

addressed. The requirement for marking maximum available short circuit current derived from

the ESS is retained in this proposal, as this information is needed for selection and coordination

of overcurrent protective devices. The notification and marking requirements is equally

applicable to ESS intended to be covered in Article 706. The term battery has been replaced

with ESS, as the requirement is intended to apply to all forms of energy storage. The

informational note has been expanded to refer to NFPA 70E for arc flash calculations.

Specifically NFPA 70E, 320.3(A)(5) provides guidance for signage about arc flash for the entire

ESS.

706.7(E) Partitions and Distance

The source of the proposed text is 690.71(H), with revision of the title to clarify that the

disconnects and overcurrent requirements of this rule apply to installations where the ESS

circuits pass through a wall or partition, or where there is sufficient distance between the ESS

and connected equipment to require additional levels of protection. List item #5 is revised to

clarify that it applies to other ESS disconnecting means. Note that while Article 690 applies to

PV systems there are a number of other systems that could employ energy storage systems,

such that what is adapted from Article 690 for inclusion in Article 706 can be applied to any

systems to which the energy storage system is connected.

706.8 Connection to other energy sources

While some ESS systems may be straightforward and direct with a single device serving both as

ESS charging and supply to utilization loads, other systems may be more complex. The output

of an energy storage device may be ac, in some applications the ESS may be connected to other


sources on the dc level. 705.12 addresses the considerations that must be addressed when

interconnecting multiple power sources to ensure proper coordination between overcurrent

protection, conductor and busbar ampere ratings, and currents available. By directing installers

and AHJs to 705.12 there can be one primary location for addressing the requirements

necessary for interconnecting multiple energy sources.

706.10 Energy Storage System Locations

The source of the proposed text is 480.9(A), (B), (C), (E) and (G) and is equally applicable to all

ESS intended to be covered in Article 706. Article 480.9 list items (D) and (F) have been

addressed elsewhere in this proposed article, under the requirements specific to

electrochemical energy storage systems. Additional guidance is given to allow pre-engineered

or self-contained ESS to follow manufacturer’s recommendations and listed instructions. The

term battery has been replaced with energy storage or ESS, as the requirement is intended to

apply to all forms of energy storage. Based upon work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary

Battery Committee on 480.9(A), a new Informational Note 3 provides a reference to IEEE 1635

as a guide for ventilation of various types of batteries in a variety of enclosures and operating

conditions. The primary purpose of this referenced document developed jointly by IEEE and

ASHRAE is to assist users involved in the design and management of new stationary battery

installations, with the focus being the environmental design and management of the

installation to maximize battery reliability as well as the safety of personnel and equipment.

706.11 Directory

A permanent plaque or directory of all interconnected energy sources is an essential

requirement both for service personnel as well as for first responders in case of emergency.

The provision for 706.9(A) is adopted from 705.10, to harmonize with the requirements for

interconnected energy sources. The source of the proposed text for 706.9(B) is 690.56(A),

addressing stand-alone systems which may not have the service entrance typically used by first

responders in the case of an emergency. The intent is to have markings provided at or near the

system and its components to facilitate the proper identification of those items. In addition

where a system is located in, on or adjacent to a building or on a site it is important to have

directional and other signs covering the access to and warnings associated with the system.

The issue of marking and signage needs to be covered within the system and adjacent the

system as well as in locations where the system may not be visible or must be accessed from

outside a building or facility. The term PV is replaced with ESS to clarify that this requirement

applies to any stand-alone system, whether or not PV is present, thereby closing a previous

unintended loophole where stand-alone systems without PV may not have been required to

provide such a directory.


706.20 Circuit sizing and current

Installers and AHJ’s need to properly evaluate and coordinate the conductors and OCPD devices

for all circuits associated with the energy storage system. In addition, the output of the ESS may

be ac, dc, or both depending upon the technology and topology. As such, clear guidance needs

to be provided to determine the necessary calculations.

706.20(A) outlines and defines the requirements for circuit conductors in and connected to the

ESS.

706.20(A)(1) addresses applications where a pre-engineered, self-contained or listed

product is being evaluated, and directs the use of the nameplate rated circuit current.

This language is adopted from 692.8(A).

706.20(A)(2) addresses the output circuits to the area EPS, and is adopted from

690.8(A)(3).

The source of the proposed text for 706.20(A)(3) is 690.8(A)(4), and addresses the

circuits between the inverter and the energy storage device.

706.20(A)(4) Inverter Utilization Output Circuit Current is new language to define the

output circuits between the inverter and utilization loads. This language is needed to

more clearly differentiate between the conductors to the area EPS and conductors to

the distribution panelboard for stand-alone and multimode inverters.

The source of the proposed text for 706.20(A)(5) is 690.8(A)(5).

706.20(B) ensures that the ampacity of conductors in the circuits described in 706.10(A) are

coordinated with the device rating, maximum current or overcurrent protective device in the

circuit. This language is adopted from 692.8(B).

706.20(C) ensures that the ampacity of the neutral or grounded conductor is not exceeded if an

ESS with a single-phase 2-wire output is connected. This language is adopted from 692.8(C),

and is required as many products of this configuration are available on the market and may

reasonably be used to serve protected plug loads.

706.21 Overcurrent protection

706.21(A) ensures circuits and equipment are protected according to the following five

requirements, and protected at the source from overcurrent. This language is adopted from

690.9(A). The term battery has been replaced with ESS, as the requirements are intended to

apply to all forms of energy storage.

706.21(B) ensures OCP is rated at least 125% of the currents as calculated above. This

language is adopted from 690.9(B).

706.21(C) ensures overcurrent devices used in dc circuits are listed and have sufficient

ratings for the application. This language is adopted from 690.9(C).


The source of the proposed text for 706.21(D) is 480.5, and addresses specific

requirements for conductors used to provide starting, ignition and control of prime

movers.

The source of the proposed text for 706.21(E) is 690.71 (C), and ensures current-limiting

devices are installed as appropriate. Work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery

Committee on Article 690 is also included to ensure that if this new article is accepted

the revisions deemed appropriate for Article 690 are also included. Overcurrent

protection is needed regardless of the voltage.

706.21(F) ensures that means are provided to allow any fuses accessible to other than

qualified persons to be disconnected from all energy sources. This language is adopted

from 690.16(A) and enhanced to better address how to protect persons who may need

to service such equipment. As these systems may have multiple sources of energy, this

requirement will ensure that any accessible fuses can be safely serviced.

706.22 Wiring from and equipment supplied by energy storage systems

The source of the proposed text is 480.4, as modified as appropriate to refer to ESS.

706.23 Charge Control

The source of the proposed text for 706.23(A) is 690.72(A), as modified to delete the

reference to PV source circuits where the voltage rating and charge current

requirements are matched as not appropriate for the scope of this article. The text has

been modified as appropriate to refer to ESS. Provisions have been retained to ensure

any adjustable settings shall be accessible only by qualified persons.

The source of the proposed text 706.23(B) is 690.72(B), modified as appropriate to refer

to ESS. Reference to a PV power system has been deleted, as these requirements

should apply to any diversion charge controller, regardless of charging source. The text

has also been modified as it relates to charge regulation circuits because mandating

such circuits comply with the ampacity requirements for flexible cords and cable seems

nonsensical or archaic. The conductor requirements are already better addressed

through other provisions of the code and have been referenced to by 706.12 in the

proposed new article where they are covered.

The source of the proposed text 706.23(C) is 690.72(C). The list heading has been

modified to change buck/boost to charge controllers because the former text is an

electrical topography and has little bearing on electrical safety. The new text focusing

the section on charge controllers applies more generic and appropriate terms for the

purpose of this article. The text format has been changed to put the subdivision

portions within the body of the parent.


Part III Electrochemical Energy Storage Systems

A separate part of Article 706 is included to augment the provisions in Part I General and Part II

Circuit Requirements. Those provisions are applicable to all energy storage systems and the

provisions in Part III would then apply along with those but only to electrochemical

technologies (e.g. batteries). The requirements of this section are intended to address

attributes, conditions and hazards specific to electrochemical storage devices such as lead acid,

alkali and lithium-ion chemistries. Subsequent parts will address attributes of other

technologies as required, to ensure that the requirements specific to one type of system, for

example a flooded lead acid battery, are not inadvertently applied to another such as a

flywheel ESS, or the reverse.

706.30 Installation of batteries

The source of the proposed text is 690.71(A), with modifications. The direction to consider the

interconnected battery to be grounded where the connected PV system is installed in

accordance with 690.41[PV] System Grounding is deleted; without this modification for special

equipment installers and AHJs can refer to Articles 1-4, specifically 250.4, for guidance on all

energy storage systems except where required otherwise elsewhere in this proposed article. By

deleting this modification, this article more closely aligns with 480 where all ESS can be installed

according to 250.4, unless modified elsewhere, regardless of what charging sources may be

present or interconnected, or how those sources derive their ground reference.

The limitation of application to solar PV systems is deleted, as these requirements are intended

to apply to all electrochemical ESS, regardless of charging source or other interconnected

sources. The term storage batteries has been replaced with ESS, as the requirement is intended

to apply to all forms of electrochemical ESS.

706.30(A) Dwelling Units, 706.30(A)(1) Operating Voltage.

The source of the proposed text is 690.71(B)(1), with modifications to eliminate the word

nominal, and provide a maximum voltage threshold under conditions of use. This proposal

aligns with work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee and other groups on

Article 690 to ensure that if this new article is accepted the revisions deemed appropriate for

Article 690 are also included. It should be emphasized that revising “50 volts, nominal” to the

proposed language will not present any increase in exposure or risk to installers or system

operators as it does not change the equipment, certifications or conditions of the installation,

but simply recognizes the true voltage exposure that has been present in systems for decades

while giving clear guidance to properly address new technologies coming to market. While

nominal voltages may be referenced elsewhere in the Code, 690.71(B)(1) is one of the few

places where a nominal voltage is used to define a limit or threshold. The very uncertainty of

“nominal” creates a lack of clarity that can and should be better defined under actual


conditions of use. Selecting and coordinating equipment based on nominal voltages may cause

inadvertent error by the installer or AHJ. Standard sealed (VRLA) batteries have an open circuit

(resting) voltage of 2.15 VPC or 51.6 VDC per 24 cells, with voltage under normal charge

conditions rising to 2.4 VPC or 57.6 VDC per 24 cells. Many flooded lead acid (FLA) batteries

require periodic equalization voltages exceeding 2.7 VPC (65 VDC per 24 cells) for proper

operation. Therefore, the normal operation and requirements of familiar technologies that

have over 100 years of history and acceptance are well beyond 50 volts. In addition, many

battery technologies are available or coming to market which may have different nominal

voltage per cell characteristics than traditional lead acid battery technologies, and much

different voltage profiles while charging or discharging. The Code should provide prescriptive

guidance to installers and AHJs on how to evaluate these new technologies based on relevant

and available factors to ensure devices are selected and coordinated for the actual conditions

of use.

The so-called “50 volt rule” should not be used in relation to modern energy storage systems.

Storage batteries used in stationary power systems do not fit the characteristics of Class 2 or

Class 3 limited power circuits, so Chapter 9, Table 11(B) does not apply.

NFPA 70E Table 130.4(C)(b) for determining approach boundaries for energized DC voltage

systems considers all DC voltages less than 100V to be equivalent and in one category

706.30(A)(2) Guarding of live parts

The source of the proposed text is 690.71(B)(2), with modifications. The term battery has been

replaced with ESS, as the requirement addressing guarding of live parts is equally applicable to

all forms of electrochemical energy storage. The informational note has been deleted as not

being relevant to all energy storage systems. The charge-discharge cycles of the application,

and the maintenance requirements if any of the specific chemistry or construction, can best be

determined by following the manufacturer’s directions, rather than an informational note.

706.30(B) Storage system nonconductive cases and conductive racks

The source of the proposed text is 690.71(D), with modifications. The second paragraph of

what was 690.71(D) should be an “Exception,” and the proposed text has been revised

accordingly. The text has also been modified to replace the phrase “twenty-four 2-volt cells are

connected in series (48 volts, nominal)” and provide a maximum voltage threshold under

conditions of use. This proposal aligns with work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery

Committee and other groups on Article 690 to ensure that if this new article is accepted the

revisions deemed appropriate for Article 690 are also included. It should be emphasized that

the proposed language will not present any increase in exposure or risk to installers or system




















of use.






706.30(C) Disconnection of Series Battery Circuits

The source of the proposed text is 690.71(E), with modifications to replace the phrase “twenty-

four 2-volt cells are connected in series (48 volts, nominal)” and provide a maximum voltage

threshold under conditions of use. This proposal aligns with work undertaken by the IEEE

Stationary Battery Committee and other groups on Article 690 to ensure that if this new article

is accepted the revisions deemed appropriate for Article 690 are also included. It should be

emphasized that the proposed language will not present any increase in exposure or risk to

installers or system operators as it does not change the equipment, certifications or conditions

of the installation, but simply recognizes the true voltage exposure that has been present in

systems for decades while giving clear guidance to properly address new technologies coming

to market. While nominal voltages may be referenced elsewhere in the Code, 690.71(B)(1) is

one of the few places where a nominal voltage is used to define a limit or threshold. The very

uncertainty of “nominal” creates a lack of clarity that can and should be better defined under

actual conditions of use. Selecting and coordinating equipment based on nominal voltages may

cause inadvertent error by the installer or AHJ. Standard sealed (VRLA) batteries have an open


circuit (resting) voltage of 2.15 VPC or 51.6 VDC per 24 cells, with voltage under normal charge










of use.






706.30(D) Storage system maintenance disconnecting means

The source of the proposed text is 690.71(E), with modifications to replace the phrase “twenty-

four 2-volt cells are connected in series (48 volts, nominal)” and provide a maximum voltage

threshold under conditions of use. This proposal aligns with work undertaken by the IEEE

Stationary Battery Committee and other groups on Article 690 to ensure that if this new article

is accepted the revisions deemed appropriate for Article 690 are also included. It should be

emphasized that the proposed language will not present any increase in exposure or risk to

installers or system operators as it does not change the equipment, certifications or conditions

of the installation, but simply recognizes the true voltage exposure that has been present in

systems for decades while giving clear guidance to properly address new technologies coming

to market. While nominal voltages may be referenced elsewhere in the Code, 690.71(B)(1) is

one of the few places where a nominal voltage is used to define a limit or threshold. The very

uncertainty of “nominal” creates a lack of clarity that can and should be better defined under

actual conditions of use. Selecting and coordinating equipment based on nominal voltages may

cause inadvertent error by the installer or AHJ. Standard sealed (VRLA) batteries have an open

circuit (resting) voltage of 2.15 VPC or 51.6 VDC per 24 cells, with voltage under normal charge











of use.






The term battery has been replaced with ESS or Storage System, as the requirement is intended

to apply to all forms of electrochemical energy storage. Photovoltaic has been replaced as this

requirement is intended to apply to all electrochemical ESS that meet these parameters.

706.30(E) Storage systems of more than 100 volts

The source of the proposed text is 690.71(E), with modifications. The requirement for PV

circuit source and output grounding methods is deleted; without this modification for special

equipment installers and AHJs can refer to Articles 1-4, specifically 250.4, for guidance on all

energy storage systems except where required otherwise elsewhere in this proposed article. By

deleting this modification, this article more closely aligns with 480 where all ESS can be installed

according to 250.4, unless modified elsewhere, regardless of what charging sources may be

present or interconnected, or how those sources derive their ground reference. The

requirement relative to load circuits is deleted; without this modification for special equipment

installers and AHJs can refer to Articles 1-4, specifically 250.4, for guidance on the grounding of

load or utilization circuits. The requirement for disconnecting means and overcurrent

protection for all ungrounded circuit conductors is addressed in the general requirements of

this article, as they apply to all ESS. The requirement for ground fault detection and indication

for electrochemical ESS operating under the voltage parameters of this section is retained in

this proposal. The reference to 48 Volts and the phrase “twenty-four 2-volt cells are connected

in series (48 volts, nominal)” has been replaced to provide a maximum voltage threshold under

conditions of use. This proposal aligns with work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery

Committee and other groups on Article 690 to ensure that if this new article is accepted the

revisions deemed appropriate for Article 690 are also included. It should be emphasized that

the proposed language will not present any increase in exposure or risk to installers or system




















of use.






The term battery has been replaced with ESS or Storage System, as the requirement is intended

to apply to all forms of electrochemical energy storage. Photovoltaic has been replaced as this

requirement is intended to apply to all electrochemical ESS that meet these parameters.

706.31 Battery and cell terminations, 706.31 (A) Corrosion Prevention

The source of the proposed text is 480.3(A), with modifications. Work undertaken by the IEEE

Stationary Battery Committee on 480.3(A) is also included in proposed Article 706 to ensure

that if this new article is accepted the revisions deemed appropriate for Article 480 are also

included. Those revisions delete the reference to “dissimilar metals” and replace it with

“corrosion prevention” to better convey the subject matter addressed in 706.21(A). The

additional requirement relating to the battery or cell manufacturer and deletion of the text on

dissimilar metals is included because it is not realistic that the AHJ will be able to determine if

dissimilar metals are present. Note that not all batteries, especially those with new

technologies and construction, require antioxidant. As some antioxidant materials can damage

battery containers (cases) the reference to the manufacturer’s recommendations is included to

ensure that antioxidant grease should only be used when recommended by the battery


manufacturer. This requirement is applicable to electrochemical energy storage systems, which

include batteries, and has been included in the new article on energy storage systems since the

intent is to have the new article cover what is currently in Article 480 and allow that article to

be removed or simply refer to Article 706.

706.31(B) Intercell and Intertier Conductors and Connections

The source of the proposed text is 480.3(B), with no modifications, as it applies as written to its

intended use in Article 706 for energy storage systems.

706.31 (C) Battery Terminals

The source of the proposed text is 480.3(C), with no modifications, as it applies as written to its

intended use in Article 706 for energy storage systems.

706.32 Battery interconnections

The source of the proposed text is 690.74(A) with modifications to delete the requirement to

be listed for hard service use. Work undertaken by Task Group E is also included in proposed

Article 706 to ensure that if this new article is accepted the revisions deemed appropriate are

also included. Conductors and battery cables are available from multiple sources with

appropriate and sufficient Article 300 ratings for the application, however these same

conductors seldom also carry an Article 400 designation “for hard-service use.” As these

applications are to be permanently installed, Article 300 ratings should prevail.

706.33 Accessibility

The source of the proposed text is 480.8(C), with no modifications, as it applies as written to its

intended use in Article 706 to address the accessibility of cell terminals associated with

electrochemical storage technologies covered by part III of Article 706. Note that this augments

the provisions in part I regarding accessibility and working space, which apply to all energy

storage systems.

706.34 Battery Location

The source of the proposed text is 480.9, with modifications. The term electrochemical has

been added, as the requirement is intended to apply to all forms of electrochemical battery

ESS. The subsequent list of requirements is narrowed to requirements specific to

electrochemical batteries. Note that this section augments the provisions in part I regarding

energy storage system locations, which apply to all ESS.

706.34(A) Live Parts.

The source of the proposed text is 480.9(B), with no modifications, as it applies as written to its

intended use in Article 706 for energy storage systems. Note that this section augments the

provisions in part I regarding energy storage system locations, which apply to all ESS.


706.34(B) Top Terminal Batteries

The source of the proposed text is 480.9(D), with modifications. The term electrochemical

energy storage device has been added, as the requirement is intended to apply to all forms of

top terminal electrochemical ESS. Additional language has been added to address the situation

where a self-contained system that is covered by Part I General in Article 706 would likely have

necessary working space within the system and between system components covered in the

listing and manufacturer’s installation instructions. Work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary

Battery Committee on 480.9(D) is also included in proposed Article 706 to ensure that if this

new article is accepted the revisions deemed appropriate for Article 480 are also included. The

text in 480.9(D) is modified to add battery cabinets, which may present greater hazards due to

insufficient clearance for maintenance activities yet are not sufficiently addressed by the

previous language. A new informational note is added to reference IEEE 1187, in which section

5.2 recommends top clearances proportional to the depth of the cabinet. Note that this section

augments the provisions in part I regarding energy storage system locations, which apply to all

ESS.

706.34(C) Gas piping

The source of the proposed text is 480.9(F), with modifications to clarify that gas piping shall

not be installed in spaces dedicated to electrochemical energy storage systems, as the

requirement is intended to apply to all forms of electrochemical battery ESS. Note that this

section augments the provisions in part I regarding energy storage system locations, which

apply to all ESS.

706.35(A) Vented Cells

The source of the proposed text is 480.10(A) with modifications. Considering the current text in

the NEC, an AHJ can verify that a flame arrester is installed, but cannot determine whether the

flame arrester is properly designed. As such the last portion of the section is not enforceable

and is moved to a new informational note. This requirement is applicable to electrochemical

energy storage systems, which include batteries, and has been included in the new article on

energy storage systems since the intent is to have the new article cover what is currently in

Article 480 and allow that article to be removed or simply refer to Article 706. Work

undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee on 480.10(A) is also included in proposed


Article 480 are also included.

706.35(B) Sealed Cells

The source of the proposed text is 480.10(B) with modifications. These revisions add

permission to provide the vents as opposed to mandating them in all cases. The present text

requires a pressure release valve, which is typical primarily of VRLA cells. Sealed cells with non-


aqueous electrolyte do not require a pressure release valve. The second clause is deleted

because it has nothing to do with venting. Work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery

Committee on 480.10(B) is included in proposed Article 706 to ensure that if this new article is

accepted the revisions deemed appropriate for Article 480 are also included. This requirement

is applicable to electrochemical energy storage systems, which include batteries, and has been

included in the new article on energy storage systems since the intent is to have the new article

cover what is currently in Article 480 and allow that article to be removed or simply refer to

Article 706.

Part IV Flowing Electrolyte Energy Storage Systems


Circuit Requirements. Those provisions are applicable to all energy storage systems and the

provisions in Part IV would then apply along with those but only to flowing electrolyte energy

storage systems, also known as flow batteries. The requirements of this section are intended to

address attributes, conditions and hazards specific to flowing electrolyte storage devices.

As described in the DOE/EPRI 2013 Electricity Storage Handbook in Collaboration with NRECA

vanadium reduction and oxidation (redox) batteries are of a type known as flow batteries, in

which one or both active materials is in solution in the electrolyte at all times. In this case, the

vanadium ions remain in an aqueous acidic solution throughout the entire process. The

vanadium redox flow battery is a flow battery based on redox reactions of different ionic forms

of vanadium. During battery charge, V3+ ions are converted to V2+ ions at the negative

electrode through the acceptance of electrons. Meanwhile, at the positive electrode, V4+ ions

are converted to V5+ ions through the release of electrons. Both of these reactions absorb the

electrical energy put into the system and store it chemically. During discharge, the reactions run

in the opposite direction, resulting in the release of the chemical energy as electrical energy.

While these systems may tend to be large and installed on the utility side of the meter it is

possible they could also be installed in locations within the scope of the NEC.

Criteria have been added to Article 706 to address this energy storage technology and a

definition of flowing electrolyte energy storage systems has been added to 706.2. A scope

statement is provided in to target this specific technology, which as noted is defined in 706.2.

Many aspects of flowing electrolyte storage devices are similar to fuel cell systems, although

there are differences. As this technology is in the early stages of commercialization yet

installers and AHJs need guidance on how to properly evaluate these systems, 706.40 directs

flowing electrolyte storage systems to the applicable provisions of Article 692. General

provisions are included as 706.40 and are intended to ensure that the system and its

components that are connected to building electrical systems for both supply to and output

from the system are installed in accordance with the NEC.


To preclude the mistaken introduction of an incorrect or improper electrolyte into the system

706.41 provides for the identification and permanent marking and signage covering the

electrolyte(s) that can be used in the system. Because there could be a unintended leak of

electrolyte 706.42 addresses that issue via containment and an alarm that indicates there is

leakage as well as ensuring electrical wiring and connections not be located in a containment

area. Flow controls to automatically shut the system down in case there is an issue with

electrolyte flow are provided in 706.43, and 706.44 ensures those components of the system

that handle the flow of the electrolytes are evaluated to be acceptable for use with the

electrolytes.

Part V Kinetic Energy Storage Systems


Circuit Requirements. There is another type of system that entails storing kinetic energy

through mechanical means and then when electrical energy is needed using that stored kinetic

energy to generate the needed electrical power. The intent of Part V is to specifically cover

these systems, which include flywheels and compressed air, over and above the requirements

outlined in Parts I and II. Those provisions are applicable to all energy storage systems, and the

provisions in Part V would then apply along with those but only to kinetic energy storage

systems. The requirements of this section are intended to address attributes, conditions and

hazards specific to these storage devices.


flywheels store energy in the form of the angular momentum of a spinning mass, called a rotor.

The work done to spin the mass is stored in the form of kinetic energy. A flywheel system

transfers kinetic energy into ac power through the use of controls and power conversion

systems. Most modern flywheel systems have some type of containment for safety and

performance-enhancement purposes. This containment is usually a thick steel vessel

surrounding the rotor, motor-generator, and other rotational components of the flywheel. If

the wheel fractures while spinning, the containment vessel would stop or slow parts and

fragments, preventing injury to bystanders and damage to surrounding equipment.

Containment systems are also used to enhance the performance of the flywheel. The

containment vessel is often placed under vacuum or filled with a low-friction gas such as helium

to reduce the effect of friction on the rotor. Similarly, as described in the DOE/EPRI 2013

Electricity Storage Handbook in Collaboration with NRECA compressed systems use off-peak

electricity to compress air and store it in a reservoir. When electricity is needed, the

compressed air is heated, expanded, and directed through an expander or conventional

turbine-generator to produce electricity. Aboveground air storage would typically be sized with

capacities on the order of 3 to 50 MW and discharge times of 2 to 6 hours.


Criteria have been added to Article 706 to address these energy storage technologies. General

provisions are included as 706.50 and are intended to ensure that the system and its


from the system are installed in accordance with the NEC. Because they could be considered

similar to a generator, in terms of connections to and from the device an informational note is

added suggesting that in applying the NEC to the electrically related portions of the system

those issues can be addressed in a similar manner to those in the NEC covering generators.

Provisions not carried forward

Beyond the specific ‘mapping’ presented above between current provisions of the NEC and

their location in the proposed Article 706 there were some provisions that currently exist in the

NEC that are applicable to batteries but were not carried over. These are outlined below and

were not carried over because others outside the DC TG working on revisions to those articles,

as covered above, decided to delete certain provisions in the current NEC.

The DC TG had initially drafted Article 706 to include a provision for insulation of batteries not

over 250 volts. This was to be based on 480.7 of the NEC. In coordination with the IEEE SBC it

was determined that In looking at the provisions of 480.7 on insulation of batteries of the NEC-

2014 for the intent of moving them into Article 706 it was noted that In the NEC-2014 a

paragraph titled “Insulation of Batteries Over 250 Volts” was deleted but the NEC did not revise

the corresponding paragraph for smaller batteries. So today users and AHJ’s are confused as to

“What am I supposed to do for batteries NOT over 250 Volts?” For this reason 480.7 was not

carried over in Article 706. The IEEE SBC deleted 480.7 and its subsections (A) to (D) below

because they no longer serve useful or enforceable guidance. The circumstances for which

these guidelines were originally created no longer exist. Batteries can have a conductive shell

around the container(s), but no battery is made with conductive containers. Such a design

would guarantee a short circuit.

We will need to determine what if any other provisions in the NEC from 480, 690 or elsewhere

we did not carry forward. I don’t think there are many if any more but if there are we need to ID

them and advise why we did not bring them forward.



This PI proposes a new Article 706 covering Energy Storage Systems (ESS). Twoversions of this new article are being submitted by the NEC DC Task Group. Onewith this PI and the other with a companion PI. Each is identified with a uniquedate. Each version is provided as a clean copy and one with track changescontaining notes from the task group discussions for the benefit of the panel.Each version is provided with its own substantiation. This PI covers the 10-30-14version. A file containing the task group members is provided. The four filesprovided with this PI are identified as follows.

1. NEC article 706 on ESS Final_Clean copy_10-30-14

2. NEC article 706 on ESS Final w_track changes_10-30-14

3. Substantiation for Article 706 Final_10-30-14

4. NEC DC Task Group MembersType your content here ...



NEC_article_706_on_ESS_Final_Clean_copy_10-30-14.docx ✓

NEC_article_706_on_ESS_Final_w_track_changes_10-30-14.docx ✓

Substantiation_for_Article_706_Final_10-30-14.docx ✓

Contact_List_-_NEC_DC_TG.pdf ✓


This Public Input was developed by the DC Task Group of the NEC Technical Correlating Committee.

The DC Task Group is chaired by John R. Kovacik, UL LLC. The Article 706 subcommittee of the task group was chaired by David Conover of PNNL. The participants in the Task Group and their employers/associations are listed in a separate file provided with this PI.

It is difficult to prepare a complex NEC Article like this, combining input from many different sources and other working groups (including the IEEE battery group, and the Article 690 task group), and other organizations such as NEMA and many companies, including manufacturers of equipment covered by this new article. The Task Group for this work had 79 members.

We are submitting two versions of the proposed new article:

1. A version dated October 30 with background information and comments included.

2. A version dated November 4. This is a reformat and a modification of version 1.

The reason for the two versions is that we had insufficient time to complete the task of creating the final Article, and fully cross-checking all input with final text. We understand that this work will likely continue under a CMP13 task group, appointed by the CMP chair. By providing both documents, we show both the ultimate intended form of the article (version dated November 4), and the full list of content that was researched and proposed (version dated October 30).

Please refer to the file provided with this PI which contains the complete substantiation.



1 of 2 11/25/2014 3:52 PM



Public Input No. 4276-NFPA 70-2014[Global Input]

A second version of new Article 706 submitted by the NEC DCTask Group.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



I, John Kovacik, hereby irrevocably grant and assign to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) all and full rights in copyright in thisPublic Input (including both the Proposed Change and the Statement of Problem and Substantiation). I understand and intend that I acquire norights, including rights as a joint author, in any publication of the NFPA in which this Public Input in this or another similar or derivative form isused. I hereby warrant that I am the author of this Public Input and that I have full power and authority to enter into this copyright assignment.

By checking this box I affirm that I am John Kovacik, and I agree to be legally bound by the above Copyright Assignment and the terms andconditions contained therein. I understand and intend that, by checking this box, I am creating an electronic signature that will, upon mysubmission of this form, have the same legal force and effect as a handwritten signature


2 of 2 11/25/2014 3:52 PM


ARTICLE 706

Energy Storage Systems

I. General

706.1 Scope. This article applies to all hard wired installations of energy storage systems.

Informational Note No. 1. Operating voltages and power ratings for pre-packaged and

self-contained energy storage systems are typically found on the equipment nameplate

data.

Informational Note No. 2: The following standards are frequently referenced for the

installation of stationary batteries:

(1) IEEE 484-2008, Recommended Practice for Installation Design and

Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications

(2) IEEE 485-1997, Recommended Practice for Sizing Vented Lead-Acid

Storage Batteries for Stationary Applications.

(3) IEEE 1145-2007, Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance

of Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Photovoltaic (PV) Systems

(4) IEEE 1187-2002, Recommended Practice for Installation Design, and

Installation of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications

(5) IEEE 1375-1996 (Rev. 2003), IEEE Guide for the Protection of Stationary

Battery Systems

(6) IEEE 1578-2007, Recommended Practice for Stationary Battery Spill

Containment and Management

(7) IEEE 1635/ASHRAE 21-2012, Guide for the Ventilation and Thermal

Management of Stationary Battery Installations

(8) UL 1973, Batteries for Use in Light Electric Rail (LER) Applications and

Stationary Applications

(9) UL Subject 2436, Spill Containment For Stationary Lead Acid Battery

Systems

(10) UL 1989, Standby Batteries

Informational Note No. 3: UL 810A, Electrochemical Capacitors is frequently referenced

for the installation of electrolytic capacitors


706.2 Definitions

Battery. Two or more cells connected together electrically in series, in parallel, or both to

provide the required operating voltage and current levels.

Cell. The basic electrochemical unit of a battery, characterized by a negative electrode (anode)

and a positive electrode (cathode), used to receive, store, and deliver electrical energy.

Container, Battery. A vessel that holds the plates, electrolyte, and other elements of a single

unit, comprised of one or more cells, in a battery. It can be referred to as a ‘jar’ or ‘case’.

Diversion Charge Controller. Equipment that regulates the charging process of an energy

storage device by diverting power from energy storage to direct-current or alternating-current

loads or to an interconnected utility service.

Electrochemical Capacitor. An electric energy storage device where electrical charge is typically stored as a result of non-Faradaic reactions at the electrodes, which have a highly-porous surface, increasing the surface area for holding charge, and resulting in much larger capacitance and energy density. Electrochemical capacitors employ a liquid dielectric with charge occurring at the liquid-solid interface of the electrodes when an electrical potential is applied.

Informational Note: A subset of electrochemical capacitors referred to as an “asymmetric” reactions at one electrode and Faradaic reactions at the other electrode. Informational Note: Some other names for these capacitors include: electrochemical capacitor are “double layer capacitor”, “ultra capacitor”, “electrochemical double layer capacitor”, “super capacitor”, and “EDLC”.

Electrolyte. The medium that provides the ion transport mechanism between the positive and

negative electrodes of a cell.

Energy Storage System (ESS). A device or more than one device assembled together capable of

storing energy for use at a future time. Energy storage systems include but are not limited to

electrochemical storage devices (batteries), flow batteries, -capacitors, and kinetic devices

(flywheels, and compressed air). These systems can have ac or dc output for utilization and can

include inverters and converters to change stored energy into electrical energy.


Energy Storage System, Prepackaged Self-contained. Energy storage systems where the energy

storage devices such as cells, batteries or modules and controls and any necessary ventilation,

illumination, fire suppression or alarm systems are assembled, installed and packaged into a

singular energy storage container or unit.

Informational Note: Prepackaged and self-contained systems will generally be

manufactured by a single entity, tested and listed to safety standards relevant to the

system and readily connected on site to the electrical system and in the case of multiple

systems to each other

Energy Storage System, Pre-engineered of Matched Components. Energy storage systems that

are not prepackaged self-contained systems but instead are provided as separate components

of a system by a singular entity that are matched and intended to be assembled as an energy

storage system at the system installation site.

Informational Note: Pre-engineered systems of matched components for field assembly

as a system will generally be designed by a single entity and comprised of components

that are tested and listed separately or as an assembly to safety standards relevant to

the component and readily assembled on site as a system and connected on site to the

electrical system.

Energy Storage System, Other Systems. Energy storage systems that are not prepackaged or

self-contained or pre-engineered systems of matched components but instead are systems

composed of individual components that have not been pre-engineered and specifically

matched to be assembled as a system.

Informational Note: Other systems will generally be comprised of different components

secured by an entity such as a system designer, contractor, engineer, utility or building

owner. Such components are combined on site to create an energy storage system.

Those components would generally be tested and listed to safety standards relevant to

the component but the assembly of those components and their associated safety would

be determined by the entity creating the system.

Flowing Electrolyte Batteries A rechargeable battery that stores its active materials, in the form

of liquid aqueous electrolytes, external to the battery such as in pumped electrolyte energy

storage systems. The electrolytes, which serve as the energy carriers, are pumped through two

half cells separated by an ion-permeable separator, which provides separation of the two


electrolytes while still allowing for the passage of ions during charging and discharging.

Charging and discharging results in a chemical reduction reaction in one electrolyte and an

oxidation reaction in the other electrolyte. Ions selectively pass through the separator

membrane to complete the redox reaction. When in use the electrolytes are continuously

pumped in a circuit between reactor and storage tanks.

Informational Note: Two commercially available flowing electrolyte batteries

technologies are the zinc bromine and the vanadium redox flowing electrolyte batteries.

Flow Battery. A rechargeable battery, similar to a fuel cell, that stores its active materials in

the form of two aqueous electrolytes external to the battery. When in use the electrolytes are

continuously pumped in a circuit between reactor and storage tanks.

Informational Note: Two commercially available flow battery technologies are zinc

bromine and vanadium redox sometimes referred to as pumped electrolyte energy

storage systems

Intercool Connector. An electrically conductive bar or cable used to connect adjacent cells in a

battery.

Intertie Connector. An electrical conductor used to connect two cells in a battery on different

tiers of the same rack or different shelves of the same rack.

Inverter Input Circuit. Conductors between the inverter and the energy storage system in

stand-alone and multimode inverter systems.

Inverter Output Circuit. Conductors between the inverter and an ac panelboard for energy

storage systems or the conductors between the inverter and the equipment being supplied by

the system or by another electric power production source, such as a utility for electrical

production and distribution network.

Nominal Voltage. The value assigned to an energy storage system of a given voltage class for

the purpose of convenient designation. The operating voltage of the cell or battery may vary

above or below this value.


Informational Note: The most common nominal cell voltages in a battery system are 2

volts per cell for lead-acid systems, 1.2 volts per cell for alkali systems, and 3.6 to 3.8

volts per cell for Li-ion systems. Nominal voltages and voltage ranges vary with different

chemistries or technologies.

Sealed Cell or Battery. A cell or battery that has no provision for the routine addition of water

or electrolyte or for external measurement of electrolyte specific gravity.

Informational Note: Some cells that are considered to be sealed under conditions of

normal use, such as valve-regulated lead-acid or some lithium cells, contain pressure

relief valves

Storage Battery. A battery comprised of one or more rechargeable cells of the lead-acid, nickel-

cadmium, or other rechargeable electrochemical types.

Terminal. That part of a cell, container, or battery or energy storage system (ESS) to which an

external connection is made (commonly identified as post, pillar, pole, or terminal post).

706.3 Other Articles. Wherever the requirements of other articles of this Code and Article 706

differ, the requirements of Article 706 shall apply. If the energy storage system is capable of

being operated in parallel with a primary source(s) of electricity, the requirements in 705.14,

705.16, 705.32 and 705.143 shall apply.

706.4 General Requirements. The requirements of this section are applicable to all energy

storage systems.

(A) Energy storage systems. Energy storage systems shall be classified as one of types of systems

described in (1), (2) or (3).

(1) Prepackaged self-contained systems.

(2) Pre-engineered systems of matched components intended for field assembly as a system.

(3) Systems other than as described in (1) and (2) above.


(B) Equipment. Monitors and controls, switches and breakers, power conversion systems,

inverters and transformers, energy storage devices and other components of the energy

storage system shall be listed for the intended application as a part of an energy storage

system. Alternatively, prepackaged self-contained systems shall be permitted to be listed for

the intended application as a complete energy storage system.

(C) Qualified personnel. The installation of energy storage systems and system components

and all associated wiring, interconnections, controls, inverters and other equipment associated

with the system shall be performed only by qualified personnel.

Informational Note: See Article 100 for the definition of qualified personnel.

(D) Multiple inverters. An energy storage system shall be permitted to have multiple inverters.

Where the inverters are remotely located from each other, a directory in accordance with

705.10 shall be installed at each ac and dc disconnecting means serving the energy storage

system or its component parts and at the main service disconnecting means showing the

location of all ac and dc disconnecting means associated with the energy storage system.

(E) DC Disconnecting Means. A disconnecting means shall be provided for all ungrounded conductors derived from an energy storage system with a nominal voltage over 100 volts. A disconnecting means shall be readily accessible and located within sight of the system.

Informational Note: See 240.21(H) for information on the location of the overcurrent device for conductors

(1) Remote Actuation. Where controls to activate the disconnecting means of and energy storage system are not located within sight of the system, the disconnecting means shall be capable of being locked in the open position, in accordance with 110.25, and the location of the controls shall be field marked on the disconnecting means. (2) Busway. Where a DC busway system is installed, the disconnecting means shall be permitted to be incorporated into the busway.


(3) Notification. The disconnecting means shall be legibly marked in the field. A label with the marking shall be placed in a conspicuous location near the energy storage system if a disconnecting means is not provided. The marking shall be of sufficient durability to withstand the environment involved and shall include the following:

(1) Nominal energy storage system voltage (2) Arc flash derived from the terminals of the energy storage system (3) Date the calculation was performed

Informational Note: NFPA 70E provides guidance for notification of arch flash

hazard due to the prospective short circuit current and/or appropriate personal

protective equipment (PPE).

(F) Connection to other energy sources.

(1) Load Disconnect. A load disconnect that has multiple sources of power shall disconnect all energy sources when in the off position.

(2) Identified Interactive Equipment. Only inverters and ac modules listed and identified as

interactive shall be permitted on interactive systems.

(3) Loss of Interactive System Power. An inverter in an interactive energy storage system shall

automatically de-energize its output to the connected electrical production and distribution

network upon loss of voltage in that system and shall remain in that state until the electrical

production and distribution network voltage has been restored. A normally interactive energy

storage system shall be permitted to operate as a stand-alone system to supply loads that have

been disconnected from electrical production and distribution network sources.

(4) Unbalanced Interconnections. Unbalanced connections between an energy storage system

and electric power production sources shall be in accordance with 705.100.

(5) Point of Connection. The point of connection between an energy storage system and

electric power production sources shall be in accordance with 705.12.


(G) Working space.

(1) Between systems or system components. Spaces about the energy storage systems shall

comply with 110.26. Working space shall be measured from the edge of the energy storage

system modules, battery cabinets, racks, or trays. For battery racks, there shall be a minimum

clearance of 25 mm (1 in.) between a cell container and any wall or structure on the side not

requiring access for maintenance. Energy storage system modules, battery cabinets, racks or

trays shall be permitted to contact adjacent walls or structures, provided that the battery shelf

has a free air space for not less than 90 percent of its length. Prepackaged self-contained

energy storage systems shall be permitted to have working space between components within

the system in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and listing of the system.

Informational Note: Additional space is often needed to accommodate energy storage

system equipment hoisting equipment, tray removal, or spill containment.

(2) Within systems or system components. Where top terminal energy storage systems are

installed on tiered racks or on shelves of battery cabinets, working space in accordance with the

storage equipment manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided between the highest point on

a storage system component and the row, shelf or ceiling above that point. . Prepackaged self-

contained energy storage systems shall be permitted to have working space between

components within the system in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and

listing of the system.

Informational Note No. 1: The installation instructions of the system component

manufacturer typically define how much top working space is necessary for a particular

system component.

Informational note No. 2: IEEE 1187, provides guidance for top clearance of VRLA

batteries, which are the most commonly used battery in cabinets.

(H) Illumination. Illumination shall be provided for working spaces associated with energy

storage systems and their equipment and components. The lighting outlets shall not be

controlled by automatic means only. Additional lighting outlets shall not be required where the

work space is illuminated by an adjacent light source. The location of luminaires shall not:


(1) Expose personnel to energized system components while performing maintenance on the

luminaires in the system space; or

(2) Create a hazard to the system or system components upon failure of the luminaire.

(I) Ventilation. Provisions appropriate to the energy storage technology shall be made for

sufficient diffusion and ventilation of any possible gases within the system and from the system

to prevent the accumulation of an explosive mixture. Prepackaged self-contained energy

storage systems shall be permitted to be ventilation within the system and from the system in

accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and listing of the system.

Informational Note No. 1: See NFPA 1, Fire Code, Chapter 52, for ventilation

considerations for specific battery chemistries.

Informational Note No. 2: Some storage technologies do not require ventilation.

Informational Note No. 3: A source for design of ventilation of battery systems is IEEE

Std 1635-2012/ASHRAE Guideline 21-2012

(J) Egress. A personnel door(s) intended for entrance to, and egress from; rooms containing

energy storage systems or equipment shall open in the direction of egress and shall be

equipped with listed panic hardware.

(K) Accessibility. All energy storage systems equipment, monitors, controls and other components shall be readily accessible

(L) System markings and building signage.

(1) Energy storage system equipment, monitors, controls and other components shall be

marked in accordance with 110.21. A sign shall be placed at the service-entrance equipment

that indicates the type and location of on-site optional standby power sources. A sign shall not

be required for individual unit equipment for standby illumination.

(2) Buildings or structures with both utility service and energy storage systems shall have a

permanent plaque or directory providing the location of the service disconnecting means and

the energy storage system disconnecting means if not located at the same location. The

warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with 110.21(B).


(M) Dwelling Units.

(1) Operating voltage. Energy storage systems for dwellings shall be configured so as to

operate at a voltage of 100 volts or less.).

Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine energy storage system

maintenance, an energy storage system voltage greater than 100 volts shall be permitted up to

the maximum voltage permitted for the connected energy source.

(2) Guarding of live parts. Live parts of energy storage systems for dwellings shall be guarded to

prevent accidental contact by persons or objects, regardless of voltage or type.

Informational Note: Batteries in energy storage systems can be subject to extensive

charge–discharge cycles and can therefore require frequent maintenance, such as

checking electrolyte and cleaning connections.

(N) Current limiting. A listed, current-limiting, overcurrent device shall be installed in each

circuit adjacent to the energy storage system where the available short-circuit current from an

energy storage device exceeds the interrupting or withstand ratings of other equipment in the

circuit, without respect for the voltage of the energy storage system. The installation of current

limiting fuses shall be in accordance with 690.16.

(O) Storage system maintenance disconnecting means. Energy storage systems greater than

100 volts shall have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, that

disconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s) in the electrical system for maintenance. This

disconnecting means shall not disconnect the grounded circuit conductor(s) from the

remainder of any other energy system to which the energy storage system is connected. A

non-load-break-rated switch shall be permitted to be used as a disconnecting means.


(P) Storage systems of more than 100 volts. When the energy storage system is rated more

than 100 volts, nominal, the system shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded conductors,

provided the following conditions are met:

(1) Any other system to which the storage system is connected is grounded.

(2) The dc and ac load circuits are solidly grounded.

(3) All main ungrounded energy storage system input/output circuit conductors are provided

with switched disconnects and overcurrent protection.

(4) A ground-fault detector and indicator is installed to monitor for ground faults within the

storage system.

(Q) Fuses. Means shall be provided to disconnect any fuses associated with energy storage

system equipment and components when the fuse is energized from both directions and is

accessible to other than qualified persons. Switches, pullouts, or similar devices that are rated

for the application shall be permitted to serve as a means to disconnect fuses from all sources

of supply.

706.5 Installation of batteries. Storage batteries associated with an energy storage system shall

be installed in accordance with the provisions this Article.

706.6 Wiring from and Equipment Supplied by Energy Storage Systems. Wiring and equipment

supplied from energy storage systems and system components shall be subject to the

applicable provisions of this Code applying to wiring and equipment operating at the same

voltage, unless otherwise permitted by this Article.

706.7 Circuit sizing and current.

(A) The maximum current for the specific circuit shall be calculated in accordance with

706.11(A)(1) through (4).

(1) Nameplate Rated Circuit Current. The nameplate(s) rated circuit current shall be the

rated current indicated on the energy storage system nameplate or system listing when the

system is a prepackaged self-contained system or is a pre-engineered systems of matched

components intended for field assembly as a system. The rated circuit current for other

systems shall be determined by the system designer or installer in accordance with

acceptable engineering practice.


(2) Inverter Output Circuit Current. The maximum current shall be the inverter continuous

output current rating.

(3) Stand-Alone Inverter Input Circuit Current. The maximum current shall be the stand-

alone continuous inverter input current rating when the inverter is producing rated power

at the lowest input voltage. [690.8(A)(4)]

(4) DC to DC Converter Output Current. The maximum current shall be the dc-to-dc

converter continuous output current rating.

(B) Conductor Ampacity and Overcurrent Device Ratings. The ampacity of the feeder circuit

conductors from the energy storage system(s) to the wiring system serving the loads to be

serviced by the system shall not be less than the greater of the (1) nameplate(s) rated circuit

current as determined in accordance with 706.8(A) or (2) the rating of the energy storage

system(s) overcurrent protective device(s).

(C) Ampacity of Grounded or Neutral Conductor. If an interactive single-phase, 2-wire energy

storage system output(s) is connected to the grounded or neutral conductor and a single

ungrounded conductor of a 3-wire system or of a 3-phase, 4-wire, wye-connected system, the

maximum unbalanced neutral load current plus the energy storage system(s) output rating shall

not exceed the ampacity of the grounded or neutral conductor.

(D) Conductor Ampacity. Conductor ampacities shall be determined in accordance with 310.15.

706.8 Overcurrent protection.

(A) Circuits and Equipment. Storage battery circuit conductors and equipment shall be

protected in accordance with the requirements of Article 240. Protection devices for energy

storage system circuits shall be in accordance with the requirements of 706.9(B) through (D).

Circuits shall be protected at the source from overcurrent.

(B) Overcurrent Device Ratings. Overcurrent protective devices shall be rated in accordance

with Article 240 and the rating provided on systems serving the energy storage system shall be

not less than 125 percent of the maximum currents calculated in 706.8(B).


(C) Direct Current Rating. Overcurrent devices, either fuses or circuit breakers, used in any dc portion

of an ESS shall be listed and shall have the appropriate voltage, current and interrupt ratings.

(D) Prime Movers. Overcurrent protection shall not be required for conductors from an energy

storage system with a nominal voltage of 100 volts or less if the storage system provides power

for starting, ignition, or control of prime movers. Section 300.3 shall not apply to these

conductors.

706.9 Charge control.

(1) General. Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the energy storage

system. Charge control shall not be required where the energy storage system has

independent, integrated charge control capabilities. In such systems, the maximum voltage of

the charging source shall not exceed maximum voltage on nameplate rating of the energy

storage system. All adjustable means for control of the charging process shall be accessible only

to qualified persons.

Informational Note: Certain types of energy storage equipment such as valve-regulated

lead acid or nickel cadmium can experience thermal failure when overcharged.

(2) Diversion charge controller.

(1) Sole Means of Regulating Charging. An energy storage system employing a diversion

charge controller as the sole means of regulating charging shall be equipped with a

second independent means to prevent overcharging of the storage device.

(2) Circuits with Diversion Charge Controller and Diversion Load. Circuits containing a

diversion charge controller and a diversion load shall comply with the following:

(1) The current rating of the diversion load shall not exceed the current rating of

the diversion load charge controller. The voltage rating of the diversion load shall

be greater than the maximum energy storage system voltage. The power rating

of the diversion load shall be at least 150 percent of the power rating of the

charging source.


(2) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the overcurrent device for this

circuit shall be at least 150 percent of the maximum current rating of the

diversion charge controller.

(3) Energy Storage Systems Using Utility-Interactive Inverters. Systems using utility-

interactive inverters to control energy storage state-of-charge by diverting excess power

into the utility system shall comply with (1) and (2):

(1) These systems shall not be required to comply with 706.10(C)(2)(2).

(2) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the energy storage system charging process for use when the utility is not present or when the primary charge controller fails or is disabled.

(3) Charge controllers and DC converters. When charge controllers and other dc power

converters that increase or decrease the output current or output voltage with respect to the

input current or input voltage are installed the ampacity of the conductors in output circuits

shall be based on the maximum rated continuous output current of the charge controller or

converter for the selected output voltage range, and the voltage rating of the output circuits

shall be based on the maximum voltage output of the charge controller or converter for the

selected output voltage range.

706.10 Short circuit prevention. Means shall be provided to prevent the creation of a short-

circuit path to ground between the energy storage system cells or modules and any racks or

shelves on which or cabinets in which they are installed.

706.13 Guarding of live parts. Guarding of live parts shall comply with 110.27

II Electrochemical Energy Storage Systems

706.14 Scope. Part II of this article applies to stationary energy storage systems that are

comprised of sealed and non-sealed cells or batteries or system modules that are comprised of

multiple sealed cells or batteries.


706.15 Installation of batteries. Storage batteries associated with an energy storage system

shall be installed in accordance with the provisions this Article.

(A) Dwelling Units.

(1) Operating voltage. Energy storage systems for dwellings shall be configured so as to operate at a voltage of 100 volts, nominal, or less.

Exception: Where live parts are not accessible during routine energy storage

system maintenance, an energy storage system voltage greater than 100 volts

shall be permitted.

(2) Guarding of live parts. Live parts of energy storage systems for dwellings shall be guarded to prevent accidental contact by persons or objects, regardless of voltage or type.

(B) Storage system nonconductive cases and conductive racks. Flooded, vented lead-acid batteries where operating at more than 50 volts, nominal, shall not use conductive cases or shall not be installed in conductive cases. Conductive racks used to support non-conductive cases shall be permitted where no rack material is located within 150 mm (6 in.) of the tops of the non-conductive cases. Exception: This requirement shall not apply to any type of valve-regulated lead-acid

(VRLA) battery or other types of sealed batteries that may require steel cases for proper

operation.

(C) Disconnection of Series Battery Circuits. Battery circuits subject to field servicing, where operating at more than 50 volts, nominal, shall have provisions to disconnect the series-connected strings into segments of 50 volts, nominal, or less for maintenance by qualified persons. Non–loadbreak bolted or plug-in disconnects shall be permitted.

(D) Storage system maintenance disconnecting means. Energy storage systems greater than 50 volts, nominal, shall have a disconnecting means, accessible only to qualified persons, that disconnects the grounded circuit conductor(s) in the electrical storage system for maintenance. This disconnecting means shall not disconnect the grounded circuit conductor(s) for the remainder of any other electrical system. A non-load-break-rated switch shall be permitted to be used as a disconnecting means.

(E) Storage systems of more than 100 volts. When the energy storage system is rated more than 50 volts, nominal, the system shall be permitted to operate with ungrounded conductors, provided the following conditions are met:

(1) The dc and ac load circuits are solidly grounded.

(2) All main ungrounded energy storage system input/output circuit conductors are provided with switched disconnects and overcurrent protection.

(3) A ground-fault detector and indicator is installed to monitor for ground faults within the storage system.


706.16 Battery and cell terminations.

(A) Corrosion Prevention. Antioxidant material suitable for the battery connection shall be

used when recommended by the battery or cell manufacturer.

Informational Note: The battery manufacturer’s installation and instruction manual can

be used for guidance for acceptable materials.

(B) Intercell and Intertier Conductors and Connections. The ampacity of field-assembled

intercell and intertier connectors and conductors shall be of such cross-sectional area that the

temperature rise under maximum load conditions and at maximum ambient temperature shall

not exceed the safe operating temperature of the conductor insulation or of the material of the

conductor supports.

Informational Note: Conductors sized to prevent a voltage drop exceeding 3 percent of

maximum anticipated load, and where the maximum total voltage drop to the furthest

point of connection does not exceed 5 percent, may not be appropriate for all battery

applications. IEEE 1375-2003, Guide for the Protection of Stationary Battery Systems,

provides guidance for overcurrent protection and associated cable sizing.

(C) Battery Terminals. Electrical connections to the battery, and the cable(s) between cells on

separate levels or racks, shall not put mechanical strain on the battery terminals. Terminal

plates shall be used where practicable.

Informational Note: Conductors are commonly pre-stressed. Refer to the

manufacturer’s instructions for guidance. Fine stranded cables are generally preferred

for their flexibility.

706.17 Battery interconnections. Flexible cables, as identified in Article 400, in sizes 2/0 AWG

and larger shall be permitted within the battery enclosure from battery terminals to a nearby

junction box where they shall be connected to an approved wiring method. Flexible battery

cables shall also be permitted between batteries and cells within the battery enclosure. Such

cables shall be listed for hard-service use and identified as moisture resistant. Flexible, fine-

stranded cables shall only be used with terminals, lugs, devices, or connectors in accordance

with 110.14.


706.18 Disconnection of series system circuits. Means shall be provided to prevent energy

storage system voltage backfeeding to the rest of the system when maintenance is being

performed. Energy storage system circuits greater than 100 volts shall have provisions to

disconnect the series-connected strings into segments of 100 volts or less for maintenance by

qualified persons. Non-load break bolted or plug-in disconnects shall be permitted.

706.19 Charge control.

(A) General. Equipment shall be provided to control the charging process of the energy storage

system. Charge control shall not be required where the energy storage system has

independent, integrated charge control capabilities. In such systems, the maximum voltage of

the charging source shall not exceed maximum voltage on nameplate rating of the energy

storage system. All adjustable means for control of the charging process shall be accessible only

to qualified persons.

Informational Note: Certain types of energy storage equipment such as valve-regulated

lead acid or nickel cadmium can experience thermal failure when overcharged.

(B) Diversion charge controller.

(1) Sole Means of Regulating Charging. An energy storage system employing a diversion charge

controller as the sole means of regulating charging shall be equipped with a second

independent means to prevent overcharging.

(2) Circuits with Direct-Current Diversion Charge Controller and Diversion Load. Circuits

containing a dc diversion charge controller and a dc diversion load shall comply with the

following:

(1) The voltage rating of the diversion load shall be greater than the maximum

energy storage system voltage. The power rating of the diversion load shall be at

least 150 percent of the power rating of the charging source.

(2) The conductor ampacity and the rating of the overcurrent device for this

circuit shall be at least 150 percent of the maximum current rating of the

diversion charge controller.


(3) Energy Storage Systems Using Utility-Interactive Inverters. Systems using utility-interactive

inverters to control energy storage state-of-charge by diverting excess power into the utility

system shall comply with (1) and (2):

(1) These systems shall not be required to comply with 706.18(B)(2)(2).

(2) These systems shall have a second, independent means of controlling the

energy storage system charging process for use when the utility is not present or

when the primary charge controller fails or is disabled.

(C) Charge controllers and DC converters. When charge controllers and other dc power

converters that increase or decrease the output current or output voltage with respect to the

input current or input voltage are installed the ampacity of the conductors in output circuits

shall be based on the maximum rated continuous output current of the charge controller or

converter for the selected output voltage range, and the voltage rating of the output circuits

shall be based on the maximum voltage output of the charge controller or converter for the

selected output voltage range.

706.20 Ground Fault Protection. Means shall be provided to prevent short circuit paths from

the battery to a conductive surface.

Informational note 1. One example of a short circuit path would be a leak of electrolyte

to a metal rack or shelf. Even a dry – and possibly invisible - electrolyte trace can be

conductive

Informational note 2. Common methods of protection include coating of racks, trays, or

shelves with nonconductive and electrolyte-resistant paint, or the use of non-metallic

construction such as composite or fiberglass material.


706.21 Ungrounded Conductors. Battery systems consisting of more than twenty-four 2-volt

cells connected in series (more than 48 volts, nominal) serving PV systems shall be permitted to

operate with ungrounded conductors, provided the following conditions are met:

(1) The photovoltaic array source and output circuits shall comply with 690.41.

(2) the dc and ac load circuits shall be solidly grounded.

(3) All main ungrounded battery input/output circuit conductors shall be provided with

switched disconnects and overcurrent protection.

(4) A ground-fault detector and indicator shall be installed to monitor for ground faults in the

battery pack.

706.22 Ungrounded Conductors. Electrochemical energy storage systems operating at more

than 100 volts shall be permitted to be installed and operate with ungrounded conductors,

provided a ground-fault detector and indicator is installed to monitor ground faults within the

system.

706.23 Accessibility. The terminals of all cells or multi-cell units shall be readily accessible for

readings, inspection, and cleaning where required by the equipment design. One side of

transparent battery containers shall be readily accessible for inspection of the internal

components.

706.24 Battery Location.

Electrochemical Battery locations shall conform to 706.21(A) and (B).

(A) Live Parts. Guarding of live parts shall comply with 110.27.

(B) Top Terminal Batteries. Where top terminal electrochemical energy storage devices are installed on tiered racks or on shelves of battery cabinets, working space in accordance with the storage equipment manufacturer’s instructions shall be provided between the highest point on a storage system component and the row, shelf or ceiling above that point.

Informational Note No. 1: The installation instructions of the system component

manufacturer typically define how much top working space is necessary for a particular

system component.

Informational note No. 2: IEEE 1187, provides guidance for top clearance of VRLA

batteries, which are the most commonly used battery in cabinets.


706.25 Vents.

(A) Vented Cells. Each vented cell shall be equipped with a flame arrester.

Informational Note: A flame arrested is designed to prevent destruction of the cell due to

ignition of gases within the cell by an external spark or flame under normal operating

conditions.

(B) Sealed Cells. Sealed battery or cells shall be permitted to be equipped with a pressure-

release vent to prevent excessive accumulation of gas pressure.

706.26 Nonconductive cases and conductive racks. Flooded, vented, batteries with more than

twenty-four 2-volt cells connected in series (48 volts, nominal) serving as a component of an

energy storage system shall not use nor be installed in conductive cases. Conductive racks used

to support non-conductive cases shall be permitted where no rack material is located within

150 mm (6 in.) of the topes of the non-conductive cases.

Exception: This requirement shall not apply to any type of valve-regulated lead-acid battery or

other type of sealed battery serving as a component of an energy storage system that may

require steel cases for proper operation.

706.27 Storage system nonconductive cases and conductive racks. Flooded, vented, batteries

operating a greater than 50 volts nominal, and serving as a component of an energy storage

system shall not use nor be installed in conductive cases. Conductive racks used to support

non-conductive cases shall be permitted where no rack material is located within 150 mm

(6 in.) of the tops of the non-conductive cases.

Exception: This requirement shall not apply to any type of valve-regulated lead-acid

(VRLA) battery or any other types of sealed batteries that may require steel cases for

proper operation.

706.28 Gas piping. Gas piping shall not be permitted in rooms or spaces containing electro

chemical energy storage systems or equipment.


III Flowing Electrolyte Energy Storage Systems

706.29 Scope. The provisions of this section apply to energy storage systems composed of or

containing flowing electrolyte batteries.

(A) General. All electrical connections to and from the system and system components shall be

in accordance with the applicable provisions of this code. The system and system components

shall also meet the provisions of parts I and II of this article.

(B) Electrolyte Classification. The flowing electrolyte(s) that are acceptable for use in the

batteries associated with the energy storage system shall be identified by name and chemical

composition. Such identification shall be provided by readily discernable signage adjacent to

every location in the system where the electrolyte can be put into or taken out of the system.

(C) Electrolyte Containment. Flowing electrolyte battery systems shall be provided with a

means for electrolyte containment to prevent spills of electrolyte from the system. An alarm

system is to be provided to signal an electrolyte leaks from the system. Electrical wiring and

connections shall be located and routed in a manner that mitigates the potential for exposure

to electrolytes. [LBF suggested text]

(D) Flow controls. Controls are to shut down the system in the event of electrolyte blockage

such as a malfunctioning electrolyte pump or valve.

(E) Pumps and other fluid handling equipment. Pumps and other fluid handling equipment are

to be rated/specified suitable for exposure to the electrolytes.

IV Kinetic Energy Storage Systems


containing kinetic devices intended to store energy mechanically and when there is a demand

for electrical power to use the stored energy to generate the needed power.


in accordance with the applicable provisions of this code.


Informational Note: The energy storage device itself can be considered similar to a

generator as covered in Article 445, with respect to the inputs to and outputs from the

system.

V Compressed Air Energy Storage Systems


containing devices intended to store energy through the compression of gases and when there

is a demand for electrical power to use the stored energy to generate the needed power.


in accordance with the applicable provisions of this code.

Informational Note: The energy storage device itself can be considered similar to a

generator as covered in Article 445, with respect to the inputs to and outputs from the

system.


Substantiation to accompany the final Article 706 submittal dated 10-13-14

Note 1: This document applies to the clean copy of the draft article.

Note 2: Commentary is not provided on all clauses.

This public input was developed by the NEC DC Task Force (TF) of the Technical Correlating

Committee. The Task Force is chaired by John R. Kovacik, UL LLC. The participants in the task

force and their employers/associations are listed in a separate document which is on file with

NFPA.

Currently batteries are addressed in numerous places in the NEC such as Articles 480 and 690,

which has been appropriate over time with the former article historically covering lead-acid

batteries and the latter recently added to address the application of batteries in general, not

just lead acid, to PV systems. The current state of energy storage technology, which includes

batteries, and anticipated evolution of energy storage supports the need for a singular set of

requirements in the NEC covering such systems. If this is not accomplished in the 2017 NEC and

available to serve as a singular foundation for needed changes in the future, the provisions

covering such systems will continue to reside in different places within the NEC and likely

evolve to attach themselves as parts to existing criteria throughout the NEC. To foster the safe

application of energy storage systems and facilitate the application and use of the NEC by

technology proponents as well as those who install and inspect such systems there should be a

singular article in the NEC on energy storage systems.

As covered in the DOE/EPRI 2013 Electricity Storage Handbook in Collaboration with NRECA the

portfolio of electricity storage technologies can be considered for providing a range of services

to the electric grid and can be positioned around their power and energy relationship. This

relationship is illustrated in the figure below. The comparisons are very general, intended for

conceptual purposes only; many of the storage options have broader duration and power

ranges than shown.


The range of energy storage technologies and their continuing evolution supports the need for

a singular place in the NEC to address the safety of all these systems; safety as it relates to

issues relevant to all technologies as well as those issues unique to only one technology.

The following provides the information needed to understand each of the sections and

subsections in the proposed Article 706, much of which has been derived from existing NEC

text. In addition, in composing this new article the NEC TC TF coordinated with a number of

other groups and committees developing changes to relevant provisions in the NEC to ensure

that the proposed Article 706 in being based on provisions in the 2014 NEC was consistent with

those same provisions as they would appear in the 2017 NEC should those proposals to other

relevant sections of the NEC be approved.

706.1

The scope of the current NEC provisions for storage batteries is covered in 480.1 of the 2014

NEC. The provisions in 480.1 have been copied and included in a new Article 706 covering

energy storage systems or which batteries are one type. This new Article 706 is intended to

place any and all battery requirements in the NEC in one place, have the new article cover what

is currently in Article 480 and allow that article to be removed or simply refer to Article 706.

One editorial change has been suggested at the beginning of the text in 480.1 which is shown in

the new article as 706.1. In addition a minimum limitation of energy storage size has been

included because………… Systems below that limit would ………… Informational note 1 has been

added to clarify that voltage and power ratings for pre-packaged and self-contained systems

are available on the nameplate data. Informational note 2 is currently informational note 1 to

480.1 and has been updated to include references to three new documents relevant to energy

storage systems (items 9 to 11).


706.2

The source of the proposed definitions is as follows:

Cell is from 480.2.

Container is from 480.2 but modified to update the term and to put the basis for the

informational note to the definition in the body of the definition.

Diversion Charge Controller is from 690.2.

Electrochemical capacitor is a new definition necessitated by the use of the term in the

new reference (11) in informational note 2 to 706.1.

Electrolyte is from 480.2.

Energy Storage System is a new definition intended to provide details of what

constitutes an energy storage system, for which criteria are provided in the new article.

Flowing Electrolyte Batteries is a new definition intended to provide the details of what


Intercell Connector is from 480.2.

Intertier Connector is from 480.2.

Inverter Input Circuit is from 690.2.

Nominal Voltage (Battery or Cell) is from 480.2

Sealed Cell or Battery is from 480.2.

Storage Battery is from 480.2.

Terminal is from 480.2.

706.3

The provisions for ‘other articles’ was taken from 690.3 and the precedent for such provisions

as xxx.3 in other articles of the NEC is well established. The exception that is in 690.3 covering

hazardous locations was not carried forward because it violates the NFPA rule against

referencing an entire article of the NEC. If an energy storage system were to be installed in a

hazardous location it would have to meet the provisions of those articles since they are specific

to certain occupancies and what is in Article 706 is not (e.g. what is in those other articles then

would be additive to what is in Article 706 because the latter does not contain provision specific

to the former).


706.4(A)

Criteria have been developed to classify energy storage systems as prepackaged and self-

contained, pre-engineered assemblies of matched components and systems other than those

two types (e.g. assemblies of components that are not matched and have been pre-engineered

as a system). This is needed to assist in the application of the provisions of Article 706 and for

that matter the entire NEC to such systems. All systems are intended to have energy inputs

and outputs to the system covered by the NEC as would be the case for any other technology

using or providing electric power. The acceptability of prepackaged and self-contained systems

or pre-engineered systems of matched components is intended to rest in part on the system

and components being tested and listed to applicable standards and installed in accordance

with the terms of the listing, manufacturer’s installation instructions and the applicable

provisions in the General section of Article 706. The acceptability of other systems is also

intended to rest on the components being tested and listed as covered above but also having

all the provisions of Article 706 cover their assembly and installation to create an energy

storage system.

706.4(B)

The source of the proposed text is 690.4(B) and applies equally to energy storage systems as

intended to be covered in Article 706. The language from 690.4(B) speaks to the acceptability

of individual components of the PV system, which appears appropriate for energy storage

systems as well. That said there are also prepackaged self-contained energy storage systems

that as a whole can be tested and listed to appropriate safety standards and to address this

situation an additional sentence has been added.

706.4(C)

The source of the proposed text is 690.4(C) and a requirement for work being performed by

qualified personnel is equally applicable to energy storage systems intended to be covered in

Article 706.

706.4(D)

The source of the proposed text is 690.4(D) and a requirement addressing the use of multiple

inverters is equally applicable to energy storage systems intended to be covered in Article 706.

706.4 (E)

The issue of disconnecting means for batteries is covered in 480.6(A) of the 2014 NEC. This

requirement is applicable to electrochemical energy storage systems, which include batteries,

and has been included in the new article on energy storage systems as 706.4 (E)(1) since the


intent is to have the new article cover what is currently in Article 480 and allow that article to

be removed or simply refer to Article 706. Note that the term battery has been replaced as

appropriate with energy storage system since the disconnecting means to the system should be

no different than what is currently applied to batteries. Work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary

Battery Committee (SBC) on 480.6(A) is also included in proposed Article 706 to ensure that if

this new article is accepted the revisions deemed appropriate for Article 480 are also included.

The IEEE SBC is recommending that the nominal threshold be raised from 50 Vdc to 100 Vdc for

shock hazard. Note that NFPA 70E recognizes 50 volts for AC and 100 volts for DC as the

electric shock safety threshold.

706.4(E)(1)

The source of the proposed text is 480.6(B) and a requirement addressing the use of remote

actuation is equally applicable to energy storage systems intended to be covered in Article 706.

Note that the term battery has been replaced as appropriate with energy storage system or

simply system since the remote actuation of the disconnecting means should be no different

than what is currently applied to batteries.

706.4(E)(2)

The source of the proposed text is 480.6(C) and a requirement addressing the installation of a

DC busway and its disconnecting means is equally applicable to energy storage systems

intended to be covered in Article 706.

706.4(E)(3)

The issue of notification associated with the disconnect means for batteries is covered in

480.6(D) of the 2014 NEC. This requirement is applicable to electrochemical energy storage

systems, which include batteries, and has been included in the new article on energy storage

systems since the intent is to have the new article cover what is currently in Article 480 and

allow that article to be removed or simply refer to Article 706. Note that the term battery has

been replaced as appropriate with energy storage system since the notification means should

be no different than what is currently applied to batteries. Work undertaken by the IEEE

Stationary Battery Committee on 480.6(D) is also included in proposed 706.4(E)(4) to ensure


included. Item (2) is modified to be consistent with NFPA 70E, noting that maximum available


short-circuit current does not provide useful information by itself. The current informational

note is no longer necessary and has been deleted. A new informational note has been added to

refer to NFPA 70E for arc flash calculated at the battery disconnect, which is the point of

greatest hazard. Specifically NFPA 70E, 320.3(A)(5) provides guidance for signage about arc

flash for the entire battery system.

706.4(F)(1)

The source of the proposed text is 690.57 and a requirement addressing load disconnect is

equally applicable to energy storage systems intended to be covered in Article 706.

706.4(F)(2)

The source of the proposed text is 690.60 and a requirement addressing identified interactive

equipment is equally applicable to energy storage systems intended to be covered in Article

706.

706.4(F)(3)

The source of the proposed text is 690.61 and a requirement addressing loss of interactive

system power is equally applicable to energy storage systems intended to be covered in Article

706.

706.4(F)(4)

The source of the proposed text is 690.63 and a requirement addressing unbalanced

interconnections is equally applicable to energy storage systems intended to be covered in

Article 706. Note that the text has been enhanced to be more specific about the subject

addressed.

706.4(F)(5)

The source of the proposed text is 690.64 and a requirement addressing point of connection is

equally applicable to energy storage systems intended to be covered in Article 706. Note that

the text has been enhanced to be more specific about the subject addressed.

706.4(G)(1)

The issue of working area and spaces around batteries is covered in 480.9(C) of the 2014 NEC.

This requirement is applicable to electrochemical energy storage systems, which include

batteries, and has been included in the new article on energy storage systems since the intent is

to have the new article cover what is currently in Article 480 and allow that article to be

removed or simply refer to Article 706. This section is intended to address working space


between systems or system components (as opposed to within systems or system components

discussed below under 706.(G)(2). Additional language has been added to address the situation

where a prepackaged self-contained system that is covered by section I General in Article 706

would likely have necessary working space between the system and its surroundings and

between components covered in the listing and manufacturer’s installation instructions.

Work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee on 480.9(C) is also included in

proposed Article 706 to ensure that if this new article is accepted the revisions deemed

appropriate for Article 480 are also included. Space around battery systems is addressed in

480. 9(C), which in turn references 110.26.

706.4(G)(2)

The issue of working space within battery stacks is covered in 480.9(D) of the 2014 NEC. This

requirement is applicable to electrochemical energy storage systems, which include batteries,

and has been included in the new article on energy storage systems since the intent is to have

the new article cover what is currently in Article 480 and allow that article to be removed or

simply refer to Article 706. Additional language has been added to address the situation where

a prepackaged self-contained system that is covered by section I General in Article 706 would

likely have necessary working space within the system and between system components

covered in the listing and manufacturer’s installation instructions. Work undertaken by the IEEE

Stationary Battery Committee on 480.9(D) is also included in proposed Article 706 to ensure


included. The text in 480.9(D) is modified to add battery cabinets, which is where the greatest

hazards typically exist due to insufficient clearance for maintenance activities. In addition a

new informational note is added to reference IEEE 1187, in which section 5.2 recommends top

clearances proportional to the depth of the cabinet.

706.4(H)

The source of the proposed text is 480.9(G) and a requirement addressing illumination is

equally applicable to energy storage systems intended to be covered in Article 706. Note that

the text has been changed as appropriate to refer to energy storage systems.

706.4(I)

The issue of ventilation is covered in 480.9(A)) of the 2014 NEC. This requirement is applicable

to electrochemical energy storage systems, which include batteries, and has been included in

the new article on energy storage systems since the intent is to have the new article cover what


Additional language has been added to address the situation where a prepackaged self-


contained system that is covered by section I General in Article 706 would likely have necessary

ventilation within the system, between system components and between the system and its

surroundings covered in the listing and manufacturer’s installation instructions. Work

undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee on 480.9(A)) is also included in proposed


Article 480 are also included. That work includes the addition of a new Informational Note 3 to

include a reference to IEEE 1635. This standard was just being published when the NEC 2014

proposal stage closed. It provides guidance for ventilation of various types of batteries in a

variety of enclosures and operating conditions. The primary purpose of this referenced

document developed jointly by IEEE and ASHRAE is to assist users involved in the design and

management of new stationary battery installations. The focus is the environmental design and

management of the installation to maximize battery reliability as well as the safety of personnel

and equipment.

706.4(J)

The source of the proposed text is 480.9(E) and a requirement addressing egress is equally

applicable to energy storage systems intended to be covered in Article 706. Note that the text

has been changed as appropriate to refer to energy storage systems.

706.4(K)

There are numerous sections in the NEC where specific items are to be accessible or readily

accessible. While there is nothing on that issue in 480 or 690 it is felt that this is an important

topic for energy storage systems in terms of the accessibility to the system and its components

by O&M staff and first responders. The proposed text requires all systems and their

components to be readily accessible.

706.4(L)(1) and (2)

The source of the proposed text for 706.4(M)(1) is 702.7 and the text for 706.4(M)(2) is from

690.56(B). The intent is to have markings provided at or near the system and its components to

facilitate the proper identification of those items. In addition where a system is located in, on

or adjacent to a building or on a site it is important to have directional and other signs covering

the access to and warnings associated with the system. In other words the issue of marking

and signage needs to be covered within the system and adjacent the system as well as in

locations where the system may not be visible or must be accessed from outside a building or

facility.


706.4(M) (1)

The issue of operating voltage for batteries used in conjunction with PV systems is covered in

690.71(B)(1) of the 2014 NEC. This requirement is applicable to electrochemical energy storage



allow the battery related provisions of that article to be removed or simply refer to Article 706.

Note that while Article 690 applies to PV systems there are a number of other systems that

could employ energy storage systems, such that what is adapted from Article 690 for inclusion

in Article 706 can be applied to any systems to which the energy storage system is connected.

Work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee on Article 690 is also included in


appropriate for Article 690 are also included. Regarding the application and use of 100 volts,

which differs from the current 50 volts in 690.71(B)(1), there is ample data to substantiate that

100 Vdc is a reasonable electric shock threshold for direct current. Numerous papers support

that the shock threshold for dc is at least twice that for 50Hz or 60 Hz alternating current. See

NFPA 70E Article 340 and Table 130.4(C)(b), NFPA 70E Article 340 and Table 130.4(C)(b), and

IEC/TR 60479-5, Effects of current on human beings and livestock – Part 5: Touch voltage

threshold values for physiological effects. The IEC document is the definitive technical research

paper on the effects of electricity on the human body.

706.4(M)(2)

The source of the proposed text is 690.71(B)(2) and a requirement addressing guarding of live

parts is equally applicable to energy storage systems intended to be covered in Article 706.

Note that the text has been changed as appropriate to refer to energy storage systems. It is

understood that others may be submitting a change to delete the informational note from

690.71(B)(2) because some batteries used with PV systems do not require maintenance. The

proposed text in 706.4(N) recognizes this and has been adjusted to also recognize that some do

require maintenance and the issue of guarding of live parts would be applicable to those.

706.4(N)

The issue of current limiting associated with batteries used in conjunction with PV systems is

covered in 690.71(C) of the 2014 NEC. This requirement is applicable to electrochemical energy

storage systems, which include batteries, and has been included in the new article on energy

storage systems since the intent is to have the new article cover what is currently in Article 690

and allow the battery related provisions of that article to be removed or simply refer to Article


706. Note that while Article 690 applies to PV systems there are a number of other systems

that could employ energy storage systems, such that what is adapted from Article 690 for

inclusion in Article 706 can be applied to any systems to which the energy storage system is

connected. Work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee on Article 690 is also

included in proposed Article 706 to ensure that if this new article is accepted the revisions

deemed appropriate for Article 690 are also included. Overcurrent protection is needed

regardless of the voltage. A hazard can be created based on current. Because the preceding

paragraph 690.71(B) – now adapted as 706.4(P) addresses a voltage limit, text is added to

clarify that it is current, not voltage, that creates the hazard.

706.4(O) and (P)

The issue of cases and racks associated with batteries used in conjunction with PV systems is

covered in 690.71(D) of the 2014 NEC. This requirement is applicable to electrochemical energy



and allow the battery related provisions of that article to be removed or simply refer to Article

706. Note that while Article 690 applies to PV systems there are a number of other systems

that could employ energy storage systems, such that what is adapted from Article 690 for

inclusion in Article 706 can be applied to any systems to which the energy storage system is

connected. Work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee on Article 690 is also

included in proposed Article 706 to ensure that if this new article is accepted the revisions

deemed appropriate for Article 690 are also included. The second paragraph of what was

690.71(D) and is now includes in 706.4(P) should be an “Exception”. The existing text is too

broad and too prescriptive, with no explanation of what safety issue is being addressed. The

proposed new text is performance-based to prevent a battery fire created by a short circuit,

either via an electrolyte leak or cell-to-shelf short circuit or arc.

The issue of disconnect of series battery circuits used in conjunction with PV systems is covered

in 690.71(E) of the 2014 NEC. This requirement is applicable to electrochemical energy storage



allow the battery related provisions of that article to be removed or simply refer to Article 706.

Note that while Article 690 applies to PV systems there are a number of other systems that

could employ energy storage systems, such that what is adapted from Article 690 for inclusion

in Article 706 can be applied to any systems to which the energy storage system is connected.

Work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee on Article 690 is also included in



appropriate for Article 690 are also included. As written today, 690.71(E), now 706.4(Q),

applies only to 2-volt lead-acid batteries. The text is revised to be more inclusive of a range of

battery chemistries. There is ample data to substantiate that 100 Vdc is a reasonable electric

shock threshold for direct current. Numerous papers support that the shock threshold for dc is

at least twice that for 50Hz or 60 Hz alternating current. For instance the voltages of 120 Vac

power appearing on the wall sockets in United States homes have a peak value of

approximately 170 volts. See NFPA 70E Article 340 and Table 130.4(C)(b), NFPA 70E Article

340 and Table 130.4(C)(b), and IEC/TR 60479-5, Effects of current on human beings and

livestock – Part 5: Touch voltage threshold values for physiological effects. The IEC document

is the definitive technical research paper on the effects of electricity on the human body.

706.4(Q)

The source of the proposed text is 690.16(A) and that text has been changed as appropriate to

refer to energy storage systems and enhanced to better address how to protect any fuses

installed in conjunction with the energy storage system and other energy sources to which it is

connected.

706.5

The source of the proposed text is 690.35(C) and that text has been changed as appropriate to

refer to energy storage systems.

706.6

The source of the proposed text is 480.4 and that text has been changed as appropriate to refer

to energy storage systems.

706.7(A)


refer to energy storage systems. It also recognizes that in the case of a prepackaged self-

contained system or a pre-engineered systems of matched components intended for field

assembly as a system the needed information is available from the listing. For other systems

the information would have to be determined by the designer or installer of the system

because the system as a whole or as an assembly of matched components is not available to be

tested to derive the necessary information.

706.7(B)

The source of the proposed text is 692.8(B) and that text has been changed as appropriate to



706.7(C)



706.7(D)

The text in 706.8(B) and (C) speaks to ampacity of conductors and this section has been added

to refer to 310.15 for determining the ampacity of conductors.

706.8(A)


apply to energy storage systems.

706.8(B)



706.8(C)



706.8(D)

The source of the proposed text is 480.5 and that text has been changed as appropriate to refer

to energy storage systems.

706.9(1)


refer to energy storage systems. In addition the text has been further modified as it relates to

charge control because at the scale anticipated for energy storage systems it is inconceivable

and dangerous to have a system without means of controlling charging.

706.9(2)



current rating in 706.10(C)(2)(1) because the relationship presented in the current text in

690.72(B) is an artifact of system design and presents no safety hazard. Installers design

systems with multiple charge controllers and staggered operation. Some also operate in


constant current mode (i.e. diversion load is greater than charge controller) and others

configured constant voltage mode (diversion load smaller than diversion load controller). The

text has also been modified as it relates to charge regulation circuits because mandating such

charge regulation circuits comply with the ampacity requirements for flexible cords and cable

seems nonsensical or archaic. The conductor requirements are already better addressed

through other provisions of the code and have been referenced to 710.6(C)(2)(2) in the


706.9(3)


refer to energy storage systems. In addition the text has been further modified to change

buck/boost to charge controllers because the former text is an electrical topography and has

little bearing on electrical safety. The new text focusing the section on charge controllers

applies more generic and appropriate terms for the purpose of this article.

706.10

The issue of short circuit prevention in conjunction with PV systems is not covered in the 2014

NEC but is being proposed for Article 690 by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee and is

included in the proposed Article 706. This requirement is applicable to electrochemical energy



or new material being proposed to Article 690 and allow the battery related provisions of that

article to be removed or simply refer to Article 706. Note that while Article 690 applies to PV

systems there are a number of other systems that could employ energy storage systems, such

that what is adapted from Article 690 for inclusion in Article 706 can be applied to any systems

to which the energy storage system is connected. The proposed new text, adapted from the

IEEE SBC, is performance-based to prevent a battery fire created by a short circuit, either via an

electrolyte leak or cell-to-shelf short circuit or arc.

706.13

The guarding of live parts is important for all energy storage systems and is addressed through

a reference to 110.27.


II Electrochemical Energy Storage Systems

A separate part of Article 706 is included to augment the provisions in part I General. Those

provisions are applicable to all energy storage systems and the provisions in part II would then

apply along with those but only to electrochemical technologies (e.g. batteries).

706.14

A scope statement is presented to clarify the storage technologies to which part II applies.

706.15

This section is taken almost verbatim from 690.71.

706.16 (A)

The issue of connecting batteries with dissimilar metals is covered in 480.3(A) of the 2014 NEC.

This requirement is applicable to electrochemical energy storage systems, which include

batteries, and has been included in the new article on energy storage systems since the intent is

to have the new article cover what is currently in Article 480 and allow that article to be

removed or simply refer to Article 706. Work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery

Committee on 480.3(A) is also included in proposed Article 706 to ensure that if this new article

is accepted the revisions deemed appropriate for Article 480 are also included. Those revisions

delete the reference to “dissimilar metals” and replaces it with “corrosion prevention” to

better convey the subject matter addressed in 706.16(A). The additional requirement relating

to the battery or cell manufacturer and deletion of the text on dissimilar metals is included

because it is not realistic that the AHJ will be able to determine if dissimilar metals are present.

Note that not all batteries, especially those with spade terminals, require antioxidant. As some

antioxidant materials can damage battery containers (cases) the reference to the

manufacturer’s recommendations is included to ensure that amtoxidant grease should only be

used when recommended by the battery manufacturer.

706.16(B)

The source of the proposed text is 480.3(B) and that text has not been changed because it

applies as written to its intended use in Article 706 for energy storage systems.

706.16(C)

The issue of battery terminals and electrical connections to the battery and between cells is

covered in 480.3(C) of the 2014 NEC. This requirement is applicable to electrochemical energy




and allow that article to be removed or simply refer to Article 706. Work undertaken by the

IEEE Stationary Battery Committee on 480.3(C) is also included in proposed Article 706 to

ensure that if this new article is accepted the revisions deemed appropriate for Article 480 are

also included. Those revisions would add a new Informational Note to 480.3(C) because rigidity

between units in a battery system can cause damage to the posts and containers. For instance

fine stranded cables (a.k.a. welding cables) are widely used in the industry to provide needed

flexibility. In addition proper crimping is necessary, and should follow the manufacturer’s

guidance. Also, some factory-made connectors are pre-stressed. All of these issues can be

appropriately addressed through the new informational note provided.

706.17

The source of the proposed text is 690.74(A) and that text has not been changed based on work

undertaken by Task Group E. The last sentence in 690.74(A) is being proposed for revision by

that task group to refer to 110.14 and to delete the reference to listing and marking because

battery cables often used in these circumstances aren’t listed “for hard-service use.”

706.19 (A)



charge control because at the scale anticipated for energy storage systems it is inconceivable

and dangerous to have a system without means of controlling charging.

706.19(B)



current rating in 706.18(B)(2)(1) because the relationship presented in the current text in

690.72(B) is an artifact of system design and presents no safety hazard. Installers design

systems with multiple charge controllers and staggered operation. Some also operate in

constant current mode (i.e. diversion load is greater than charge controller) and others

configured constant voltage mode (diversion load smaller than diversion load controller). The

text has also been modified as it relates to charge regulation circuits because mandating such

charge regulation circuits comply with the ampacity requirements for flexible cords and cable

seems nonsensical or archaic. The conductor requirements are already better addressed

through other provisions of the code and have been referenced to 706.18(B)(2)(2) in the



706.19(C)


refer to energy storage systems. In addition the text has been further modified to change

buck/boost to charge controllers because the former text is an electrical topography and has

little bearing on electrical safety. The new text focusing the section on charge controllers

applies more generic and appropriate terms for the purpose of this article.

706.23

The source of the proposed text is 480.8(C) and that text has not been changed and is carried

over to the new article to address the accessibility of cell terminals associated with

electrochemical storage technologies covered by part II of Article 706. Note that this augments

the provisions in part I regarding accessibility and working space, which apply to all energy

storage systems.

706.25(A)

Vented cells are currently covered in 480.10(A) of the 2014 NEC. This requirement is applicable

to electrochemical energy storage systems, which include batteries, and has been included in

the new article on energy storage systems since the intent is to have the new article cover what


Work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee on 480.10(A) is also included in


appropriate for Article 480 are also included. Considering the current text in the NEC, an

authority having jurisdiction can verify that a flame arrester is installed, but cannot determine

whether the flame arrester is properly designed. As such the last portion of the section is not

enforceable and is moved to a new informational note.

706.25(B)

Sealed cells are covered in 480.10(B) of the 2014 NEC. This requirement is applicable to

electrochemical energy storage systems, which include batteries, and has been included in the

new article on energy storage systems since the intent is to have the new article cover what is

currently in Article 480 and allow that article to be removed or simply refer to Article 706.

Work undertaken by the IEEE Stationary Battery Committee on 480.10(B) is also included in



appropriate for Article 480 are also included. Those revisions add permission to provide the

vents as opposed to mandating them in all cases. The present text requires a pressure release

valve, which is typical primarily of VRLA cells. Sealed cells with non-aqueous electrolyte do not

require a pressure release valve. The second clause is deleted because it has nothing to do

with venting.

706.29

The intent of Article 706 is to provide criteria related to electrical safety for all energy storage

systems. Part I provides requirements that would be applicable to all energy storage system

technologies. Part II provides additional requirements applicable to electrochemical systems

(e.g. vented and sealed batteries). There is another type of system that entails the application

and use of a flowing electrolyte that has some additional issues that are not covered in parts I

and II and need to be addressed.


vanadium reduction and oxidation (redox) batteries are of a type known as flow batteries, in

which one or both active materials is in solution in the electrolyte at all times. In this case, the

vanadium ions remain in an aqueous acidic solution throughout the entire process. The

vanadium redox flow battery is a flow battery based on redox reactions of different ionic forms

of vanadium. During battery charge, V3+ ions are converted to V2+ ions at the negative

electrode through the acceptance of electrons. Meanwhile, at the positive electrode, V4+ ions

are converted to V5+ ions through the release of electrons. Both of these reactions absorb the

electrical energy put into the system and store it chemically. During discharge, the reactions run

in the opposite direction, resulting in the release of the chemical energy as electrical energy.

While these systems will tend to be large and installed on the utility side of the meter it is

possible they could also be installed in locations within the scope of the NEC.

Criteria have been added to Article 706 to address this energy storage technology and a

definition of flowing electrolyte energy storage systems has been added to 706.2. A scope

statement is provided in to target this specific technology, which as noted is defined in 706.2.

General provisions are included as (A) and are intended to ensure that the system and its


from the system are installed in accordance with the NEC. To preclude the mistaken

introduction of an incorrect or improper electrolyte into the system section (B) provides for

permanent marking and signage covering the electrolyte(s) that can be used in the system.

Because there could be a unintended leak of electrolyte (C) addresses that issue via


containment and an alarm that indicates there is leakage as well as ensuring electrical wiring

and connections not be located in a containment area. Flow controls to automatically shut the

system down in case there is an issue with electrolyte flow are provided in (D) and (E) ensures

those components of the system that handle the flow of the electrolytes are acceptable for use

with the electrolytes.

706.30




(e.g. vented and sealed batteries). There is another type of system that entails storing kinetic

energy through mechanical means and then when electrical energy is needed using that stored

kinetic energy to generate the needed electrical power. The intent of 706.23 is to specifically

cover these systems, which include flywheels, over and above what else in part I would already

be applicable to them.


flywheels store energy in the form of the angular momentum of a spinning mass, called a rotor.

The work done to spin the mass is stored in the form of kinetic energy. A flywheel system

transfers kinetic energy into ac power through the use of controls and power conversion

systems. Most modern flywheel systems have some type of containment for safety and

performance-enhancement purposes. This containment is usually a thick steel vessel

surrounding the rotor, motor-generator, and other rotational components of the flywheel. If

the wheel fractures while spinning, the containment vessel would stop or slow parts and

fragments, preventing injury to bystanders and damage to surrounding equipment.

Containment systems are also used to enhance the performance of the flywheel. The

containment vessel is often placed under vacuum or filled with a low-friction gas such as helium

to reduce the effect of friction on the rotor.

Criteria have been added to Article 706 to address this energy storage technology. A scope

statement is provided in to target this specific technology. General provisions are included as

(A) and are intended to ensure that the system and its components that are connected to

building electrical systems for both supply to and output from the system are installed in

accordance with the NEC. Because they could be considered similar to a generator, in terms of

connections to and from the device an informational note is added suggesting that in applying

the NEC to the electrically related portions of the system those issues can be addressed in a

similar manner to those in the NEC covering generators.


706.31




(e.g. vented and sealed batteries). There is another type of system that entails storing energy

through the compression of gases and then when electrical energy is needed using the energy

stored in those gases to generate the needed electrical power. The intent of 706.24 is to

specifically cover these systems, over and above what else in part I would already be applicable

to them.


compressed systems use off-peak electricity to compress air and store it in a reservoir, either an

underground cavern or aboveground pipes or vessels. When electricity is needed, the compressed

air is heated, expanded, and directed through an expander or conventional turbine-generator to

produce electricity. Aboveground air storage would typically be smaller than plants with

underground storage, with capacities on the order of 3 to 50 MW and discharge times of 2 to 6

hours.

Criteria have been added to Article 706 to address this energy storage technology. A scope

statement is provided in to target this specific technology. General provisions are included as

(A) and are intended to ensure that the system and its components that are connected to

building electrical systems for both supply to and output from the system are installed in

accordance with the NEC. Because they could be considered similar to a generator, in terms of

connections to and from the device an informational note is added suggesting that in applying

the NEC to the electrically related portions of the system those issues can be addressed in a

similar manner to those in the NEC covering generators.

Beyond the specific ‘mapping’ presented above between current provisions of the NEC and

their location in the proposed Article 706 there were some provisions that currently exist in the

NEC that are applicable to batteries but were not carried over. These are outlined below and

were not carried over because others outside the DC TG working on revisions to those articles,

as covered above, decided to delete certain provisions in the current NEC.

The DC TG had initially drafted Article 706 to include a provision for insulation of batteries not

over 250 volts. This was to be based on 480.7 of the NEC. In coordination with the IEEE SBC it

was determined that In looking at the provisions of 480.7 on insulation of batteries of the NEC-

2014 for the intent of moving them into Article 706 it was noted that In the NEC-2014 a


paragraph titled “Insulation of Batteries Over 250 Volts” was deleted but the NEC did not revise

the corresponding paragraph for smaller batteries. So today users and AHJ’s are confused as to

“What am I supposed to do for batteries NOT over 250 Volts?” For this reason 480.7 was not

carried over in Article 706. The IEEE SBC deleted 480.7 and its subsections (A) to (D) below

because they no longer serve useful or enforceable guidance. The circumstances for which

these guidelines were originally created no longer exist. Batteries can have a conductive shell

around the container(s), but no battery is made with conductive containers. Such a design

would guarantee a short circuit.

We will need to determine what if any other provisions in the NEC from 480, 690 or elsewhere

we did not carry forward. I don’t think there are many if any more but if there are we need to ID

them and advise why we did not bring them forward.



708.1 Scope.

The provisions of this article apply to the installation, operation, monitoring, control, and maintenance of theportions of the premises wiring system intended to supply, distribute, and control electricity to designatedcritical operations areas (DCOA) in the event of disruption to elements of the normal system.

Critical operations power systems are those systems so classed by municipal, state, federal, or other codesby any governmental agency having jurisdiction or by facility engineering documentation establishing thenecessity for such a system. These systems include but are not limited to power systems, HVAC, fire alarm,security, communications, and signaling for designated critical operations areas. COPS operating above1000vac shall comply with sections 390 and 490 as well as section 708.

Informational Note No. 1: Critical operations power systems are generally installed in vitalinfrastructure facilities that, if destroyed or incapacitated, would disrupt national security, theeconomy, public health or safety; and where enhanced electrical infrastructure for continuity ofoperation has been deemed necessary by governmental authority.

Informational Note No. 2: For further information on disaster and emergency management, see NFPA1600-2013, Standard on Disaster/Emergency Management and Business Continuity Programs.


Informational Note No. 4: For further information regarding performance and maintenance ofemergency systems in health care facilities, see NFPA 99-2012, Standard for Health Care Facilities.

Informational Note No. 5: For specification of locations where emergency lighting is consideredessential to life safety, see NFPA 101-2012, Life Safety Code, or the applicable building code.

Informational Note No. 6: For further information regarding physical security, see NFPA 730-2011,Guide for Premises Security.

Informational Note No. 7: Threats to facilities that may require transfer of operation to the criticalsystems include both naturally occurring hazards and human-caused events. See also A.5.3.2 ofNFPA 1600-2013.

Informational Note No. 8: See Informative Annex F, Availability and Reliability for Critical OperationsPower Systems; and Development and Implementation of Functional Performance Tests (FPTs) forCritical Operations Power Systems.

Informational Note No. 9: See Informative Annex G, Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition(SCADA).


need to coordinate voltage levels and listing requirements for above 1k and 1k and below




Affilliation: self

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3994 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(1) Boxes and Enclosures.

In a building or at a structure where a critical operations power system and any other type of power systemare present, all boxes and enclosures (including transfer switches, generators, and power panels, surfacemetal raceways, and surface nonmetallic raceways ) for critical operations power system circuits shall bepermanently marked so they will be readily identified as a component of the critical operations powersystem.


Although the intent of 700.10(B)'s and 708.10(B)’s wording “kept ENTIRELY independent of all other wiring and equipment” is clear, manufacturers of surface raceways continue to encounter opportunistic misinterpretations by specifiers attempting to use separate channels of the SAME MULTI-CHANNEL surface raceways for emergency system circuits and for normal power circuits. It is very foreseeable that the same situation will be encountered with regard to installing COPS and normal power circuits in multi-channel surface raceways. Manufacturers are concerned that such installations that misapply multi-channel surface raceways for mixed COPS circuits and normal power circuits will expose subsequent servicers to risk of shock when accessing a mixture of circuits. Marked identification of surface raceways where they are intended only for use with COPS circuits would further enforcement to preclude such 708.10(B) violations







Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat Oct 25 12:16:28 EDT 2014


3995 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(2) Receptacle Identification.

In a building in which COPS are present with other types of power systems described in other sections inthis article, the cover plates for the receptacles or the receptacles themselves supplied from the COPS shallhave a distinctive color or marking so as to be readily identifiable.

Exception: If the COPS supplies power to a DCOA that is a stand-alone building, receptacle cover platesor the receptacles themselves shall not be required to have distinctive marking.

Nonlocking-type, 125-volt, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles supplied from the COPS shall have an illuminatedface or an indicator light to indicate that there is power to the receptacle.


Fulfilling duty-to-warn that is associated with the material and process associated with putting equipment in place and making it ready for use in accordance with performance requirements.

Existing 708.10(A)(2) establishes that if those receptacles for cord-and-plug-connected equipment have been deemed by the system designer to warrant supply from the COPS, then servicers of such receptacles should be forewarned that such receptacles that test out as unenergized could suddenly become energized.

It is essential that nonlocking-type 125-volt, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles (NEMA configurations 5-15R and 5-20R) have additional identification by either an indicator light or an illuminated face so that the servicer knows that they are energized since they might BECOME LATER misidentified. Such nonlocking-type 125-volt, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles are commonly used in dwelling units, commercial and industrial occupancies. As indicated by Comment 15-70 (Log #369) submitted during last Code cycle by National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) with respect to nursing home and limited care facilities having emergency systems, there were reports by electrical contractors to NEMA of facilities undergoing renovations in which prior maintenance replacements (unauthorized) of cover plates and receptacles on circuits intended for normal-power electrical loads have used red cover plates or receptacles [and vice versa], the “distinctive color” intended in those facilities for emergency system circuits. These smaller facilities typically may not have trained staff electricians on-site and on-call. It is readily foreseeable that the same scenarios could also arise for these commonly-used receptacles where supplied from the COPS.

It is not unusual for people in their own dwelling units and in commercial and industrial occupancies to remove cover plates for painting and wallpapering, and to replace these common receptacles and cover plates themselves, without calling in an electrician. When this common “do-it-yourself” mentality is carried over in practice to facilities with receptacles supplied from COPS under NEC® Article 708 requirements, it’s highly unlikely that these “do-it-yourselfer” are trained in or knowledgeable of the NEC® COPS requirements, especially with regard to identification of receptacles supplied from the COPS. Consequently, NEMA 5-15R and 5-20R receptacles supplied from COPSs may BECOME unidentified, and similarly NEMA 5-15R and 5-20R receptacles supplied solely from normal power systems may BECOME misidentified simply because any replacement cover plates or receptacles on-hand are only those left over in that “distinctive color” intended in those facilities for COPS circuits.

Furthermore, the ability of the servicer being able to distinguish receptacles supplied from the COPS becomes more critical as receptacles controlled for the purpose of energy management or building automation [see 406.3(E)] become more prevalent.

While there is also a “performance” benefit of the USER identifying receptacles supplied from the COPS so that they can connect cord-and-plug-connected equipment to those receptacles energized during normal power outages, this “performance” benefit is incidental to the safety “installation” benefit to SERVICERS when putting equipment in place and making it ready for use in accordance with performance requirements.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


3996 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(1) Protection Against Physical Damage.

The wiring of the COPS system shall be protected against physical damage. Wiring )Only the followingwiring methods shall be permitted to be installed in accordance with the following ) :

(1) Rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, or Type MI cable.

(2) Where encased in not less than 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete, any of the following wiring methods shall bepermitted:

a. Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit (Type PVC)

b. Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (Type RTRC)

c. Electrical metallic tubing (Type EMT)

d. Flexible nonmetallic or jacketed metallic raceways

e. Jacketed metallic cable assemblies listed for installation in concrete

(3) Where provisions must be made for flexibility at equipment connection, one or more of the followingshall also be permitted:

a. Flexible metal fittings

b. Flexible metal conduit with listed fittings

c. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit with listed fittings


The present wording PERMITS the use of metal raceways, MI cable, Schedule 80 PVC, Schedule 40 PVC in concrete, etc., but does not PROHIBIT the use of other wiring methods. For example Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit or ENT could be used without concrete encasement since nothing specifically PROHIBITS it's use I believe the intent of the existing wording was to limit the wiring methods to only those referenced in 708.10(C)(1) . The additional wording that I am proposing will make that clear


Submitter Full Name: RUSS LEBLANC

Organization: EC AND M MAGAZINE

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



4869 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(1) Protection Against Physical Damage.

The wiring of the COPS system shall be protected against physical damage. Wiring methods shall bepermitted to be installed in accordance with the following:

(1) Rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, or Type MI cable . or Type MC cable that employs acontinuous, gas/vapor tight metal sheath

(2) Where encased in not less than 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete, any of the following wiring methods shall bepermitted:

(3) Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit (Type PVC)

(4) Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit (Type RTRC)

(5) Electrical metallic tubing (Type EMT)

(6) Flexible nonmetallic or jacketed metallic raceways

(7) Jacketed metallic cable assemblies listed for installation in concrete

(8) Where provisions must be made for flexibility at equipment connection, one or more of the followingshall also be permitted:

(9) Flexible metal fittings

(10) Flexible metal conduit with listed fittings

(11) Liquidtight flexible metal conduit with listed fittings


Type MC cables that have gas/vapor tight metal sheath offer superior protection over other types of MC cables and are permitted in Health Care Facilities 517.61(B)(1) as well as industrial facilities.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



3998 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(2) Fire Protection for Feeders.

Feeders shall have a 2 hour fire resistive rating and meet one of the following conditions:

(1) Be a listed electrical circuit protective system

with a minimum 2-hour fire rating

(1)

Informational Note:

UL guide

(1)

The listing organization provides information for electrical circuit protection systems

(FHIT) contains information

(1)

on proper installation requirements to maintain the fire rating.

(2) Be

protected by

(1) a listed fire

-rated assembly that has a minimum fire rating of 2 hours

Be encased in a minimum 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete

(1) resistive cable system



708.10_C_2_changes.docx






Public Input No. 4808-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 695.6(A)(2)]




Street Address:

City:


3999 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


708.10(C) (2) Fire Protection for Feeders. Feeders shall have a 2 hour fire resistive

rating and meet one of the following conditions: (1) Be a listed electrical circuit protective system with a minimum 2-hour fire rating Informational Note: UL guide The listing organization provides information for electrical circuit protection systems (FHIT) contains information on proper installation requirements to maintain the fire rating. (2) Be a listed fire resistive cable system protected by a listed fire-rated assembly that has a minimum fire rating of 2 hours (3) Be encased in a minimum 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete


(3) Floodplain Protection.

Where COPS feeders are installed below the level of the 100-year floodplain, the insulated circuit conductorsshall be listed for use in a wet location and be installed in a wiring method that is permitted listed for use inwet locations.


Requiring wiring methods to be listed for wet location is reasonable.

Listed for wet location is used in 300.50(B), 310.10(C)(3), 314.15, 330.10(A)(11)c., 366.6(A)(2), 366.120(2), 396.10(B)(2), Table 400.4 Note 9, 410.96, 547.5(C)(2), 547.8(C), 550.15(H), 725.179(E), and 760.179.



Organization: none


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



4001 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



708.14 Wiring of HVAC, Fire Alarm, Security, Emergency Communications, and Signaling Systems.

All conductors or cables shall be installed using any of the metal wiring methods permitted by 708.10(C) (1)and, in addition, shall comply with 708.14 (1) through (8), as applicable.

(1) All cables for fire alarm, security, signaling systems, and emergency communications shall be shieldedtwisted pair cables or installed to comply with the performance requirements of the system.

(2) Shields of cables for fire alarm, security, signaling systems, and emergency communications shall bearranged in accordance with the manufacturer's published installation instructions.

(3) Optical fiber cables shall be used for connections between two or more buildings on the property andunder single management.

(4) A listed primary protector shall be provided on all communications circuits. Listed secondary protectorsshall be provided at the terminals of the communications circuits.

(5) Conductors for all control circuits rated above 50 actual volts shall be rated not less than 600 volts.

(6) Communications, fire alarm, and signaling circuits shall use relays with contact ratings that exceedcircuit voltage and current ratings in the controlled circuit.

(7) All cables for fire alarm, security, and signaling systems shall be riser-rated and shall be a listed 2-hourelectrical circuit protective system. Emergency communication cables shall be Type CMR-CI or shall beriser-rated and shall be a listed 2-hour electrical circuit protective system.

(8) Control, monitoring, and power wiring to HVAC systems shall be a listed 2-hour electrical circuitprotective system.








Organization: none


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



4003 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



708.14 Wiring of HVAC, Fire Alarm, Security, Emergency Communications, and Signaling Systems.

All conductors or cables shall be installed using any of the metal wiring methods permitted by 708.10(C)and 708.10 ( D) ( 1) and, in addition, shall comply with 708.14 (1) through (8), as applicable.

(1) All cables for fire alarm, security, signaling systems, and emergency communications shall be shieldedtwisted pair cables or installed to comply with the performance requirements of the system.

(2) Shields of cables for fire alarm, security, signaling systems, and emergency communications shall bearranged in accordance with the manufacturer's published installation instructions.

(3) Optical fiber cables shall be used for connections between two or more buildings on the property andunder single management.

(4) A listed primary protector shall be provided on all communications circuits. Listed secondary protectorsshall be provided at the terminals of the communications circuits.

(5) Conductors for all control circuits rated above 50 volts shall be rated not less than 600 volts.

(6) Communications, fire alarm, and signaling circuits shall use relays with contact ratings that exceedcircuit voltage and current ratings in the controlled circuit.

(7) All cables for fire alarm, security, and signaling systems shall be riser-rated and shall be a listed 2-hourelectrical circuit protective system. Emergency communication cables shall be Type CMR-CI or shall beriser-rated and shall be a listed 2-hour electrical circuit protective system.

(8) Control, monitoring, and power wiring to HVAC systems shall be a listed 2-hour electrical circuitprotective system.


Allow HVAC, fire alarm and communication and other signaling cables to follow typical wiring methods, if they are fully contained (originate and terminate) within the DCOA. Similar to Art. 708.10(D)(b) allowed for branch circuit wiring.


Submitter Full Name: Terry Dodge

Organization: AECOM

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



4002 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(E) Storage Battery.

An automatic battery charging means shall be provided. Batteries shall be compatible with the charger forthat particular installation. For a sealed battery, the container shall not be required to be transparent.However, for the lead acid battery that requires water additions, transparent or translucent containers shallbe furnished. Automotive-type batteries shall not be used.



As battery chemistries other than lead-acid or nickel-cadmium become used in back-up emergency power systems, the code needs to evolve to consider them and not be lead-acid or nickel-cadmium specific.

The intent of the deleted text is addressed in a new informational note by reference to a different NEC article and to the appropriate NFPA standard





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



4004 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Public Input No. 3046-NFPA 70-2014 [ Sections 708.20(F)(5), 708.20(F)(6) ]

Sections 708.20(F)(5), 708.20(F)(6)

(5) Outdoor Generator Sets.

(a) Permanently Installed Generators Sets and Portable Generators Generator Sets Greater Than 15kW. Where an outdoor housed generator set is equipped with a readily accessible disconnecting meansin accordance with 445.18, and the disconnecting means is located within sight of the building orstructure supplied, an additional disconnecting means shall not be required where ungroundedconductors serve or pass through the building or structure. Where the generator supply conductorsterminate at a disconnecting means in or on a building or structure, the disconnecting means shall meetthe requirements of 225.36.

(b) Portable Generators Generator sets 15 kW or Less. Where a portable generator, rated 15 kW orless, is installed using a flanged inlet or other cord-and plug-type connection, a disconnecting anadditional disconnecting means shall not be required where ungrounded conductors serve or passthrough a building or structure.

(6) Means for Connecting Portable or Vehicle-Mounted Generator Sets .

Where the COPS is supplied by a single generator, a means to connect a portable or vehicle-mountedgenerator shall set shall be provided.


The terms generator and generator sets appear over 160 times in numerous articles of the Code. Although they are significantly different, they are often used interchangeably and with limited clarity as to which type of equipment a particular requirement is supposed to address. Since most of the requirements for this section should apply to generator sets those distinctions should be clearly stated to guard against confusion.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Nov 02 09:18:28 EST 2014


4005 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(B) Feeders.

Where ground-fault protection is provided for operation of the service disconnecting means or feederdisconnecting means as specified by 230.95 or 215.10, an additional step of ground-fault protection shall beprovided in all next level feeder disconnecting means downstream toward the load. Such protection shallconsist of overcurrent devices and current transformers or other equivalent protective equipment that causesthe feeder disconnecting means to open.

The additional levels of ground-fault protection shall not be installed on electrical systems that are not solidlygrounded wye systems with greater than 150 volts to ground but not exceeding 1000 2000 volts phase-to-phase.


The revision is required to correlate with proposed revisions to raise the LV voltage limit to 2000V. Available products demonstrate that conductors and equipment rated 2000 volts will have similar construction and wiring methods as traditional LV equipment. The NEC requires that products used in the electrical installation are suitable for the intended purpose based on the product instructions, labeling, and listing. The division in requirements between LV and HV installations was historically chosen based on the LV limit of 600V despite the construction and product standards requirements for HV beginning at voltages over 2000V. The limitation for low voltage installations and division of HV as applying to all voltages over 600V met the industry needs for many years. However, new challenges for better energy efficiency, microgrids, and integration of distributed sources into the electrical system require general adjustment to this limit. Revisions to product standards have addressed the necessary safety and performance concerns to permit products such as conductors, switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to have ratings exceeding 600V with constructions similar to LV products. In addition to available products, product standard revisions are in process for transfer switches. The demonstrated ability for product standards to develop the necessary materials, configuration, and testing of products for voltages up to 2000V should be acknowledged by the allowance of LV system ratings to this level.



Public Input No. 2947-NFPA 70-2014 [Section No. 215.2(A)] CMP2/All PIs


Submitter Full Name: Chad Kennedy


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



4007 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



(B) Feeders.

Where ground-fault protection is provided for operation of the service disconnecting means or feederdisconnecting means as specified by 230.95 or 215.10, an additional step of ground-fault protection shall beprovided in all next level feeder disconnecting means downstream toward the load. Such protection shallconsist of overcurrent devices and current transformers or other equivalent protective equipment that causesthe feeder disconnecting means to open.

The additional levels of ground-fault protection shall not be installed on electrical systems that are not solidlygrounded wye systems with greater than 150 actual volts to ground but not exceeding 1000 volts phase-to-phase.








Organization: none


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



4006 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM




Critical operations power system(s) overcurrent devices shall be selectively coordinated with all supply-sideovercurrent protective devices.



Informational Note: See IEEE 3004.13 Recommended Practice for Overcurrent Coordination inIndustrial and Commercial Power Systems





Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony



Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



4008 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM



See attached file for submittal of new Article 710 on Microgrids.




Article_710_Microgrid_Final.docx New Article 710


Substantiation is included in the attached file containing the proposed new Article.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



74 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM


Article 710 – Microgrids Draft Version J1, Nov 2, 2014

Title: Article 710 – Microgrids

I. General 710.1 Scope

(A) This article applies to microgrids comprising one or more electric power production sources and interconnected

loads.

(B) This article does not apply to cord-connected equipment such as uninterruptible power supplies.

(C) Some microgrids span multiple premises and services. Any portions of a microgrid that are part of the electric

power production and distribution network, when interconnected, are outside the scope of the Code and this article.

Informational Note #1: Some microgrids operate continuously in stand-alone mode. Others operate in parallel with primary

power source(s). Some transition in-between these modes.

Informational Note #2: Microgrids should be installed by qualified persons.

710.2 Definitions

Cold Load Pickup. The ability to power high-inrush loads from a non-operating state.

Interactive Microgrid. A microgrid that is capable of operating in parallel with a primary power source.

Informational Note: An interactive microgrid has four operating modes: parallel, transition-to-island, island, and reconnect

(transition-to-parallel) mode. Island mode is also known as stand-alone mode.

Island Interconnection Device (IID). A device that allows separation and reconnection of a microgrid from a

primary power source.

Informational Note: Some conventional transfer switches and multimode inverters are capable of performing IID functions.

Islanded Microgrid. An interactive microgrid operating in island mode. The transition to island mode is typically

an intentional response to utility demand requirements or disruption of the primary power source.

Macrogrid. An alternate term for a primary power source.

Microgrid. A group of interconnected electric loads and power production sources that comprise an electric power

system with a clearly defined electrical boundary. A microgrid may include portions of an electric power system that

are normally operated by a utility. Microgrids are also known as minigrids.

Microgrid Supply: A single electric power production source or a group of power sources in a microgrid.

Open Transition. A transition where power sources are disconnected from loads before connection to another

power source.

Parallel Transition. A transition of a microgrid from island to parallel mode where microgrid power sources remain

active and are synchronized to reconnect with primary power sources, permitting uninterrupted supply to the

connected loads.

Primary Power Source. A source of electricity such as an electric power production and distribution network,

another area power system, or a primary on-site power source.

Stand-Alone System. A microgrid that operates independent of a primary power source. Stand-alone systems are

also known as isolated microgrids, islands, and prime-power systems.



Microgrids shall comply with this article and also with the applicable requirements of the articles in Table 710.3.

TABLE 710.3 Other Articles

Equipment/System Article

Generators 445

Solar photovoltaic systems 690

Fuel cell systems 692

Wind electric systems 694

Interconnected Electric Power

Production Sources

705

Energy storage systems 706

Electric power production power sources in interactive microgrids, and in stand-alone microgrids with multiple

sources shall comply with Article 705.

710.10 Directory A permanent plaque or directory, denoting all electric power sources in the microgrid shall be installed at each

Island Interconnection Device location and all electric power production locations.

Exception: Installations with large numbers of power sources shall be permitted to be designated by groups.

710.15 Interactive Microgrids

(A) Primary Power Source Connection. Connections to primary power sources that are external to the microgrid

shall comply with the requirements of 705.12.

(B) Reconnection to Primary Power Source. (1) Interactive microgrids that employ a parallel transition when reconnecting to primary power sources shall

be provided with the necessary equipment to establish a synchronous condition.

(2) Interactive microgrids that employ an open transition when connecting to primary power sources shall not

be required to establish a synchronous condition prior to reconnection, however, in this case, the primary

power source shall have sufficient capacity to perform cold load pickup.

710.17 Island Interconnection Devices.

(A) An island interconnection device shall be required for any connection between a microgrid and a primary

power source that is external to the microgrid.

(B) Island interconnection devices shall be identified and suitable for the intended interconnection application.

710.20 Stand-Alone Power Sources.

Stand-alone power sources shall be provided with a disconnecting means and overcurrent protection in accordance

with 240.21.

710.25 Stand-Alone Systems.

This section relates to stand-alone systems and interactive microgrids operating in stand-alone mode.

Premises wiring systems shall be adequate to meet the requirements of this Code for similar installations supplied by

a feeder or service. The wiring on the supply side of the building or structure disconnecting means shall comply with

the requirements of this Code, except as modified by 710.15(A) through (F).

(A) Microgrid Supply Output. Microgrid supply to premises wiring systems shall be permitted to have less

capacity than the calculated load. The capacity of the microgrid supply shall be equal to or greater than the

load posed by the largest single utilization equipment connected to the system. Calculated general lighting

loads shall not be considered as a single load.

(B) Sizing and Protection. The circuit conductors between a stand-alone microgrid source and a building or

structure disconnecting means shall be sized based on the sum of the output ratings of the microgrid

sources.


(C) Single 120-Volt Supply. Stand-alone microgrids shall be permitted to supply 120 volts to single-phase, 3-

wire, 120/240-volt service equipment or distribution panels where there are no 240-volt outlets and where

there are no multiwire branch circuits. In all installations, the sum of the ratings of the microgrid supplies

shall be less than the rating of the neutral bus in the service equipment. This equipment shall be marked

with the following words or equivalent:

WARNING

SINGLE 120-VOLT SUPPLY. DO NOT CONNECT MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS!

The warning sign(s) or label(s) shall comply with 110.21(B).

(D) Energy Storage or Backup Power System Requirements. Energy storage or backup power supplies are

not required.

(E) Back-Fed Circuit Breakers. Plug-in type back-fed circuit breakers connected to a microgrid supply shall

be secured in accordance with 408.36(D). Circuit breakers marked “line” and “load” shall not be back-fed.

(F) Voltage and Frequency Control. The microgrid supply shall be controlled so that voltage and frequency

remain within suitable limits for the connected loads.

710.30 Interconnected Systems.

This section relates to interactive microgrids operating in parallel mode.

(A) Sizing and Protection. Circuit conductors in an interactive microgrid system shall be sized based on the

sum of the overcurrent device ratings of the microgrid sources and primary production sources feeding

each section of the microgrid.

710.25 Grounding and Bonding.

(A) Microgrid systems shall be installed according to the requirements of 250.20 for ac systems and 250.160 and

250.162 for dc systems.

(B) Interactive ac microgrid systems shall be installed according to the requirements of 250.24 when interconnected.

(C) System bonding shall comply with Part V of Article 250 for all microgrid operating modes.

(D) AC microgrids operating at over 1000 V shall comply with the requirements of Part X of Article 250.

[end of article]


Substantiation This Public Input was developed by the DC Task Group of the NEC Technical Correlating Committee. The Task

Group is chaired by John R. Kovacik, UL LLC. The Microgrid Sub-group is chaired by Robert Wills, Intergrid,

LLC. The participants in the Task Group and their employers/associations are listed in a separate document which is

on file with NFPA.

Microgrids already exist in the USA in significant numbers. The core technology is not new; in its simplest form, a

microgrid is the same as a standby power system with a backup generator and transfer switch, or a stand-alone

diesel-powered electric system for a remote facility.

Pike Research (a division of Navigant Consulting) forecasts the microgrid market “to reach $17.3 billion by 2017—

growing a steady 22% over the next five years, resulting in a capacity of 4.7 gigawatts.” [1]

The need for a new NEC Article is driven by many factors:

1/ There are now potentially many more interconnected power sources contributing to a microgrid. The wide-spread

use of interactive PV inverters and the increasing use of battery energy storage systems create situations that are not

addressed elsewhere in the Code.

2/ As a result of Hurricane Sandy, communities in New Jersey and New York realized that grid resiliency was a

desirable characteristic, and something that is missing from large central-generation power systems[2].

3/ The language of microgrids has lacked consensus. The IEEE avoided the term completely in [3]. DOE chose a

working definition in [4] that only included interactive microgrids.

4/ Microgrids, when islanded, are stand-alone systems. There is currently no single place in the Code relating to

stand-alone systems. Duplicate code language exists in Articles 690.10, 692 and 694 regarding stand-alone systems.

It needs to move to a single Article.

5/ Power sources other than PV, fuel cells and wind have similar safety and inspection issues in stand-alone use, but

are not addressed by the current code. For example, for safety, a small 120 V engine generator feeding a cabin

should have the same restrictions on the use of multiwire branch circuits as PV stand-alone inverters.

6/ Define a new device, the Island Interconnection Device (IID - a term coined in [3]). IID requirements are

fundamental to safe interactive microgrid operation.

7/ Microgrids can span multiple services, and extend into the utility power system. It is important to address the

scope limits of the NEC in these cases.

8/ This new Article, 710 Microgrids, will provide a place for microgrid requirements as technology evolves over the

next code cycle. See [5] for ideas as to what the future might bring.

There are many microgrid systems operating now in the USA and world-wide. Lawrence Berkeley Lab [6] lists

more than 40 operating systems and demonstrations in the USA, and has been organizing an international

symposium on microgrids for the last 10 years.

Cleantechnica.com reported in 2013 [7]:

“Two new reports from Navigant Research reveal more than 400 individual projects are currently in

operation or under development worldwide, and forecast the global market will pass $40 billion in annual

revenue by 2020.

Microgrids have traditionally been a mainstay of campus-sized institutions like industrial parks or

colleges, but that paradigm is shifting as the US military works to reduce climate risks and improve fuel

security while local governments plan for resiliency in the face of climate change-fueled severe weather.”

The Japanese city of Sendai was one of the few sites in eastern Japan that had continuous power (at Tohoku Fukushi

University) after the earthquake that destroyed the Fukushima nuclear plants in March 2011. It has a 1 MW

microgrid with fuel cells, PV and microturbines. [8]

Methodology

An outline for the new Article was developed by members of the NEC DC Task Group, which numbers about 75

people. The IEEE guide for interactive microgrids [3] was reviewed and is the source or many of the requirements.

Finally, the text of 690.10 Stand-alone Systems was included.


A subgroup of the DC Taskgroup has met weekly for the last two months to prepare this proposal.

Justification for Specific Language and Requirements

710.2 Definitions

Island Interconnection Device (IID). This is a new device that is fundamental to the operation and safety of

interactive microgrids

Primary Power Source. This is modeled after the scope language of 705. Another proposal submitted for 705

moves this definition (part of the scope, but defined in an informational note) to Article 100.

710.15(A), 710.17 – “primary power sources that are external to the microgrid”. This language is used to remove

the ambiguity relating to the primary power source possibly being a local generator per its definition.

710.15 The standalone section is based on Article 690.10. If and when Article 710 is included in the Code, 690-,

692- and 694.10 could be removed and replaced with this common language. The DC Task Group will propose this

during the Public Comment period.

REFERENCES

[1] Are Microgrids the Future for Smart Grid?

http://www.energyacuity.com/blog/bid/221159/Are-Microgrids-the-Future-for-Smart-Grid

[2] RESILIENCY: How Superstorm Sandy Changed America’s Grid (Greentech Media)

http://www.greentechmedia.com/articles/featured/resiliency-how-superstorm-sandy-changed-americas-grid

[3] IEEE 1547.4 Guide for Design, Operation, and Integration of Distributed Resource Island Systems with

Electric Power Systems

[4] 2012 DOE MICROGRID WORKSHOP SUMMARY REPORT

http://energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2012%20Microgrid%20Workshop%20Report%2009102012.pdf

[5] Sandia Report 2014-1535: The Advanced Microgrid Integration and Interoperability.

http://nyssmartgrid.com/wp-content/uploads/The-Advanced-Microgrid_Integration-and-Interoperability-Final.pdf

[6] Microgrids at Berkeley Lab (LBL Web Site)

http://building-microgrid.lbl.gov/

[7] Over 400 Microgrid Projects Underway En Route to $40 Billion Market

http://cleantechnica.com/2013/04/03/over-400-microgrid-projects-underway-en-route-to-40-billion-market/

[8] A Microgrid That Wouldn’t Quit - How one experiment kept the lights on after Japan’s earthquake

http://spectrum.ieee.org/energy/the-smarter-grid/a-microgrid-that-wouldnt-quit

See also:

http://www.greencarcongress.com/2014/04/20140402-ge.html


http://www.energyacuity.com/blog/bid/221159/Are-Microgrids-the-Future-for-Smart-Grid

http://www.greentechmedia.com/articles/featured/resiliency-how-superstorm-sandy-changed-americas-grid

http://energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2012%20Microgrid%20Workshop%20Report%2009102012.pdf

http://nyssmartgrid.com/wp-content/uploads/The-Advanced-Microgrid_Integration-and-Interoperability-Final.pdf

http://building-microgrid.lbl.gov/

http://cleantechnica.com/2013/04/03/over-400-microgrid-projects-underway-en-route-to-40-billion-market/

http://spectrum.ieee.org/energy/the-smarter-grid/a-microgrid-that-wouldnt-quit

http://www.greencarcongress.com/2014/04/20140402-ge.html

Article 712 – Direct Current Microgrids Draft Version G2 – 11/04/14

I – General 712.1 Scope

This article applies to direct current microgrids.

712.2 Definitions

Direct Current Microgrid (DC Microgrid). A direct current microgrid is a power distribution

system consisting of one or more interconnected dc power sources, dc-dc converters, dc loads, and

ac loads powered by dc-ac inverters. A dc microgrid is typically not directly connected to a primary

source of electricity, but some dc microgrids interconnect via one or more ac-dc converters or

bidirectional inverters.

Informational Note: Direct current power sources include ac-dc converters (rectifiers), bidirectional ac-dc inverters (gateways),

photovoltaic systems, wind generators, energy storage systems (including batteries), and fuel cells.

Grounded Two-Wire DC System. A two-wire dc power system that has a direct connection or

reference-ground between one of the current carrying conductors and the equipment grounding

system.

Grounded Three-Wire DC System. A dc power system with a solid connection or reference-

ground between the center point of a bipolar dc power source and the equipment grounding

system.

Nominal Voltage. A nominal value assigned to a circuit or system for the purpose of conveniently

designating its dc voltage class (e.g., 24 volts dc, 190/380 volts dc, 380 volts dc). The actual voltage

at which a circuit operates can vary from the nominal voltage within a range that permits

satisfactory operation of equipment.

Informational Note: See for example the EMerge Alliance Occupied Space Standard and Data/Telecom Center Standard

Reference-Grounded DC System. A microgrid system that is not solidly grounded but has a low-

impedance electrical reference that maintains voltage to ground in normal operation. In the faulted-

state, the system becomes ungrounded or high-impedance grounded in order to limit fault current.

Informational Note: The low-impedance reference to ground may be a fuse, circuit breaker, resistor, grounded ac circuit,

or an electronic means that is part of a listed ground-fault or arc-fault protection system. Conductors in reference-

grounded dc systems that are normally at ground potential may have hazardous voltage to ground during fault

conditions.

Resistively-Grounded DC System. A dc power system with a high-impedance connection between

the current carrying conductors and the equipment grounding system.


http://www.emergealliance.org/Standards/OccupiedSpace/Overview.aspx

kshea

Text Box

PI 4027

Ungrounded DC System. A dc power system that has no direct or resistive connection between

the current carrying conductors and the equipment grounding system.


Wherever the requirements of other articles of this Code and Article 712 differ, the requirements of

Article 712 shall apply.

712.4 Labeling and Listing

Any equipment used in a direct-current micro-grid shall be listed or labeled for dc use and for the

purpose.

II – Circuit Requirements 712.25 Identification of Circuit Conductors.

(A) Circuit conductors in dc microgrids shall be identified according to the requirements of

210.5(C)(2) for branch circuits and 215.12(C)(2) for feeders.

(B) Ungrounded conductors of 6 AWG or smaller shall be permitted to be identified by polarity at

all termination, connection, and splice points by marking tape, tagging, or other approved means.

712.30 System Voltage

The system voltage of a dc microgrid shall be defined as follows:

(A) the nominal voltage to ground for solidly-grounded systems

(B) the nominal voltage to ground for reference-grounded systems where all conductors are

disconnected from power sources when the reference ground is in the high-impedance, faulted

state.

(C) the highest nominal voltage between conductors for all other systems.

III - Disconnecting Means 712.35 Disconnection of Ungrounded Conductors

In solidly-grounded two and three-wire systems, disconnecting means, overcurrent devices and

protective devices such as ground-fault detectors and arc-fault detectors shall open all ungrounded

conductors. In ungrounded, resistively-grounded and reference-grounded systems, such devices

shall open all current-carrying conductors.

712.37 Directional Current Devices.

Disconnecting means, protective and overcurrent devices that are designed for use in a single

current direction shall only be used in the designated current direction.

Informational Note: Examples of directional current devices are magnetically-quenched contactors, and

semiconductor switches in overcurrent devices.

IV – Wiring Methods 712.40 Wiring Methods.


(A) Wiring methods for dc microgrids shall comply with the requirements of 210.5 for branch

circuits and 215.12 for feeders.

(B) Ungrounded conductors of 6 AWG or smaller shall be permitted to be identified by polarity at

all termination, connection, and splice points by marking tape, tagging, or other approved means.

V - Grounding 712.52 System Grounding

(A) Direct-current microgrids shall be grounded in accordance with 250.162.

(B) DC microgrids operating at voltages greater than 300 Vdc shall be reference-grounded or

resistively-grounded.

712.55 Ground Fault Protection of Equipment.

(A) DC microgrids operating at greater than 60 Vdc shall have ground fault protection that:

(a) Detects the fault

(b) Indicates that a fault has occurred, and

(c) For solidly-grounded and reference-grounded systems, disconnects power from the faulted

equipment.

(B) Ground fault equipment shall comply with 250.167

712.57 Arc Fault Protection.

DC microgrids with a system voltage of greater than 60V shall be required to have arc fault

protection for utilitization circuits. Arc fault protection equipment shall be identified and listed for

the purpose.

Informational Note: 90.4 applies when suitable equipment for arc fault protection is not available.

VI – Marking 712.62 Panelboards.

Panelboards in dc microgrid systems shall be marked in accordance with 408.3.

712.64 Directory

A permanent plaque or directory, denoting all electric power sources in the dc microgrid shall be

installed at all electric power production locations.

Exception: Installations with large numbers of power sources shall be permitted to be designated by

groups.

VII – Systems with Multiple Sources 712.72 Interrupting and Short-Circuit Current Rating

Consideration shall be given to the contribution of fault currents from all interconnected power

sources for the interrupting and short-circuit current ratings of equipment in dc microgrid


systems. Circuit protection devices used within a dc microgrid shall have a rated interrupting

capacity greater than the available fault current at the device location.

IX - Systems over 1000V 712.80 General

Systems with a maximum voltage between conductors of over 1000 volts dc shall comply with

Article 490 and other requirements applicable to installations rated over 1000 volts.


Substantiation This Public Input was developed by the DC Task Group of the NEC Technical Correlating Committee. The

Task Group is chaired by John R. Kovacik, UL LLC. The Microgrid Sub-group is chaired by Robert Wills,

Intergrid, LLC. The participants in the Task Group and their employers/associations are listed in a

separate document which is on file with NFPA.

DC Microgrids are related to the direct utilization of power from dc sources to direct current loads such

as LED lighting, communications equipment, computers & servers, variable-speed motor drives, HVAC

equipment, etc. Direct utilization of dc, whether generated by PV, fuel cells, or other means, without

intervening dc-ac and ac-dc conversion steps, leads to higher efficiencies and potentially smaller and

lower-cost equipment than ac-coupled methods.

The need for higher efficiency in telecom and data centers has driven these industries to implement dc

microgrids in hundreds of data centers around the world. It is a trend that will likely continue as

worldwide, data centers use about 30 GW of electrical power, with the USA using about 10 GW [1].

The US and international community is developing standards for dc microgrids for data centers, e.g., [2,

3]. Emerson makes “off the shelf” 380 Vdc 105 kW “n+1” redundant power gateways for data centers.

DC microgrids with energy storage also offer inherent resilience and security from failure of primary

power sources (see for example [4]). They also allow significantly simpler interconnection of power

sources than ac microgrids, as no synchronization equipment is needed with dc.

DC microgrids may be viewed as a return to the time of Thomas Edison when dc distribution was the

norm, however, these modern applications are driven by the ability to transform dc power using power

electronics, the availability of reliable dc energy storage systems, and the low cost and simplicity of on-

site dc solar electricity generation.

In addition to use in data centers, dc microgrids are being demonstrated in many government, academic

and commercial test sites. Examples include:

- The EPRI/LBNL Research Institute test bed (Livermore CA).

- The Duke Energy data center (Charlotte NC)

- Calit2 – UC San Diego.

- Ford Michigan assembly plant (a whole building dc microgrid)

- Intel Rio Rancho campus (Intel Research Labs, New Mexico)

- The NextEnergy Center (Detroit Michigan – Nextek Power Systems)

- Fort Belvoir DC Microgrid (Alexandria, VA)

- The jail in Alameda, CA has a microgrid that integrates power from PV, fuel cells, wind turbines

and diesel generators.

See also [5].

The first international conference on DC microgrids will be hosted by the IEEE in Atlanta in June 2015 [6].


While the basic requirements for wiring methods, over-current protection and grounding are specified

in other parts of the Code, they do not cover all of the issues involved when dc multiple sources and dc

loads are interconnected, justifying the need for a new NEC Article. We see this new article as an

important first step, and a place-holder for future requirements in this rapidly developing area.

Here are some of the key issues that are addressed in this proposal:

1. DC has a much higher arcing capability as it lacks the 120Hz voltage nulls of 60 Hz ac. In

order to prevent arcs and high fault current, his leads to the use of:

- Ungrounded reference-, and resistively-grounded systems

- Ground-fault and arc-fault detection and rapid de-energization on fault detection.

2. The use of multi-pole circuit breakers for 2 wire utilization circuits.

3. An ungrounded system will not trip branch breakers given a single equipment ground

fault. Additional ground-fault detection equipment is required.

4. DC breakers and switchgear are often “uni-directional” due to the use of permanent

magnets to extinguish arcs, or semiconductor switches.

5. DC has not phase, but it does have polarity.

6. Hybrid breakers and switches that include semiconductor elements.

7. Ground fault detection; safe working requirements

8. Arc-fault detection

9. Residual current circuit protection (RCD)

10. The need for fast acting circuit protection

11. The need for circuit coordination and overall system control.

12. Means of de-energizing dc microgrids for service or building emergencies

Notes on Specific Sections

Definitions

Some definitions proposed in this new article are similar to definitions in other articles. In particular, the

concepts of “reference grounding” and “nominal voltage” are included in Article 690. Duplicate

definitions will be submitted to Article 100 during the comment period, however, a careful review of

differing language and intent needs to be done as part of this process.

Parts II, III and IV.

We understand that some of the suggested language in these parts refers to, or duplicates existing

requirements in Chapters 2 – 4 of the Code, however, this minimal restatement of requirements is

justified because of the unique safety issues relating to DC Microgrids, and also to provide a guide to

inspection authorities as to the important issues that need to be reviewed.

712.25 & 712.40


The language “Ungrounded conductors of 6 AWG or smaller shall be permitted to be identified by

polarity at all termination, connection, and splice points by marking tape, tagging, or other approved

means.” was added to address a concern from the emerging commercial dc lighting industry:

- More than 20% of US electric use goes to powering commercial buildings. A significant part

of this use is for area lighting.

- It is most likely that most lighting retrofits in 2017 will be LED rather than fluorescent.

- LEDs are fundamentally dc loads – dc LED ballasts will be more efficient and less expensive

than ac input ballasts.

This text allows existing wiring to be used in retrofit applications – a very desirable outcome – as the

cost of wire replacement (to meet a marking requirement) would be prohibitive.

Part V

The new requirement in 712.52(B) that dc microgrids operating at greater than 300 Vdc be reference or

resistance-grounded is justified from experience (i.e. fires) in the PV industry related to solidly-grounded

systems, and the difficulty of identifying ground faults in these systems.

With so many grounding types, it is worth noting that resistance-grounded and ungrounded are

essentially the same. In practice, most high voltage systems will be resistance grounded rather than

ungrounded, as a totally ungrounded system may be prone to insulation damage caused by static

electric voltage buildup.

The requirement of 712.55(A) that dc microgrids operating at over 60 Vdc have ground-fault detection is

justified by the arc potential posed by dc power systems, and the need to prevent arcing situations.

(Voltages lower than 60V have significantly lower arc hazards, as typically arcs will not self-sustain at

these voltages unless there is excessive current, and that is handled by overcurrent devices).

The requirement of 712.57 (arc fault detection) is similar to the requirement for arc-fault detection in PV

systems that was introduced in the 2014 Code. Demonstrations by UL and various manufacturers of the

efficacy of such equipment for PV systems leave no doubt of its value for property and personnel safety.

There is currently very little arc-fault equipment available for dc microgrids, however 712.57 will help to

create a demand.

Coordination with other articles.

There are many articles that may require coordination with or reference to this new Article. These

include 690, 692, 694, 705 and 710. For example 690.3 could have the additional language: “If the PV

system is operated as part of a direct current microgrid, the requirements of Article 712 shall also

apply.” We also understand that there is a general view that such statements are arbitrary and

redundant. We have chosen at this public input stage to refrain from submitting coordinating references

to other articles, but will do so during the comment stage if such is recommended by the CMPs and TCC.


References [1] NY Times, Technology, September, 2012

http://www.nytimes.com/2012/09/23/technology/data-centers-waste-vast-amounts-of-energy-belying-

industry-image.html

[2] EMergeAlliance Data/Telecom Standard

The EmergeAlliance is the driving force behind standards development for dc microgrids in the USA.

http://www.emergealliance.org/Resources/Education

[3] EN-301-605 Environmental Engineering (EE); Earthing and bonding of 400 VDC data and

telecom (ICT) equipment

http://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_en/301600_301699/301605/01.01.01_20/en_301605v010101a.pdf

[4] DC Microgrid Building Energy Management Platform for Improved Energy Efficiency,

Energy Security, and Operating Costs EW-201352

This is a DOE/DOD/EPA program that recognizes the benefits of dc microgrids for government and

military installations. This project is at Fort Bragg, NC.

http://www.serdp-estcp.org/Program-Areas/Energy-and-Water/Energy/Microgrids-and-

Storage/EW-201352#factsheet-16039-benefit

[5] Nextek Power Systems – Case Studies

http://www.nextekpower.com/case-studies/#case-studies-2

[6] IEEE First International Conference On DC Microgrids, Atlanta GA, June 7-10, 2015.

http://www.icdcm.co/


http://www.nytimes.com/2012/09/23/technology/data-centers-waste-vast-amounts-of-energy-belying-industry-image.html

http://www.nytimes.com/2012/09/23/technology/data-centers-waste-vast-amounts-of-energy-belying-industry-image.html

http://www.emergealliance.org/Resources/Education

http://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_en/301600_301699/301605/01.01.01_20/en_301605v010101a.pdf

http://www.serdp-estcp.org/Program-Areas/Energy-and-Water/Energy/Microgrids-and-Storage/EW-201352#factsheet-16039-benefit

http://www.serdp-estcp.org/Program-Areas/Energy-and-Water/Energy/Microgrids-and-Storage/EW-201352#factsheet-16039-benefit

http://www.nextekpower.com/case-studies/#case-studies-2

http://www.icdcm.co/

Public Input No. 2934-NFPA 70-2014 [ Part I. ]

Part I. Availability and Reliability for Critical Operations Power Systems.

Critical operations power systems may support facilities with a variety of objectives that are vital to publicsafety. Often these objectives are of such critical importance that system downtime is costly in terms ofeconomic losses, loss of security, or risk of loss of mission life . For those reasons, the availability of thecritical operations power system, the percentage of time that the system is in service, is important to thosefacilities. Given a specified level of availability, the reliability and maintainability requirements are then derivedbased on that availability requirement.

Inherent Availability. Inherent Availability is defined as the percentage of time that a system is available toperform its function(s). Availability is measured in a variety of ways, including the following:

where:

MTBF = mean time between failures

MTTF = mean time to failure

MTTR = mean time to repair Logistics not included

See the following table for an example of how to establish required availability for critical operation powersystems:

Availability Hours of Downtime*

0.9 876

0.99 87.6

0.999 8.76

0.9999 0.876

0.99999 0.0876

0.999999 0.00876

0.9999999 0.000876

*Based on a year of 8760 hours.

Availability of a system in actual operations is determined by the following:

(1) The frequency of occurrence of failures. Failures may prevent the system from performing its functionor may cause a degraded effect on system operation depending on the redundancy . Frequency offailures is directly related to the system's level of reliability Reliability .

(2) The time required to restore operations following a system failure or the time required to performmaintenance to prevent a failure. These times are determined in part by the system's level ofmaintainability.

(3) The Operational Availability included the logistics provided to support maintenance of the system. Thenumber and availability of spares, maintenance personnel, and other logistics resources (refueling, etc.)combined with the system's level of maintainability determine the total downtime following a systemfailure.

Reliability. Reliability is concerned with the probability and frequency of failures (or lack of failures). Acommonly used measure of reliability for repairable systems is MTBF. The equivalent measure fornonrepairable items is MTTF. Reliability is more accurately expressed as a probability over a given durationof time, cycles, or other parameter. For example, the reliability Reliability of a power plant might be statedas 95 percent probability of no failure over a 1000-hour operating period while generating a certain level ofpower. Reliability is usually defined in two ways (the electrical power industry has historically not used thesedefinitions):

(1) The duration or probability of failure-free performance under stated conditions

(2) The probability that an item can perform its intended function for a specified interval under statedconditions [For nonredundant items, this is equivalent to the preceding definition (1). For redundantitems this is equivalent to the definition of mission reliability.]


5488 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Maintainability. Maintainability is a measure of how quickly and economically failures can be preventedthrough preventive maintenance, or system operation can be restored following failure through correctivemaintenance. A commonly used measure of maintainability in terms of corrective maintenance is the meantime to repair (MTTR). Maintainability is not the same thing as maintenance. It is a design parameter, whilemaintenance consists of actions to correct or prevent a failure event.

Improving Availability. The appropriate methods to use for improving availability depend on whether thefacility is being designed or is already in use. For both cases, a reliability/availability analysis should beperformed to determine the availability of the old system or proposed new system in order to ascertain thehours of downtime (see the preceding table). The AHJ or government agency should dictate how muchdowntime is acceptable.

Existing facilities: For a facility that is being operated, two basic methods are available for improvingavailability when the current level of availability is unacceptable: (1) Selectively adding redundant units (e.g.,generators, chillers, fuel supply to eliminate sources of single-point failure, and (2) optimizing maintenanceusing a reliability-centered maintenance (RCM) approach to minimize downtime. [Refer to NFPA 70B-2010,Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance.] A combination of the previous two methodscan also be implemented. A third very expensive method is to redesign subsystems or to replacecomponents and subsystems with higher reliability items. [Refer to NFPA 70B.]

New facilities: The opportunity for high availability and reliability is greatest when designing a new facility. Byapplying an effective reliability strategy, designing for maintainability, and ensuring that manufacturing andcommissioning do not negatively affect the inherent levels of reliability and maintainability, a highly availablefacility will result. The approach should be as follows:

(1) Develop and determine a reliability strategy (establish goals, develop a system model, design forreliability, conduct reliability development testing, conduct reliability acceptance testing, design systemdelivery, maintain design reliability, maintain design reliability in operation).

(2) Develop a reliability program. This is the application of the reliability strategy to a specific system,process, or function. Each step in the preceding strategy requires the selection and use of specificmethods and tools. For example, various tools can be used to develop requirements or evaluatepotential failures. To derive requirements, analytical models can be used, for example, quality functiondevelopment (a technique for deriving more detailed, lower-level requirements from one level toanother, beginning with mission requirements, i.e., customer needs). This model was developed as partof the total quality management movement. Parametric models can also be used to derive designvalues of reliability from operational values and vice versa. Analytical methods include but are notlimited to things such as thermal analysis, durability analysis, and predictions. Finally, one shouldevaluate possible failures. A failure modes and effects criticality analysis (FMECA) and fault treeanalysis (FTA) are two methods for evaluating possible failures. The mission facility engineer shoulddetermine which method to use or whether to use both.

(3) Identify Reliability Requirements. The entire effort for designing for reliability begins with identifying themission critical facility's reliability requirements. These requirements are stated in a variety of ways,depending on the customer and the specific system. For a mission-critical facility, it would be themission success probability.


Clarification of terms for Reliability Vs. reliability and better definition pertain to industrial applications.


Submitter Full Name: robert arno

Organization: Exelis Inc

Affilliation: IEEE IAS/Fellow/Chair of the Reliability Subcommittee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



5489 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Public Input No. 3798-NFPA 70-2014 [ Part I. ]

Part I. Availability and Reliability for Critical Operations Power Systems.

Critical operations power systems may support facilities with a variety of objectives that are vital to publicsafety. Often these objectives are of such critical importance that system downtime is costly in terms ofeconomic losses, loss of security, or loss of mission. For those reasons, the availability of the criticaloperations power system, the percentage of time that the system is in service, is important to thosefacilities. Given a specified level of availability, the reliability and maintainability requirements are then derivedbased on that availability requirement.

Availability. Availability is defined as the percentage of time that a system is available to perform itsfunction(s). Availability is measured in a variety of ways, including the following:

where:

MTBF = mean time between failures

MTTF = mean time to failure

MTTR = mean time to repair

See the following table for an example of how to establish required availability for critical operation powersystems:

Availability Hours of Downtime*

0.9 876

0.99 87.6

0.999 8.76

0.9999 0.876

0.99999 0.0876

0.999999 0.00876

0.9999999 0.000876

*Based on a year of 8760 hours.

Availability of a system in actual operations is determined by the following:

(1) The frequency of occurrence of failures. Failures may prevent the system from performing its functionor may cause a degraded effect on system operation. Frequency of failures is directly related to thesystem's level of reliability.

(2) The time required to restore operations following a system failure or the time required to performmaintenance to prevent a failure. These times are determined in part by the system's level ofmaintainability.

(3) The logistics provided to support maintenance of the system. The number and availability of spares,maintenance personnel, and other logistics resources (refueling, etc.) combined with the system's levelof maintainability determine the total downtime following a system failure.

Reliability. Reliability is concerned with the probability and frequency of failures (or lack of failures). Acommonly used measure of reliability for repairable systems is MTBF. The equivalent measure fornonrepairable items is MTTF. Reliability is more accurately expressed as a probability over a given durationof time, cycles, or other parameter. For example, the reliability of a power plant might be stated as 95percent probability of no failure over a 1000-hour operating period while generating a certain level of power.Reliability is usually defined in two ways (the electrical power industry has historically not used thesedefinitions):

(1) The duration or probability of failure-free performance under stated conditions

(2) The probability that an item can perform its intended function for a specified interval under statedconditions [For nonredundant items, this is equivalent to the preceding definition (1). For redundantitems this is equivalent to the definition of mission reliability.]


5492 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

Maintainability. Maintainability is a measure of how quickly and economically failures can be preventedthrough preventive maintenance, or system operation can be restored following failure through correctivemaintenance. A commonly used measure of maintainability in terms of corrective maintenance is the meantime to repair (MTTR). Maintainability is not the same thing as maintenance. It is a design parameter, whilemaintenance consists of actions to correct or prevent a failure event.

Improving Availability. The appropriate methods to use for improving availability depend on whether thefacility is being designed or is already in use. For both cases, a reliability/availability analysis should beperformed to determine the availability of the old system or proposed new system in order to ascertain thehours of downtime (see the preceding table). The AHJ or government agency should dictate how muchdowntime is acceptable.

Existing facilities: For a facility that is being operated, two basic methods are available for improvingavailability when the current level of availability is unacceptable: (1) Selectively adding redundant units (e.g.,generators, chillers, fuel supply to eliminate sources of single-point failure, and (2) optimizing maintenanceusing a reliability-centered maintenance (RCM) approach to minimize downtime. [Refer to NFPA 70B-2010,Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance.] A combination of the previous two methodscan also be implemented. A third very expensive method is to redesign subsystems or to replacecomponents and subsystems with higher reliability items. [Refer to NFPA 70B.]

New facilities: The opportunity for high availability and reliability is greatest when designing a new facility. Byapplying an effective reliability strategy, designing for maintainability, and ensuring that manufacturing andcommissioning do not negatively affect the inherent levels of reliability and maintainability, a highly availablefacility will result. The approach should be as follows:

(1) Develop and determine a reliability strategy (establish goals, develop a system model, design forreliability, conduct reliability development testing, conduct reliability acceptance testing, design systemdelivery, maintain design reliability, maintain design reliability in operation).

(2) Develop a reliability program. This is the application of the reliability strategy to a specific system,process, or function. Each step in the preceding strategy requires the selection and use of specificmethods and tools. For example, various tools can be used to develop requirements or evaluatepotential failures. To derive requirements, analytical models can be used, for example, quality functiondevelopment (a technique for deriving more detailed, lower-level requirements from one level toanother, beginning with mission requirements, i.e., customer needs). This model was developed as partof the total quality management movement. Parametric models can also be used to derive designvalues of reliability from operational values and vice versa. Analytical methods include but are notlimited to things such as thermal analysis, durability analysis, and predictions. Finally, one shouldevaluate possible failures. A failure modes and effects criticality analysis (FMECA) and fault treeanalysis (FTA) are two methods for evaluating possible failures. The mission facility engineer shoulddetermine which method to use or whether to use both.

(3) Identify Reliability Requirements. The entire effort for designing for reliability begins with identifying themission critical facility's reliability requirements. These requirements are stated in a variety of ways,depending on the customer and the specific system. For a mission-critical facility, it would be themission success probability.

Informational Note: See IEEE 3005.4 Recommended Practice for Improving the Reliability ofEmergency and Stand-By Power Systems


Power system reliability iomprovement has many subtleties that should be informed by faster-moving engineering considerations available in the new IEEE 3000 series of recommended practices. The IEEE Industrial Applications Society 3000 series of standards are part of a larger project to revise and reorganize the technical content of the 13 existing IEEE Color Books which provided significant engineering information from experienced engineers. While many of the 3000 series standards are still “works in progress”, and the topical coverage seeking its proper place, it is not too soon for the various NEC committees to evaluate the importance of strengthening the NEC’s linkage to electrical engineering thought leadership.


Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony



Street Address:


5493 of 5603 11/18/2014 2:46 PM

January 12-17, 2015, Hilton Head, SC

Documents

Transcript of January 12-17, 2015, Hilton Head, SC